CA2850103C - Pyrrolobenzodiazepines - Google Patents
Pyrrolobenzodiazepines Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2850103C CA2850103C CA2850103A CA2850103A CA2850103C CA 2850103 C CA2850103 C CA 2850103C CA 2850103 A CA2850103 A CA 2850103A CA 2850103 A CA2850103 A CA 2850103A CA 2850103 C CA2850103 C CA 2850103C
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- group
- compound according
- unit
- alkyl
- attachment
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Expired - Fee Related
Links
- YUOCYTRGANSSRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolo[2,3-i][1,2]benzodiazepine Chemical class C1=CN=NC2=C3C=CN=C3C=CC2=C1 YUOCYTRGANSSRY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title description 4
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 126
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 104
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 87
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 55
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 54
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims abstract description 43
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims abstract description 37
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims abstract description 36
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 30
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 24
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims abstract description 23
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 22
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 21
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 claims abstract description 19
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims abstract description 19
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 12
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 12
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 125000006592 (C2-C3) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 125000006593 (C2-C3) alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 5
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 4
- 125000000172 C5-C10 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 3
- 125000004400 (C1-C12) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract 2
- -1 methoxy, ethoxy Chemical group 0.000 claims description 97
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 claims description 95
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 73
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 claims description 70
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 59
- 108010016626 Dipeptides Proteins 0.000 claims description 37
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 28
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 24
- OMRPLUKQNWNZAV-CONSDPRKSA-N (6as)-3-[3-[[(6as)-2-methoxy-8-(4-methoxyphenyl)-11-oxo-6a,7-dihydropyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-3-yl]oxy]propoxy]-8-(4-aminophenyl)-2-methoxy-6a,7-dihydropyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-11-one Chemical compound C1=CC(OC)=CC=C1C1=CN2C(=O)C3=CC(OC)=C(OCCCOC=4C(=CC=5C(=O)N6C=C(C[C@H]6C=NC=5C=4)C=4C=CC(N)=CC=4)OC)C=C3N=C[C@@H]2C1 OMRPLUKQNWNZAV-CONSDPRKSA-N 0.000 claims description 19
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000003275 alpha amino acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical group [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- GDIHDSKOVXEJQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N NC(O)=O.NC(O)=O.NC(O)=O.N Chemical group NC(O)=O.NC(O)=O.NC(O)=O.N GDIHDSKOVXEJQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000004472 Lysine Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960002173 citrulline Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 3
- DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Natural products CCOC(C)OCC DHKHKXVYLBGOIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002374 hemiaminals Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004573 morpholin-4-yl group Chemical group N1(CCOCC1)* 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910002091 carbon monoxide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 2
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims 1
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims 1
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 abstract description 13
- IBAHLNWTOIHLKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyano cyanate Chemical compound N#COC#N IBAHLNWTOIHLKE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 abstract description 4
- 125000000717 hydrazino group Chemical group [H]N([*])N([H])[H] 0.000 abstract description 4
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 133
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 66
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 47
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 47
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 46
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 39
- 239000000562 conjugate Substances 0.000 description 39
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 38
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 37
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 35
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 34
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 33
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 33
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 33
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 31
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 29
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 27
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 27
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 27
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 25
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 25
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 24
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 24
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 23
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 23
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 22
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 22
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 21
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 21
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 19
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 17
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 17
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 16
- 125000006701 (C1-C7) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 15
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 15
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 13
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 102000005600 Cathepsins Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 108010084457 Cathepsins Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 12
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 12
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 12
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 12
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 11
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 11
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 11
- VVJKKWFAADXIJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Allylamine Chemical compound NCC=C VVJKKWFAADXIJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 10
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000012043 crude product Substances 0.000 description 10
- 125000005439 maleimidyl group Chemical group C1(C=CC(N1*)=O)=O 0.000 description 10
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 10
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 10
- 125000003088 (fluoren-9-ylmethoxy)carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 9
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 9
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pd(PPh3)4 Substances [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 9
- ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M triflate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F ITMCEJHCFYSIIV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- ORLCYMQZIPSODD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-2-[chloro(2,2,2-trichloroethoxy)phosphoryl]oxybenzene Chemical compound ClC1=CC=CC=C1OP(Cl)(=O)OCC(Cl)(Cl)Cl ORLCYMQZIPSODD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- LJCZNYWLQZZIOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-trichlorethoxycarbonyl chloride Chemical compound ClC(=O)OCC(Cl)(Cl)Cl LJCZNYWLQZZIOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 8
- 239000000539 dimer Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 8
- YMXFJTUQQVLJEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1.C1=CN=CN=C1 YMXFJTUQQVLJEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 8
- ZZOKVYOCRSMTSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9h-fluoren-9-ylmethyl carbamate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(COC(=O)N)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 ZZOKVYOCRSMTSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- 125000003368 amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000021615 conjugation Effects 0.000 description 7
- QWHNJUXXYKPLQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl cyclopentane Natural products CC1(C)CCCC1 QWHNJUXXYKPLQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 7
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000003039 volatile agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- KTZQTRPPVKQPFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NOC2=C1 KTZQTRPPVKQPFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical compound NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Maleimide Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)C=C1 PEEHTFAAVSWFBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical compound OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000013058 crude material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229940097043 glucuronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 6
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 5
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 5
- KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lysine Natural products NCCCCC(N)C(O)=O KDXKERNSBIXSRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- GNSXDDLDAGAXTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N S1OCCCC1.O1SCCCC1 Chemical compound S1OCCCC1.O1SCCCC1 GNSXDDLDAGAXTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 5
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 5
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000004678 hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 5
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 5
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 5
- XMYQHJDBLRZMLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanolamine Chemical compound NCO XMYQHJDBLRZMLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- GHCAUEMXBSLMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxadiazole;1,2,5-oxadiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NON=1.C1=CON=N1 GHCAUEMXBSLMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 5
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 5
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- LMSIAKZRGHDSDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[2-[2-[2-[2-[(2-iodoacetyl)amino]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]propanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCOCCOCCOCCOCCNC(=O)CI LMSIAKZRGHDSDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IKHGUXGNUITLKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaldehyde Chemical compound CC=O IKHGUXGNUITLKF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GKQLYSROISKDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N EEDQ Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C(=O)OCC)C(OCC)C=CC2=C1 GKQLYSROISKDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylamine Chemical compound CCN QUSNBJAOOMFDIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001409 amidines Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000611 antibody drug conjugate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940049595 antibody-drug conjugate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzylamine Chemical compound NCC1=CC=CC=C1 WGQKYBSKWIADBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N boronic acid Chemical compound OBO ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HQABUPZFAYXKJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-1-amine Chemical compound CCCCN HQABUPZFAYXKJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 4
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000004896 high resolution mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 4
- PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N indane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCC2=C1 PQNFLJBBNBOBRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 4
- 230000000155 isotopic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 4
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 description 4
- IVDFJHOHABJVEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pinacol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(C)(C)O IVDFJHOHABJVEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 4
- OCAAZRFBJBEVPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-enyl carbamate Chemical compound NC(=O)OCC=C OCAAZRFBJBEVPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 235000017550 sodium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetralin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCCC2=C1 CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SVUOLADPCWQTTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-1,2-benzodiazepine Chemical compound N1N=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C12 SVUOLADPCWQTTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GAKIJEPUVBHWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-2-(3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl)ethanamine Chemical group COC(CN)C1=CC(OC)=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 GAKIJEPUVBHWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(dimethylamino)propyliminomethylidene-ethylazanium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.CCN=C=NCCCN(C)C FPQQSJJWHUJYPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PBVAJRFEEOIAGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[bis(2-carboxyethyl)phosphanyl]propanoic acid;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC(=O)CCP(CCC(O)=O)CCC(O)=O PBVAJRFEEOIAGW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WVWNQUIGNHTEJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9h-fluoren-9-ylmethyl n-prop-2-ynylcarbamate Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(COC(NCC#C)=O)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 WVWNQUIGNHTEJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetamide Chemical group CC(N)=O DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bisulfite Chemical compound OS([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010011715 Cyclitis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopentane Chemical compound C1CCCC1 RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-AQKNRBDQSA-N D-glucopyranuronic acid Chemical compound OC1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-AQKNRBDQSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Galacturonsaeure Natural products O=CC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004419 alkynylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000004411 aluminium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000004397 aminosulfonyl group Chemical group NS(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 3
- 150000001491 aromatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 235000011089 carbon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 150000001767 cationic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000002993 cycloalkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004970 halomethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001976 hemiacetal group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N heptamethylene Natural products C1CCCCCC1 DMEGYFMYUHOHGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- DOUHZFSGSXMPIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxidooxidosulfur(.) Chemical compound [O]SO DOUHZFSGSXMPIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002466 imines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910001411 inorganic cation Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 3
- GDOPTJXRTPNYNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylcyclopentane Chemical compound CC1CCCC1 GDOPTJXRTPNYNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 3
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 3
- 150000008300 phosphoramidites Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004805 propylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 3
- CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pteridine Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=NC=CN=C21 CPNGPNLZQNNVQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinoxaline Chemical compound N1=CC=NC2=CC=CC=C21 XSCHRSMBECNVNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000004354 sulfur functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 201000000596 systemic lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 3
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JWCVYQRPINPYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiepane Chemical compound C1CCCSCC1 JWCVYQRPINPYQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- AOSZTAHDEDLTLQ-AZKQZHLXSA-N (1S,2S,4R,8S,9S,11S,12R,13S,19S)-6-[(3-chlorophenyl)methyl]-12,19-difluoro-11-hydroxy-8-(2-hydroxyacetyl)-9,13-dimethyl-6-azapentacyclo[10.8.0.02,9.04,8.013,18]icosa-14,17-dien-16-one Chemical compound C([C@@H]1C[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4[C@@H](F)C3)C)(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@@]2([C@@]1(C1)C(=O)CO)C)N1CC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1 AOSZTAHDEDLTLQ-AZKQZHLXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 IANQTJSKSUMEQM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CTMHWPIWNRWQEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylcyclohexene Chemical compound CC1=CCCCC1 CTMHWPIWNRWQEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1 YBYIRNPNPLQARY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OSOYPNDAUJNNPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-trichloroethyl n-methyl-n-prop-2-ynylcarbamate Chemical compound C#CCN(C)C(=O)OCC(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSOYPNDAUJNNPC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 2,3-dihydroxybutanedioic acid (2S,3S)-3,4-dimethyl-2-phenylmorpholine Chemical compound OC(C(O)C(O)=O)C(O)=O.C[C@H]1[C@@H](OCCN1C)c1ccccc1 VEPOHXYIFQMVHW-XOZOLZJESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001494 2-propynyl group Chemical group [H]C#CC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- JZIBVTUXIVIFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyrrole Chemical compound C1C=CC=N1 JZIBVTUXIVIFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JVQIKJMSUIMUDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-pyrroline Chemical compound C1NCC=C1 JVQIKJMSUIMUDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NDUIFQPPDDOKRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,6,6-trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-4-ene Chemical compound C1CC(C)=C2C(C)(C)C1C2 NDUIFQPPDDOKRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-carbazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3NC2=C1 UJOBWOGCFQCDNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 206010001889 Alveolitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000035939 Alveolitis allergic Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 2
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000023328 Basedow disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000008439 Biliary Liver Cirrhosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000033222 Biliary cirrhosis primary Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101150041968 CDC13 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 101100294106 Caenorhabditis elegans nhr-3 gene Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229940126657 Compound 17 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 206010012438 Dermatitis atopic Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dicyclohexylamine Chemical compound C1CCCCC1NC1CCCCC1 XBPCUCUWBYBCDP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl sulfide Chemical compound CSC QMMFVYPAHWMCMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylenediamine Chemical compound NCCN PIICEJLVQHRZGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000007465 Giant cell arteritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100041003 Glutamate carboxypeptidase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000024869 Goodpasture syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000009329 Graft vs Host Disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010072579 Granulomatosis with polyangiitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000015023 Graves' disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000030836 Hashimoto thyroiditis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 101000892862 Homo sapiens Glutamate carboxypeptidase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- PWKSKIMOESPYIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-N-acetyl-Cysteine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O PWKSKIMOESPYIA-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-citrulline Chemical group NC(=O)NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N N-methylglucamine Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBBZMMPHUWSWHV-BDVNFPICSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ndelta-carbamoyl-DL-ornithine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=O RHGKLRLOHDJJDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100027347 Neural cell adhesion molecule 1 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pentane Chemical compound CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000035195 Peptidases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108091005804 Peptidases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Natural products C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphine Chemical compound P XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000012654 Primary biliary cholangitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010039085 Rhinitis allergic Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000021386 Sjogren Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 201000009594 Systemic Scleroderma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010042953 Systemic sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000001744 T-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- YPWFISCTZQNZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiane Chemical compound C1CCSCC1 YPWFISCTZQNZAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000031981 Thrombocytopenic Idiopathic Purpura Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010067584 Type 1 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- CWRYPZZKDGJXCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N acenaphthene Chemical compound C1=CC(CC2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 CWRYPZZKDGJXCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004036 acetal group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229960000583 acetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229960004308 acetylcysteine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910001413 alkali metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 201000010105 allergic rhinitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N anthracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C21 MWPLVEDNUUSJAV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000259 anti-tumor effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004104 aryloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 201000008937 atopic dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000010668 atopic eczema Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CUFNKYGDVFVPHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N azulene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC2=C1 CUFNKYGDVFVPHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000003719 b-lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000005388 borosilicate glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 2
- 125000005488 carboaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001460 carbon-13 nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- SKOLWUPSYHWYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonodithioic O,S-acid Chemical compound SC(S)=O SKOLWUPSYHWYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 2
- WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N cinnoline Chemical compound N1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 WCZVZNOTHYJIEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000013477 citrulline Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000010549 co-Evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940125904 compound 1 Drugs 0.000 description 2
- HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclohexene Chemical compound C1CCC=CC1 HGCIXCUEYOPUTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LPIQUOYDBNQMRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopentene Chemical compound C1CC=CC1 LPIQUOYDBNQMRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002274 desiccant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004807 desolvation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 2
- TXCDCPKCNAJMEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibenzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TXCDCPKCNAJMEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IYYZUPMFVPLQIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibenzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 IYYZUPMFVPLQIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethanolamine Chemical compound OCCNCCO ZBCBWPMODOFKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HCUYBXPSSCRKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphosgene Chemical compound ClC(=O)OC(Cl)(Cl)Cl HCUYBXPSSCRKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical class [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004821 distillation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002228 disulfide group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002019 disulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002587 enol group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002085 enols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 125000000816 ethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- 229940012017 ethylenediamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 201000001155 extrinsic allergic alveolitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229930182480 glucuronide Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 208000024908 graft versus host disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002373 hemiacetals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxybenzotriazole Substances O=C1C=CC=C2NNN=C12 NPZTUJOABDZTLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000022098 hypersensitivity pneumonitis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002329 infrared spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000032839 leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960003194 meglumine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000005217 methyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- BDJAEZRIGNCQBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylcyclobutane Chemical compound CC1CCC1 BDJAEZRIGNCQBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UAEPNZWRGJTJPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylcyclohexane Chemical compound CC1CCCCC1 UAEPNZWRGJTJPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004170 methylsulfonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000002808 molecular sieve Substances 0.000 description 2
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- GTWJETSWSUWSEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-benzylaniline Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1CNC1=CC=CC=C1 GTWJETSWSUWSEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HQFYIDOMCULPIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-methylprop-2-yn-1-amine Chemical compound CNCC#C HQFYIDOMCULPIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000018 nitroso group Chemical group N(=O)* 0.000 description 2
- WPHGSKGZRAQSGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N norcarane Chemical compound C1CCCC2CC21 WPHGSKGZRAQSGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002891 organic anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- CQDAMYNQINDRQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxatriazole Chemical compound C1=NN=NO1 CQDAMYNQINDRQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000636 p-nitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 2
- YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 YNPNZTXNASCQKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenanthridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C=NC2=C1 RDOWQLZANAYVLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005328 phosphinyl group Chemical group [PH2](=O)* 0.000 description 2
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoramidic acid Chemical group NP(O)(O)=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- JKANAVGODYYCQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N prop-2-yn-1-amine Chemical compound NCC#C JKANAVGODYYCQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000425 proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CC3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C43 BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004550 quinolin-6-yl group Chemical group N1=CC=CC2=CC(=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- NDVLTYZPCACLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Ag+].[Ag+] NDVLTYZPCACLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium aluminosilicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Al+3].[O-][Si]([O-])=O.[O-][Si]([O-])=O URGAHOPLAPQHLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007614 solvation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- IWOKCMBOJXYDEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfinylmethane Chemical group C=S=O IWOKCMBOJXYDEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 2
- 125000001273 sulfonato group Chemical group [O-]S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 2
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003447 supported reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 2
- LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N teixobactin Chemical compound C([C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@H]1C(N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C[C@@H]2NC(=N)NC2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)O[C@H]1C)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)NC)C1=CC=CC=C1 LMBFAGIMSUYTBN-MPZNNTNKSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010043207 temporal arteritis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000001981 tert-butyldimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([H])(C([H])([H])[H])[*]C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WJKHJLXJJJATHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic anhydride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F WJKHJLXJJJATHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K tripotassium phosphate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[K+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O LWIHDJKSTIGBAC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 229960000281 trometamol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- RBNSZWOCWHGHMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2-iodoacetyl) 2-iodoacetate Chemical compound ICC(=O)OC(=O)CI RBNSZWOCWHGHMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AGGWFDNPHKLBBV-YUMQZZPRSA-N (2s)-2-[[(2s)-2-amino-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-5-(carbamoylamino)pentanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(O)=O)CCCNC(N)=O AGGWFDNPHKLBBV-YUMQZZPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RWZVMMQNDHPRQD-SFTDATJTSA-N (6as)-3-[3-[[(6as)-2-methoxy-8-methylidene-11-oxo-7,9-dihydro-6ah-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-3-yl]oxy]propoxy]-2-methoxy-8-methylidene-7,9-dihydro-6ah-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-11-one Chemical compound N1=C[C@@H]2CC(=C)CN2C(=O)C(C=C2OC)=C1C=C2OCCCOC1=CC(N=C[C@H]2N(CC(=C)C2)C2=O)=C2C=C1OC RWZVMMQNDHPRQD-SFTDATJTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYUDGZRJHSDPLH-KJQCOJPZSA-N (6as,8e)-8-ethylidene-7,9-dihydro-6ah-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-11-one Chemical compound C1=NC2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)N2CC(=C/C)/C[C@H]21 GYUDGZRJHSDPLH-KJQCOJPZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DIPVWSTVQDONTF-NUAZBEIESA-N (8E)-2-[(2S,3R,4R,5R,6S)-3,4-dihydroxy-6-methyl-5-(methylamino)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-methoxy-8-propylidene-6,6a,7,9-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-11-one Chemical compound CC\C=C1/CC2C(Nc3ccc(O[C@@H]4O[C@@H](C)[C@H](NC)[C@@H](O)[C@H]4O)cc3C(=O)N2C1)OC DIPVWSTVQDONTF-NUAZBEIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- JEZZKSQFJNWDCY-NSIKDUERSA-N (8z)-2-[3,4-dihydroxy-4,6-dimethyl-5-(methylamino)oxan-2-yl]oxy-8-propylidene-7,9-dihydro-6ah-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-11-one Chemical compound C1=C2C(=O)N3CC(=C/CC)\CC3C=NC2=CC=C1OC1OC(C)C(NC)C(C)(O)C1O JEZZKSQFJNWDCY-NSIKDUERSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UQVNRKBFAXNOGA-OHLDGCSVSA-N (Z)-tomaymycin Chemical compound CO[C@H]1NC2=CC(O)=C(OC)C=C2C(=O)N2C\C(=C/C)C[C@@H]12 UQVNRKBFAXNOGA-OHLDGCSVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQMYRVPMCIOFHL-GCOHUWJYSA-N (e)-3-[(6r)-6-hydroxy-4-methoxy-11-oxo-5,6,6a,7-tetrahydropyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-8-yl]-n,n-dimethylprop-2-enamide Chemical compound N1[C@H](O)C2CC(\C=C\C(=O)N(C)C)=CN2C(=O)C2=C1C(OC)=CC=C2 OQMYRVPMCIOFHL-GCOHUWJYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IGVKWAAPMVVTFX-BUHFOSPRSA-N (e)-octadec-5-en-7,9-diynoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC#CC#C\C=C\CCCC(O)=O IGVKWAAPMVVTFX-BUHFOSPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFZYBEBWCZBCPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dimethylcyclobutane Chemical compound CC1(C)CCC1 OFZYBEBWCZBCPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PBIJFSCPEFQXBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dimethylcyclopropane Chemical compound CC1(C)CC1 PBIJFSCPEFQXBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YHXMIHSQFJZKQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-benzothiadiazole;1,3-benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1.C1=CC=C2SN=NC2=C1 YHXMIHSQFJZKQK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3-triazine Chemical compound C1=CN=NN=C1 JYEUMXHLPRZUAT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PUAKTHBSHFXVAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dimethylcyclobutene Chemical compound CC1=C(C)CC1 PUAKTHBSHFXVAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SZZWLAZADBEDQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dimethylcyclopentene Chemical compound CC1=C(C)CCC1 SZZWLAZADBEDQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIISBYKBBMFLEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-oxazolidine Chemical compound C1CNOC1 CIISBYKBBMFLEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YRIZYWQGELRKNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-trichloro-1,3,5-triazinane-2,4,6-trione Chemical compound ClN1C(=O)N(Cl)C(=O)N(Cl)C1=O YRIZYWQGELRKNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGJSXRVXTHVRSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3,5-trioxane Chemical compound C1OCOCO1 BGJSXRVXTHVRSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMHPUBKZZPSUIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzodioxol-5-ylboronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=C2OCOC2=C1 CMHPUBKZZPSUIQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTNJQNQLEGKTGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzodioxole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OCOC2=C1 FTNJQNQLEGKTGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=C1 BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxolane Chemical compound C1COCO1 WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OGYGFUAIIOPWQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazolidine Chemical compound C1CSCN1 OGYGFUAIIOPWQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNGDWRXWKFWCJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dihydropyridine Chemical compound C1C=CNC=C1 YNGDWRXWKFWCJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMLKTERJLVWEJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,5-naphthyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC2=CC=CN=C21 VMLKTERJLVWEJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-naphthyridine Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CN=C21 FLBAYUMRQUHISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZGEGCLOFRBLKSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-Heptene Chemical group CCCCCC=C ZGEGCLOFRBLKSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TUSDEZXZIZRFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-O-galloyl-3,6-(R)-HHDP-beta-D-glucose Natural products OC1C(O2)COC(=O)C3=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C3C3=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C3C(=O)OC1C(O)C2OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 TUSDEZXZIZRFGC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYLMANSTAHZWBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[6-(1-hydroxy-2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-3-yl)-6-oxohexyl]pyrrole-2,5-dione Chemical compound O=C1N(O)C(=O)CC1C(=O)CCCCCN1C(=O)C=CC1=O LYLMANSTAHZWBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUPYMRJBEZFVMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chloro-4-dimethoxyphosphorylsulfanylbenzene Chemical compound COP(=O)(OC)SC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 MUPYMRJBEZFVMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AVPHQXWAMGTQPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylcyclobutene Chemical compound CC1=CCC1 AVPHQXWAMGTQPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATQUFXWBVZUTKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylcyclopentene Chemical compound CC1=CCCC1 ATQUFXWBVZUTKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHDPRTQPPWIEJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methylcyclopropene Chemical compound CC1=CC1 SHDPRTQPPWIEJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006017 1-propenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenothiazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 WJFKNYWRSNBZNX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 10H-phenoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 TZMSYXZUNZXBOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=NNC2=C1 BAXOFTOLAUCFNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MFJCPDOGFAYSTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-isochromene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2COC=CC2=C1 MFJCPDOGFAYSTF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAQTWLBJPNLKHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-perimidine Chemical compound N1C=NC2=CC=CC3=CC=CC1=C32 AAQTWLBJPNLKHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEMAOEFPZAIMCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-pyrazole Chemical compound C=1C=NNC=1.C=1C=NNC=1 IEMAOEFPZAIMCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MREIFUWKYMNYTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1.C=1C=CNC=1 MREIFUWKYMNYTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HUEXNHSMABCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-imidazole Chemical compound C1=CNC=N1.C1=CNC=N1 HUEXNHSMABCRTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWBOSXFRPFZLOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,1,3-benzoxadiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NON=C21 AWBOSXFRPFZLOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJRPOHLDJUJARI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydro-1,2-oxazole Chemical compound C1NOC=C1 FJRPOHLDJUJARI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZABMHLDQFJHDSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydro-1,3-oxazole Chemical compound C1NC=CO1 ZABMHLDQFJHDSC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FLNPFFMWAPTGOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydro-1h-pyrazole Chemical compound C1NNC=C1.C1NNC=C1 FLNPFFMWAPTGOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKTCBAGSMQIFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydrofuran Chemical compound C1CC=CO1 JKTCBAGSMQIFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GPWNWKWQOLEVEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-diaminopyrimidine-5-carbaldehyde Chemical compound NC1=NC=C(C=O)C(N)=N1 GPWNWKWQOLEVEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OISVCGZHLKNMSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dimethyl-pyridine Natural products CC1=CC=CC(C)=N1 OISVCGZHLKNMSJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BGFTWECWAICPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[bis(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-4-n-[3-[bis(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]-4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]-1-n,1-n-dimethylbenzene-1,4-diamine Chemical compound C1=C(C(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)C(N(C)C)=CC=C1NC(C=1)=CC=C(N(C)C)C=1C(C=1C=CC(Cl)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 BGFTWECWAICPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DJQYYYCQOZMCRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopropane-1,3-dithiol Chemical group SCC(N)CS DJQYYYCQOZMCRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzofuran Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=COC=C21 UXGVMFHEKMGWMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004182 2-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(Cl)=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002941 2-furyl group Chemical group O1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- NEAQRZUHTPSBBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3,3-dimethyl-7-nitro-4h-isoquinolin-1-one Chemical compound C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C2C(=O)N(O)C(C)(C)CC2=C1 NEAQRZUHTPSBBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UPHOPMSGKZNELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxynaphthalene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C(=O)O)=C(O)C=CC2=C1 UPHOPMSGKZNELG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMIBJCFFZPYJHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-5-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyridine Chemical compound COC1=NC=C(C)C=C1B1OC(C)(C)C(C)(C)O1 BMIBJCFFZPYJHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OJWYYSVOSNWCCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxyethyl hypofluorite Chemical compound COCCOF OJWYYSVOSNWCCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940080296 2-naphthalenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VSWICNJIUPRZIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-piperideine Chemical compound C1CNC=CC1 VSWICNJIUPRZIK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RSEBUVRVKCANEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-pyrroline Chemical compound C1CC=CN1 RSEBUVRVKCANEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000175 2-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- BQTJMKIHKULPCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-indene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CCC=C21 BQTJMKIHKULPCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-isoindole Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CNC=C21 VHMICKWLTGFITH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical compound C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CMLFRMDBDNHMRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-1,2-benzoxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CNOC2=C1 CMLFRMDBDNHMRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMEQBOSUJUOXMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-oxadiazine Chemical compound N1OC=CC=N1 QMEQBOSUJUOXMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BCHZICNRHXRCHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-oxazine Chemical compound N1OC=CC=C1 BCHZICNRHXRCHY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KIUMMUBSPKGMOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,3'-Dithiobis(6-nitrobenzoic acid) Chemical compound C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C(C(=O)O)=CC(SSC=2C=C(C(=CC=2)[N+]([O-])=O)C(O)=O)=C1 KIUMMUBSPKGMOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BOLMDIXLULGTBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dihydro-2h-oxazine Chemical compound C1CC=CON1 BOLMDIXLULGTBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FXMOIYLVKOALHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,9-dihydroxy-2-methoxy-6a,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-11-one Chemical class N1=CC2CCC(O)N2C(=O)C2=C1C=C(O)C(OC)=C2 FXMOIYLVKOALHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004179 3-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C(Cl)=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004207 3-methoxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C(OC([H])([H])[H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001541 3-thienyl group Chemical group S1C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- VXIKDBJPBRMXBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3H-pyrrole Chemical compound C1C=CN=C1 VXIKDBJPBRMXBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RELAJOWOFXGXHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3h-oxathiole Chemical compound C1SOC=C1 RELAJOWOFXGXHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZBWXZZIIMVVCNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,5-dihydroacephenanthrylene Chemical compound C1=CC(CC2)=C3C2=CC2=CC=CC=C2C3=C1 ZBWXZZIIMVVCNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004801 4-cyanophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(C#N)=C([H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 1
- MBVFRSJFKMJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluoro-1-benzofuran-7-carbaldehyde Chemical compound FC1=CC=C(C=O)C2=C1C=CO2 MBVFRSJFKMJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001255 4-fluorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1F 0.000 description 1
- 125000004172 4-methoxyphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(OC([H])([H])[H])=C([H])C([H])=C1* 0.000 description 1
- 125000006418 4-methylphenylsulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4H-quinolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2CC=CC=C21 GDRVFDDBLLKWRI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BBEQQKBWUHCIOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-(dimethylamino)-1-naphthalenesulfonic acid(dansyl acid) Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(N(C)C)=CC=CC2=C1S(O)(=O)=O BBEQQKBWUHCIOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NJBMMMJOXRZENQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6H-pyrrolo[2,3-f]quinoline Chemical compound c1cc2ccc3[nH]cccc3c2n1 NJBMMMJOXRZENQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQJUJGAVDBINPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-thioxanthene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 PQJUJGAVDBINPI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9H-xanthene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 GJCOSYZMQJWQCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000026872 Addison Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010062269 Adrenalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004384 Alopecia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024985 Alport syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010001935 American trypanosomiasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium acetate Chemical compound N.CC(O)=O USFZMSVCRYTOJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005695 Ammonium acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010002198 Anaphylactic reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010002412 Angiocentric lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003343 Antiphospholipid Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000002909 Aspergillosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036641 Aspergillus infections Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004300 Atrophic Gastritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032116 Autoimmune Experimental Encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010003827 Autoimmune hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031212 Autoimmune polyendocrinopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010050245 Autoimmune thrombocytopenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aziridine Chemical compound C1CN1 NOWKCMXCCJGMRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010008014 B-Cell Maturation Antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000006942 B-Cell Maturation Antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003591 B-Form DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038080 B-cell receptor CD22 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100024222 B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100022005 B-lymphocyte antigen CD20 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000009137 Behcet syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010005003 Bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020084 Bone disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003174 Brain Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006538 C11 alkyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 102100025221 CD70 antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 201000002829 CREST Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004434 Calcinosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020119 Caplan syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000031229 Cardiomyopathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000399988 Carinoma Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000004225 Cathepsin B Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000712 Cathepsin B Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000024699 Chagas disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930184471 Chicamycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010008909 Chronic Hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010009900 Colitis ulcerative Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010009944 Colon cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010010741 Conjunctivitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011231 Crohn disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014311 Cushing syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclobutane Chemical compound C1CCC1 PMPVIKIVABFJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVZWSLJZHVFIQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclopropane Chemical compound C1CC1 LVZWSLJZHVFIQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-CBPJZXOFSA-N D-Gulose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-CBPJZXOFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-WHZQZERISA-N D-aldose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-WHZQZERISA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-IVMDWMLBSA-N D-allopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-IVMDWMLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-AGQMPKSLSA-N D-lyxofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-AGQMPKSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N D-ribofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-SOOFDHNKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBJKKFFYIZUCET-JLAZNSOCSA-N Dehydro-L-ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(=O)C1=O SBJKKFFYIZUCET-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SBJKKFFYIZUCET-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dehydroascorbic acid Natural products OCC(O)C1OC(=O)C(=O)C1=O SBJKKFFYIZUCET-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000001490 Dengue Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012310 Dengue fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004624 Dermatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012468 Dermatitis herpetiformis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003066 Diffuse Scleroderma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XTAHYROJKCXMOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydroaceanthrylene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(CCC3=CC=C4)=C3C4=CC2=C1 XTAHYROJKCXMOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydrogen disulfide Chemical compound SS BWGNESOTFCXPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BUDQDWGNQVEFAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydropyran Chemical compound C1COC=CC1 BUDQDWGNQVEFAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical compound COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000790917 Dioxys <bee> Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000021866 Dressler syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010024212 E-Selectin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100023471 E-selectin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012286 ELISA Assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101150029707 ERBB2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010060742 Endocrine ophthalmopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010014954 Eosinophilic fasciitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010055334 EphB2 Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100031968 Ephrin type-B receptor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010015150 Erythema Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010015218 Erythema multiforme Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010015226 Erythema nodosum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010015251 Erythroblastosis foetalis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030644 Esophageal Motility disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000371 Esterases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000004332 Evans syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000001263 FEMA 3042 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000027445 Farmer Lung Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108091006020 Fc-tagged proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000028387 Felty syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001640 Fibromyalgia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000006353 Filariasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003741 Gastrointestinal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010017993 Gastrointestinal neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000948258 Gila Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000032612 Glial tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018338 Glioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010018364 Glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008899 Habitual abortion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004331 Henoch-Schoenlein purpura Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010019617 Henoch-Schonlein purpura Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021519 Hodgkin lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000884305 Homo sapiens B-cell receptor CD22 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000980825 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD19 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000897405 Homo sapiens B-lymphocyte antigen CD20 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000934356 Homo sapiens CD70 antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000934338 Homo sapiens Myeloid cell surface antigen CD33 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000581981 Homo sapiens Neural cell adhesion molecule 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101001136592 Homo sapiens Prostate stem cell antigen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000874179 Homo sapiens Syndecan-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000834948 Homo sapiens Tomoregulin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000904724 Homo sapiens Transmembrane glycoprotein NMB Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000851376 Homo sapiens Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 8 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LELOWRISYMNNSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrocyanic acid Natural products N#C LELOWRISYMNNSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000038 Hypoparathyroidism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-YIDFTEPTSA-N IDOSE Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-YIDFTEPTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000009794 Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010021245 Idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031814 IgA Vasculitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010159 IgA glomerulonephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010021263 IgA nephropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Imidazolidine Chemical compound C1CNCN1 WRYCSMQKUKOKBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000017727 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067060 Immunoglobulin Variable Region Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010022557 Intermediate uveitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000029523 Interstitial Lung disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007766 Kaposi sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011200 Kawasaki disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008839 Kidney Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VSOAQEOCSA-N L-altropyranose Chemical compound OC[C@@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VSOAQEOCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-HWQSCIPKSA-N L-arabinofuranose Chemical compound OC[C@@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HMFHBZSHGGEWLO-HWQSCIPKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000010743 Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FSNCEEGOMTYXKY-JTQLQIEISA-N Lycoperodine 1 Natural products N1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1CN[C@H](C(=O)O)C2 FSNCEEGOMTYXKY-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000008072 Lymphokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010074338 Lymphokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930184247 Mazethramycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS([O-])(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000003250 Mixed connective tissue disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101100369076 Mus musculus Tdgf1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010028424 Myasthenic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100025243 Myeloid cell surface antigen CD33 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(C)=O FXHOOIRPVKKKFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010069196 Neural Cell Adhesion Molecules Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004459 Nitroreductase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000015914 Non-Hodgkin lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019502 Orange oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010033128 Ovarian cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical compound C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WYNCHZVNFNFDNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazolidine Chemical compound C1COCN1 WYNCHZVNFNFDNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010061902 Pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910021120 PdC12 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010034277 Pemphigoid Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000011152 Pemphigus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000721454 Pemphigus Species 0.000 description 1
- LRBQNJMCXXYXIU-PPKXGCFTSA-N Penta-digallate-beta-D-glucose Natural products OC1=C(O)C(O)=CC(C(=O)OC=2C(=C(O)C=C(C=2)C(=O)OC[C@@H]2[C@H]([C@H](OC(=O)C=3C=C(OC(=O)C=4C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=4)C(O)=C(O)C=3)[C@@H](OC(=O)C=3C=C(OC(=O)C=4C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=4)C(O)=C(O)C=3)[C@H](OC(=O)C=3C=C(OC(=O)C=4C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=4)C(O)=C(O)C=3)O2)OC(=O)C=2C=C(OC(=O)C=3C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=3)C(O)=C(O)C=2)O)=C1 LRBQNJMCXXYXIU-PPKXGCFTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000031845 Pernicious anaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010065159 Polychondritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000007048 Polymyalgia Rheumatica Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930187104 Porothramycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100036735 Prostate stem cell antigen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004365 Protease Substances 0.000 description 1
- GYUDGZRJHSDPLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Prothracarcin Natural products C1=NC2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)N2CC(=CC)CC21 GYUDGZRJHSDPLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000001263 Psoriatic Arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000036824 Psoriatic arthropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000012322 Raynaud phenomenon Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038389 Renal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038748 Restrictive cardiomyopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008156 Ringer's lactate solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010039710 Scleroderma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Serine Natural products OCC(N)C(O)=O MTCFGRXMJLQNBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JEZZKSQFJNWDCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sibanomicin Natural products C1=C2C(=O)N3CC(=CCC)CC3C=NC2=CC=C1OC1OC(C)C(NC)C(C)(O)C1O JEZZKSQFJNWDCY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010041067 Small cell lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004133 Sodium thiosulphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010042033 Stevens-Johnson syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100035721 Syndecan-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 208000001106 Takayasu Arteritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010043189 Telangiectasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024313 Testicular Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010057644 Testis cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical compound C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001061127 Thione Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100026160 Tomoregulin-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010044223 Toxic epidermal necrolysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000087 Toxic epidermal necrolysis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000003441 Transfusion reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100023935 Transmembrane glycoprotein NMB Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036857 Tumor necrosis factor receptor superfamily member 8 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- VGQOVCHZGQWAOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N UNPD55612 Natural products N1C(O)C2CC(C=CC(N)=O)=CN2C(=O)C2=CC=C(C)C(O)=C12 VGQOVCHZGQWAOI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000006704 Ulcerative Colitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000007097 Urinary Bladder Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000870345 Vasconcellea cundinamarcensis Cysteine proteinase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010047124 Vasculitis necrotising Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CBMCZKMIOZYAHS-NSCUHMNNSA-N [(e)-prop-1-enyl]boronic acid Chemical compound C\C=C\B(O)O CBMCZKMIOZYAHS-NSCUHMNNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NXHJNDDIBAAYDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenyl]boronic acid Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1C1=CC=CC=C1B(O)O NXHJNDDIBAAYDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXVKHKJETWAWRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N a805143 Chemical compound C1CCNC1.C1CCNC1 GXVKHKJETWAWRR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SSMFXCDUJJPFBJ-UWJYBYFXSA-N abbeymycin Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1NC2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)N2C[C@@H](O)C[C@@H]12 SSMFXCDUJJPFBJ-UWJYBYFXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- HXGDTGSAIMULJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetnaphthylene Natural products C1=CC(C=C2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 HXGDTGSAIMULJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000003668 acetyloxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002776 aggregation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004220 aggregation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000002152 alkylating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000172 allergic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000030961 allergic reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000360 alopecia Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N alpha-D-galactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-PHYPRBDBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000320 amidine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006242 amine protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MDFFNEOEWAXZRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminyl Chemical compound [NH2] MDFFNEOEWAXZRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019257 ammonium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940043376 ammonium acetate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036783 anaphylactic response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000003455 anaphylaxis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000002490 anilino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000010775 animal oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001449 anionic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VGQOVCHZGQWAOI-HYUHUPJXSA-N anthramycin Chemical compound N1[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2CC(\C=C\C(N)=O)=CN2C(=O)C2=CC=C(C)C(O)=C12 VGQOVCHZGQWAOI-HYUHUPJXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005251 aryl acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 201000009361 ascariasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011914 asymmetric synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000003710 autoimmune thrombocytopenic purpura Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010928 autoimmune thyroid disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004982 autoimmune uveitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XYOVOXDWRFGKEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N azepine Chemical compound N1C=CC=CC=C1 XYOVOXDWRFGKEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidine Chemical compound C1CNC1 HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940049706 benzodiazepine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BNBQRQQYDMDJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzodioxan Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OCCOC2=C1 BNBQRQQYDMDJAH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WXNOJTUTEXAZLD-UHFFFAOYSA-L benzonitrile;dichloropalladium Chemical compound Cl[Pd]Cl.N#CC1=CC=CC=C1.N#CC1=CC=CC=C1 WXNOJTUTEXAZLD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzotriazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N[N][N]C2=C1 QRUDEWIWKLJBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012964 benzotriazole Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHOMMGQAMRXRRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicyclo[3.1.1]heptane Chemical compound C1C2CC1CCC2 SHOMMGQAMRXRRK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003115 biocidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000015440 bird fancier lung Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910021538 borax Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003865 brosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1Br)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006227 byproduct Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- BMLSTPRTEKLIPM-UHFFFAOYSA-I calcium;potassium;disodium;hydrogen carbonate;dichloride;dihydroxide;hydrate Chemical compound O.[OH-].[OH-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[Cl-].[K+].[Ca+2].OC([O-])=O BMLSTPRTEKLIPM-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- ZEWYCNBZMPELPF-UHFFFAOYSA-J calcium;potassium;sodium;2-hydroxypropanoic acid;sodium;tetrachloride Chemical compound [Na].[Na+].[Cl-].[Cl-].[Cl-].[Cl-].[K+].[Ca+2].CC(O)C(O)=O ZEWYCNBZMPELPF-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 125000003739 carbamimidoyl group Chemical group C(N)(=N)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006297 carbonyl amino group Chemical group [H]N([*:2])C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001733 carboxylic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005018 casein Substances 0.000 description 1
- BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N casein, tech. Chemical compound NCCCCC(C(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CC(C)C)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(C(C)O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=O)N=C(O)C(COP(O)(O)=O)N=C(O)C(CCC(O)=N)N=C(O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 BECPQYXYKAMYBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021240 caseins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012054 celltiter-glo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003850 cellular structure Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- FZFAMSAMCHXGEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloro formate Chemical compound ClOC=O FZFAMSAMCHXGEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VZWXIQHBIQLMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCOC2=C1 VZWXIQHBIQLMPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N chromene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=C[CH]OC2=C1 QZHPTGXQGDFGEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000016644 chronic atrophic gastritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000017760 chronic graft versus host disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025302 chronic primary adrenal insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000029742 colonic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012230 colorless oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125782 compound 2 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940126214 compound 3 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125898 compound 5 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002808 connective tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000003278 cryoglobulinemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000004921 cutaneous lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000001651 cyanato group Chemical class [*]OC#N 0.000 description 1
- CFBGXYDUODCMNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclobutene Chemical compound C1CC=C1 CFBGXYDUODCMNS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005725 cyclohexenylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004956 cyclohexylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004979 cyclopentylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- OOXWYYGXTJLWHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyclopropene Chemical compound C1C=C1 OOXWYYGXTJLWHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001945 cysteines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000001295 dansyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(N(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H])=C2C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C(C2=C1[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 235000020960 dehydroascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011615 dehydroascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002575 demyelinative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004443 dendritic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000025729 dengue disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000001981 dermatomyositis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011033 desalting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- MHDVGSVTJDSBDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibenzyl ether Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1COCC1=CC=CC=C1 MHDVGSVTJDSBDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010012818 diffuse large B-cell lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HGGNZMUHOHGHBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxepane Chemical compound C1CCOOCC1 HGGNZMUHOHGHBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000011191 dyskinesia of esophagus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000132 electrospray ionisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000002491 encephalomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010014665 endocarditis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002124 endocrine Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000010048 endomyocardial fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010014801 endophthalmitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002327 eosinophilic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000321 erythema Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- RQIFXTOWUNAUJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanesulfinic acid Chemical compound CCS(O)=O RQIFXTOWUNAUJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PQVSTLUFSYVLTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl n-ethoxycarbonylcarbamate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)NC(=O)OCC PQVSTLUFSYVLTO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004705 ethylthio group Chemical group C(C)S* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000024711 extrinsic asthma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000022195 farmer lung disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001031 fetal erythroblastosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000893 fibroproliferative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoranthrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=C22)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RMBPEFMHABBEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C3=C[CH]C=CC3=CC2=C1 RMBPEFMHABBEKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IRXSLJNXXZKURP-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl chloride Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(COC(=O)Cl)C3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 IRXSLJNXXZKURP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003325 follicular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- WCVXAYSKMJJPLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N furan Chemical compound C=1C=COC=1.C=1C=COC=1 WCVXAYSKMJJPLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002243 furanoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003082 galactose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002523 gelfiltration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012362 glacial acetic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002710 gonadal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002795 guanidino group Chemical group C(N)(=N)N* 0.000 description 1
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002489 hematologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000007475 hemolytic anemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000003215 hereditary nephritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005844 heterocyclyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006038 hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N hydroxymaleic acid group Chemical group O/C(/C(=O)O)=C/C(=O)O UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 206010020718 hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002390 hyperplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000026278 immune system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000015446 immunoglobulin a vasculitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000000509 infertility Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000535 infertility Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000036512 infertility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910001412 inorganic anion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000002313 intestinal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005342 ion exchange Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002510 isobutoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- HEBMCVBCEDMUOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isochromane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2COCCC2=C1 HEBMCVBCEDMUOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001261 isocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000002462 isocyano group Chemical group *[N+]#[C-] 0.000 description 1
- GWVMLCQWXVFZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoindoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CNCC2=C1 GWVMLCQWXVFZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000555 isopropenyl group Chemical group [H]\C([H])=C(\*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003253 isopropoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(O*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004551 isoquinolin-3-yl group Chemical group C1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical compound C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001810 isothiocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=S 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical compound C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000010982 kidney cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N lichenxanthone Natural products COC1=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C3=C(C)C=C(OC)C=C3OC2=C1 QDLAGTHXVHQKRE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium hydroxide Inorganic materials [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940040692 lithium hydroxide monohydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GLXDVVHUTZTUQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium hydroxide monohydrate Substances [Li+].O.[OH-] GLXDVVHUTZTUQK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 201000007270 liver cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014018 liver neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000006116 lymphomatoid granulomatosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002132 lysosomal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036210 malignancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000015486 malignant pancreatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- PRRWHBNSRJELFG-GQCTYLIASA-N mazethramycin Chemical compound OC1NC2=C(O)C(C)=CC=C2C(=O)N2C=C(/C=C/C(=O)NC)CC21 PRRWHBNSRJELFG-GQCTYLIASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 1
- XNEFVTBPCXGIRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfinic acid Chemical compound CS(O)=O XNEFVTBPCXGIRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GYNNXHKOJHMOHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl-cycloheptane Natural products CC1CCCCCC1 GYNNXHKOJHMOHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTMKRRPZPWUYKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylboronic acid Chemical compound CB(O)O KTMKRRPZPWUYKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VNXBKJFUJUWOCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylcyclopropane Chemical compound CC1CC1 VNXBKJFUJUWOCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002816 methylsulfanyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S[*] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 1
- YHXISWVBGDMDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N moclobemide Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1C(=O)NCCN1CCOCC1 YHXISWVBGDMDLQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009149 molecular binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004682 monohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000006518 morpholino carbonyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])N(C(*)=O)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 208000001725 mucocutaneous lymph node syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010028417 myasthenia gravis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DUWWHGPELOTTOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-(5-chloro-2,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-3-oxobutanamide Chemical compound COC1=CC(OC)=C(NC(=O)CC(C)=O)C=C1Cl DUWWHGPELOTTOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006606 n-butoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003136 n-heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003506 n-propoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-M naphthalene-2-sulfonate Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)[O-])=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930014626 natural product Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 230000001613 neoplastic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930188317 neothramycin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 108020001162 nitroreductase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- GQPLMRYTRLFLPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrous oxide Inorganic materials [O-][N+]#N GQPLMRYTRLFLPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- UMRZSTCPUPJPOJ-KNVOCYPGSA-N norbornane Chemical compound C1C[C@H]2CC[C@@H]1C2 UMRZSTCPUPJPOJ-KNVOCYPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001736 nosyl group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(C1=CC=C([N+](=O)[O-])C=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N o-biphenylenemethane Natural products C1=CC=C2CC3=CC=CC=C3C2=C1 NIHNNTQXNPWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)(=O)O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010502 orange oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000008798 osteoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000008968 osteosarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GUVKYQNSMXSMMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxane Chemical compound C1CCOCC1.C1CCOCC1 GUVKYQNSMXSMMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NFBOHOGPQUYFRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxanthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 NFBOHOGPQUYFRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AZHVQJLDOFKHPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxathiazine Chemical compound O1SN=CC=C1 AZHVQJLDOFKHPZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATYBXHSAIOKLMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxepin Chemical compound O1C=CC=CC=C1 ATYBXHSAIOKLMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHHWIHXENZJRFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxetane Chemical compound C1COC1 AHHWIHXENZJRFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxophosphane Chemical compound P=O AUONHKJOIZSQGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005740 oxycarbonyl group Chemical group [*:1]OC([*:2])=O 0.000 description 1
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003854 p-chlorophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C1Cl 0.000 description 1
- 125000001037 p-tolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N palmitic acid group Chemical group C(CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)(=O)O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000002528 pancreatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008443 pancreatic carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000001976 pemphigus vulgaris Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004817 pentamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002255 pentenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009521 phase II clinical trial Methods 0.000 description 1
- XDJOIMJURHQYDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenalene Chemical compound C1=CC(CC=C2)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 XDJOIMJURHQYDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950000688 phenothiazine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GJSGGHOYGKMUPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenoxathiine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 GJSGGHOYGKMUPT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003170 phenylsulfonyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)S(=O)(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- FVZVCSNXTFCBQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphanyl Chemical group [PH2] FVZVCSNXTFCBQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M phosphonate Chemical compound [O-]P(=O)=O UEZVMMHDMIWARA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000001476 phosphono group Chemical group [H]OP(*)(=O)O[H] 0.000 description 1
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L phosphoramidate Chemical compound NP([O-])([O-])=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000073 phosphorus hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalazine Chemical compound C1=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 LFSXCDWNBUNEEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005545 phthalimidyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000005987 polymyositis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012286 potassium permanganate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000009395 primary hyperaldosteronism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene Natural products CC=C QQONPFPTGQHPMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019833 protease Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019419 proteases Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000005069 pulmonary fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000009954 pyoderma gangrenosum Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003215 pyranoses Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- CRTBNOWPBHJICM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazine Chemical compound C1=CN=CC=N1.C1=CN=CC=N1 CRTBNOWPBHJICM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UBRJWPDONDYLLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazolidine Chemical compound C1CNNC1.C1CNNC1 UBRJWPDONDYLLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IOXGEAHHEGTLMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical compound C1=CC=NN=C1.C1=CC=NN=C1 IOXGEAHHEGTLMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZVJHJDDKYZXRJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrroline Natural products C1CC=NC1 ZVJHJDDKYZXRJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004159 quinolin-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C([H])C(*)=NC2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004548 quinolin-3-yl group Chemical group N1=CC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000009169 relapsing polychondritis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000003068 rheumatic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002390 rotary evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000000306 sarcoidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000004409 schistosomiasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000005920 sec-butoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000002491 severe combined immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RAGFPHFDFVNLCG-INYQBOQCSA-N sibiromycin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@](O)(C)[C@@H](NC)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1OC(C(=C1O)C)=CC(C2=O)=C1N[C@H](O)[C@H]1N2C=C(\C=C\C)C1 RAGFPHFDFVNLCG-INYQBOQCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RAGFPHFDFVNLCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N sibiromycin Natural products OC1C(O)(C)C(NC)C(C)OC1OC(C(=C1O)C)=CC(C2=O)=C1NC(O)C1N2C=C(C=CC)C1 RAGFPHFDFVNLCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001923 silver oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000000587 small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008354 sodium chloride injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010339 sodium tetraborate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium thiosulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=S AKHNMLFCWUSKQB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019345 sodium thiosulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011877 solvent mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000527 sonication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010183 spectrum analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010902 straw Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000011834 subacute cutaneous lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002317 succinimide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BUUPQKDIAURBJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfinic acid Chemical compound OS=O BUUPQKDIAURBJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001010 sulfinic acid amide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003451 sulfinic acid amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003453 sulfinic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000213 sulfino group Chemical group [H]OS(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000475 sulfinyl group Chemical group [*:2]S([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)=O BDHFUVZGWQCTTF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000003871 sulfonates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001174 sulfone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000003459 sulfonic acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000472 sulfonyl group Chemical group *S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LRBQNJMCXXYXIU-NRMVVENXSA-N tannic acid Chemical compound OC1=C(O)C(O)=CC(C(=O)OC=2C(=C(O)C=C(C=2)C(=O)OC[C@@H]2[C@H]([C@H](OC(=O)C=3C=C(OC(=O)C=4C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=4)C(O)=C(O)C=3)[C@@H](OC(=O)C=3C=C(OC(=O)C=4C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=4)C(O)=C(O)C=3)[C@@H](OC(=O)C=3C=C(OC(=O)C=4C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=4)C(O)=C(O)C=3)O2)OC(=O)C=2C=C(OC(=O)C=3C=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=3)C(O)=C(O)C=2)O)=C1 LRBQNJMCXXYXIU-NRMVVENXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000015523 tannic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002258 tannic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940033123 tannic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003666 tauryl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 208000009056 telangiectasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004213 tert-butoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(O*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ISIJQEHRDSCQIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl 2,7-diazaspiro[4.5]decane-7-carboxylate Chemical compound C1N(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)CCCC11CNCC1 ISIJQEHRDSCQIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000037 tert-butyldiphenylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[Si]([H])([*]C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 201000003120 testicular cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IFLREYGFSNHWGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetracene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC4=CC=CC=C4C=C3C=C21 IFLREYGFSNHWGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KHVCOYGKHDJPBZ-WDCZJNDASA-N tetrahydrooxazine Chemical compound OC[C@H]1ONC[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O KHVCOYGKHDJPBZ-WDCZJNDASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GVIJJXMXTUZIOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N thianthrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC3=CC=CC=C3SC2=C1 GVIJJXMXTUZIOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBDKQYKMCICBOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CS1 CBDKQYKMCICBOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XSROQCDVUIHRSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N thietane Chemical compound C1CSC1 XSROQCDVUIHRSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOVUARRWDCVURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiirane Chemical compound C1CS1 VOVUARRWDCVURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005300 thiocarboxy group Chemical group C(=S)(O)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003566 thiocarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000858 thiocyanato group Chemical group *SC#N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005031 thiocyano group Chemical group S(C#N)* 0.000 description 1
- BQAJJINKFRRSFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiolane Chemical compound C1CCSC1.C1CCSC1 BQAJJINKFRRSFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003573 thiols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiomorpholine Chemical compound C1CSCCN1 BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005505 thiomorpholino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WEMNATFLVGEPEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophene Chemical compound C=1C=CSC=1.C=1C=CSC=1 WEMNATFLVGEPEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010043778 thyroiditis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 238000002054 transplantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001889 triflyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000004684 trihydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003258 trimethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- BPLUKJNHPBNVQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylarsine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1[As](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 BPLUKJNHPBNVQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenylphosphine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 RIOQSEWOXXDEQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910000404 tripotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019798 tripotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BSVBQGMMJUBVOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N trisodium borate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]B([O-])[O-] BSVBQGMMJUBVOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 201000008827 tuberculosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000000108 ultra-filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000825 ultraviolet detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000005112 urinary bladder cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000010792 warming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/62—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being a protein, peptide or polyamino acid
- A61K47/65—Peptidic linkers, binders or spacers, e.g. peptidic enzyme-labile linkers
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/50—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates
- A61K47/51—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent
- A61K47/54—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient the non-active ingredient being chemically bound to the active ingredient, e.g. polymer-drug conjugates the non-active ingredient being a modifying agent the modifying agent being an organic compound
- A61K47/549—Sugars, nucleosides, nucleotides or nucleic acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D487/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
- C07D487/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D487/04—Ortho-condensed systems
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D519/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing more than one system of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring system not provided for in groups C07D453/00 or C07D455/00
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
- C07H15/00—Compounds containing hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to hetero atoms of saccharide radicals
- C07H15/20—Carbocyclic rings
- C07H15/22—Cyclohexane rings, substituted by nitrogen atoms
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Immunology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Transplantation (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
- Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
Abstract
A compound with the formula (I), wherein: R2 is of formula (II), where X is selected from the group comprising: OH, SH, CO2H, COH, N=C=O, NHNH2, CONHNH2, formula (A), formula (B), NHRN, wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C1-4 alkyl; RC1, RC2 and RC3 are independently selected from H and unsubstituted C1-2 alkyl; and either: R12 is selected from the group consisting of: (ia) C5-10 aryl group, optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising: halo, nitro, cyano, ether, C1-7 alkyl, C3-7 heterocyclyl and bis-oxy-C1-3 alkylene; (ib) C1-5 saturated aliphatic alkyl; (ic) C3-6 saturated cycloalkyl; (id) formula (C), wherein each of R21, R22 and R23 are independently selected from H, C1-3 saturated alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl, where the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 5; (ie) formula (D), wherein one of R25a and R25b is H and the other is selected from: phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl; and (if) formula (E), where R24 is selected from: H; C1-3 saturated alkyl; C2-3 alkenyl; C2-3 alkynyl; cyclopropyl; phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl; R6 and R9 are independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', nitro, Me3Sn and halo; where R and R' are independently selected from optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl and C5-20 aryl groups; R7 is selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NHRR', nitro, Me3Sn and halo; either: (a) R10 is H, and R11 is OH, ORA, where RA is C1-4 alkyl; (b) R10 and R11 form a nitrogen-carbon double bond between the nitrogen and carbon atoms to which they are bound; or (c) R10 is H and R11 is SOzM, where z is 2 or 3 and M is a monovalent pharmaceutically acceptable cation; R" is a C3-12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, and/or aromatic rings; Y and Y' are selected from O, S, or NH; R6', R7', R9' are selected from the same groups as R6, R7 and R9 respectively and R10' and R11' are the same as R10 and R11, wherein if R11 and R11' are SOzM, M may represent a divalent pharmaceutically acceptable cation.
Description
PYRROLOBENZODIAZEPINES
The present invention relates to pyrrolobenzodiazepines (PBDs), in particular pyrrolobenzodiazepine dimers having one monomer unit with a C2-03 double bond and an aryl group at the C2 position and the second monomer unit with a C2-C3 double bond and a substituted propylene group at the C2 position, and their inclusion in targeted conjugates.
Background to the invention Some pyrrolobenzodiazepines (PBDs) have the ability to recognise and bond to specific sequences of DNA; the preferred sequence is PuGPu. The first PBD antitumour antibiotic, anthramycin, was discovered in 1965 (Leimgruber, etal., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 87, 5795 (1965); Leimgruber, etal., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 87, 5791-5793 (1965)).
Since then, a number of naturally occurring PBDs have been reported, and numerous synthetic routes have been developed to a variety of analogues (Thurston, etal., Chem. Rev.
1994, 433-465 (1994); Antonow, D. and Thurston, D.E., Chem. Rev. 2011 111 (4), 2815-2864).
Family members include abbeymycin (Hochlowski, etal., J. Antibiotics, 40, 145-(1987)), chicamycin (Konishi, etal., J. Antibiotics, 37, 200-206 (1984)), DC-81 (Japanese Patent 58-180 487; Thurston, etal., Chem. Brit., 26, 767-772 (1990); Bose, etal., Tetrahedron, 48, 751-758 (1992)), mazethramycin (Kuminoto, etal., J.
Antibiotics, 33, 665-667 (1980)), neothramycins A and B (Takeuchi, etal., J. Antibiotics, 29, 93-96 (1976)), porothramycin (Tsunakawa, etal., J. Antibiotics, 41, 1366-1373 (1988)), prothracarcin (Shimizu, eta!, J. Antibiotics, 29, 2492-2503 (1982); Langley and Thurston, J.
Org. Chem., 52, 91-97 (1987)), sibanomicin (DC-102)(Hara, etal., J. Antibiotics, 41, 702-704 (1988);
Itoh, etal., J. Antibiotics, 41, 1281-1284 (1988)), sibiromycin (Leber, et al., J. Am. Chem.
Soc., 110, 2992-2993 (1988)) and tomamycin (Arima, etal., J. Antibiotics, 25, (1972)). PBDs are of the general structure:
1 A g 11a . 1 N 2i They differ in the number, type and position of substituents, in both their aromatic A rings and pyrrolo C rings, and in the degree of saturation of the C ring. In the B-ring there is 30 either an imine (N=C), a carbinolamine(NH-CH(OH)), or a carbinolamine methyl ether (NH-CH(OMe)) at the N10-C11 position which is the electrophilic centre responsible for
The present invention relates to pyrrolobenzodiazepines (PBDs), in particular pyrrolobenzodiazepine dimers having one monomer unit with a C2-03 double bond and an aryl group at the C2 position and the second monomer unit with a C2-C3 double bond and a substituted propylene group at the C2 position, and their inclusion in targeted conjugates.
Background to the invention Some pyrrolobenzodiazepines (PBDs) have the ability to recognise and bond to specific sequences of DNA; the preferred sequence is PuGPu. The first PBD antitumour antibiotic, anthramycin, was discovered in 1965 (Leimgruber, etal., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 87, 5795 (1965); Leimgruber, etal., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 87, 5791-5793 (1965)).
Since then, a number of naturally occurring PBDs have been reported, and numerous synthetic routes have been developed to a variety of analogues (Thurston, etal., Chem. Rev.
1994, 433-465 (1994); Antonow, D. and Thurston, D.E., Chem. Rev. 2011 111 (4), 2815-2864).
Family members include abbeymycin (Hochlowski, etal., J. Antibiotics, 40, 145-(1987)), chicamycin (Konishi, etal., J. Antibiotics, 37, 200-206 (1984)), DC-81 (Japanese Patent 58-180 487; Thurston, etal., Chem. Brit., 26, 767-772 (1990); Bose, etal., Tetrahedron, 48, 751-758 (1992)), mazethramycin (Kuminoto, etal., J.
Antibiotics, 33, 665-667 (1980)), neothramycins A and B (Takeuchi, etal., J. Antibiotics, 29, 93-96 (1976)), porothramycin (Tsunakawa, etal., J. Antibiotics, 41, 1366-1373 (1988)), prothracarcin (Shimizu, eta!, J. Antibiotics, 29, 2492-2503 (1982); Langley and Thurston, J.
Org. Chem., 52, 91-97 (1987)), sibanomicin (DC-102)(Hara, etal., J. Antibiotics, 41, 702-704 (1988);
Itoh, etal., J. Antibiotics, 41, 1281-1284 (1988)), sibiromycin (Leber, et al., J. Am. Chem.
Soc., 110, 2992-2993 (1988)) and tomamycin (Arima, etal., J. Antibiotics, 25, (1972)). PBDs are of the general structure:
1 A g 11a . 1 N 2i They differ in the number, type and position of substituents, in both their aromatic A rings and pyrrolo C rings, and in the degree of saturation of the C ring. In the B-ring there is 30 either an imine (N=C), a carbinolamine(NH-CH(OH)), or a carbinolamine methyl ether (NH-CH(OMe)) at the N10-C11 position which is the electrophilic centre responsible for
2 alkylating DNA. All of the known natural products have an (S)-configuration at the chiral Gila position which provides them with a right-handed twist when viewed from the C ring towards the A ring. This gives them the appropriate three-dimensional shape for isohelicity with the minor groove of B-form DNA, leading to a snug fit at the binding site (Kohn, In Antibiotics Springer-Verlag, New York, pp. 3-11 (1975); Hurley and Needham-VanDevanter, Acc. Chem. Res., 19, 230-237 (1986)). Their ability to form an adduct in the minor groove, enables them to interfere with DNA processing, hence their use as antitumour agents.
It has been previously disclosed that the biological activity of these molecules can be potentiated by joining two PBD units together through their C8/C'-hydroxyl functionalities via a flexible alkylene linker (Bose, D.S., et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 114, 4939-4941 (1992);
Thurston, D.E., etal., J. Org. Chem., 61, 8141-8147 (1996)). The PBD dimers are thought to form sequence-selective DNA lesions such as the palindromic 5'-Pu-GATC-Py-
It has been previously disclosed that the biological activity of these molecules can be potentiated by joining two PBD units together through their C8/C'-hydroxyl functionalities via a flexible alkylene linker (Bose, D.S., et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc., 114, 4939-4941 (1992);
Thurston, D.E., etal., J. Org. Chem., 61, 8141-8147 (1996)). The PBD dimers are thought to form sequence-selective DNA lesions such as the palindromic 5'-Pu-GATC-Py-
3' interstrand cross-link (Smellie, M., etal., Biochemistry, 42, 8232-8239 (2003); Martin, C., et al., Biochemistry, 44, 4135-4147) which is thought to be mainly responsible for their biological activity. One example of a PBD dimmer, SG2000 (SJG-136):
OMe Me0 has recently entered Phase II clinical trials in the oncology area (Gregson, S., etal., J.
Med. Chem., 44, 737-748 (2001); Alley, M.C., et al., Cancer Research, 64, 6700-(2004); Hartley, J.A., et al., Cancer Research, 64, 6693-6699 (2004)).
More recently, the present inventors have previously disclosed in WO
2005/085251, dimeric PBD compounds bearing C2 aryl substituents, such as SG2202 (ZC-207):
OMe Me0 Z 25 Me0 C-207 OMe and in W02006/111759, bisulphites of such PBD compounds, for example SG2285 (ZC-423):
NaS03 H H SO3Na OMe Me0 N
Me0 23 OMe These compounds have been shown to be highly useful cytotoxic agents (Howard, P.W., et aL, Bioorg. Med. Chem. (2009), 19 (22), 6463-6466, doi:
10.1016/j.bmc1.2009.09.012).
Due to the manner in which these highly potent compounds act in cross-linking DNA, these molecules have been made symmetrically. This provides for straightforward synthesis, either by constructing the PBD moieties simultaneously having already formed the dimer linkage, or by reacting already constructed PBD moieties with the dimer linking group.
WO 2010/043880 discloses unsymmetrical dimeric PBD compound bearing aryl groups in the 02 position of each monomer, where one of these aryl groups bears a substituent designed to provide an anchor for linking the compound to another moiety. Co-pending International application PCT/US2011/032664, filed 15 April 2011, published as WO
2011/130613, discloses the inclusion of these PBD dimer compounds in targeted conjugates. Co-pending International application PCT/US2011/032668, filed 15 April 2011, published as WO 2011/130616, discloses unsymmetrical dimeric PBD compound bearing an aryl group in the 02 position of one monomer bearing a substituent designed to provide an anchor for linking the compound to another moiety, the other monomer bearing a non-aromatic group in the C2 position. The inclusion of these compounds in targeted conjugates is also disclosed.
Disclosure of the invention The present inventors have developed further unsymmetrical dimeric PBD
compounds for inclusion in targeted conjugates, eliminating the need for an aryl group bearing an anchor.
The 02 group bearing a substituent designed to provide an anchor for linking the compound to another moiety in the present invention is a propylene group.
These compounds may be easier to synthesise and have advantages in their use, particularly in their biological properties and the synthesis of conjugates, and the biological properties of these conjugates.
OMe Me0 has recently entered Phase II clinical trials in the oncology area (Gregson, S., etal., J.
Med. Chem., 44, 737-748 (2001); Alley, M.C., et al., Cancer Research, 64, 6700-(2004); Hartley, J.A., et al., Cancer Research, 64, 6693-6699 (2004)).
More recently, the present inventors have previously disclosed in WO
2005/085251, dimeric PBD compounds bearing C2 aryl substituents, such as SG2202 (ZC-207):
OMe Me0 Z 25 Me0 C-207 OMe and in W02006/111759, bisulphites of such PBD compounds, for example SG2285 (ZC-423):
NaS03 H H SO3Na OMe Me0 N
Me0 23 OMe These compounds have been shown to be highly useful cytotoxic agents (Howard, P.W., et aL, Bioorg. Med. Chem. (2009), 19 (22), 6463-6466, doi:
10.1016/j.bmc1.2009.09.012).
Due to the manner in which these highly potent compounds act in cross-linking DNA, these molecules have been made symmetrically. This provides for straightforward synthesis, either by constructing the PBD moieties simultaneously having already formed the dimer linkage, or by reacting already constructed PBD moieties with the dimer linking group.
WO 2010/043880 discloses unsymmetrical dimeric PBD compound bearing aryl groups in the 02 position of each monomer, where one of these aryl groups bears a substituent designed to provide an anchor for linking the compound to another moiety. Co-pending International application PCT/US2011/032664, filed 15 April 2011, published as WO
2011/130613, discloses the inclusion of these PBD dimer compounds in targeted conjugates. Co-pending International application PCT/US2011/032668, filed 15 April 2011, published as WO 2011/130616, discloses unsymmetrical dimeric PBD compound bearing an aryl group in the 02 position of one monomer bearing a substituent designed to provide an anchor for linking the compound to another moiety, the other monomer bearing a non-aromatic group in the C2 position. The inclusion of these compounds in targeted conjugates is also disclosed.
Disclosure of the invention The present inventors have developed further unsymmetrical dimeric PBD
compounds for inclusion in targeted conjugates, eliminating the need for an aryl group bearing an anchor.
The 02 group bearing a substituent designed to provide an anchor for linking the compound to another moiety in the present invention is a propylene group.
These compounds may be easier to synthesise and have advantages in their use, particularly in their biological properties and the synthesis of conjugates, and the biological properties of these conjugates.
4 The present invention comprises a compound with the formula I:
10' g. g 10 11' R R R R
I
R12 6' 1\---3,,Fi 2 "
R7' R7 R
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein:
R2 is of formula II:
Rc2 II
where X is selected from the group comprising: OH, SH, CO2H, COH, N=C=O, NHNH2, - _______________ //\ /\
/ \
*-NNH
\/
CONHNH2, __________ / ' , NHRN, wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C1_4 alkyl;
Rci, Rc2 and I-K¨C3 are independently selected from H and unsubstituted 01_2 alkyl;
and either:
R12 is selected from the group consisting of:
(ia) 05_10 aryl group, optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising: halo, nitro, cyano, ether, C1_7 alkyl, 03_7 heterocyclyl and bis-oxy-C1-3 alkylene;
(ib) C1_5 saturated aliphatic alkyl;
(ic) 03_6 saturated cycloalkyl;
*R23 (id) R21 , wherein each of R21, R22 and R23 are independently selected from H, 01_3 saturated alkyl, 02_3 alkenyl, 02_3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl, where the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 5;
R25b m,252 (ie) ' , wherein one of R25a and R25b is H and the other is selected from:
phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl; and (if) R, where R24 is selected from: H; 01_3 saturated alkyl; 02-3 alkenyl; 02-3 alkynyl; cyclopropyl; phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl;
R6 and R9 are independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', nitro,
10' g. g 10 11' R R R R
I
R12 6' 1\---3,,Fi 2 "
R7' R7 R
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein:
R2 is of formula II:
Rc2 II
where X is selected from the group comprising: OH, SH, CO2H, COH, N=C=O, NHNH2, - _______________ //\ /\
/ \
*-NNH
\/
CONHNH2, __________ / ' , NHRN, wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C1_4 alkyl;
Rci, Rc2 and I-K¨C3 are independently selected from H and unsubstituted 01_2 alkyl;
and either:
R12 is selected from the group consisting of:
(ia) 05_10 aryl group, optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising: halo, nitro, cyano, ether, C1_7 alkyl, 03_7 heterocyclyl and bis-oxy-C1-3 alkylene;
(ib) C1_5 saturated aliphatic alkyl;
(ic) 03_6 saturated cycloalkyl;
*R23 (id) R21 , wherein each of R21, R22 and R23 are independently selected from H, 01_3 saturated alkyl, 02_3 alkenyl, 02_3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl, where the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 5;
R25b m,252 (ie) ' , wherein one of R25a and R25b is H and the other is selected from:
phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl; and (if) R, where R24 is selected from: H; 01_3 saturated alkyl; 02-3 alkenyl; 02-3 alkynyl; cyclopropyl; phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl;
R6 and R9 are independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', nitro,
5 Me3Sn and halo;
where R and R' are independently selected from optionally substituted 01-12 alkyl, 03-20 heterocyclyl and 05-20 aryl groups;
R7 is selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NHRR', nitro, Me3Sn and halo;
either:
(a) R19 is H, and R11 is OH, ORA, where RA is 01_4 alkyl; or (b) R19 and R11 form a nitrogen-carbon double bond between the nitrogen and carbon atoms to which they are bound; or (c) R19 is H and R11 is SON, where z is 2 or 3 and M is a monovalent pharmaceutically acceptable cation;
R" is a C3_12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, e.g. 0, S, NRN2 (where RN2 is H or C1-4 alkyl), and/or aromatic rings, e.g.
benzene or pyridine;
Y and Y' are selected from 0, S, or NH;
R6', R7', R9' are selected from the same groups as R6, R7 and R9 respectively and R10' and R11' are the same as R19 and R11, wherein if R11 and R11' are SO,M, M may represent a divalent pharmaceutically acceptable cation.
A second aspect of the present invention provides the use of a compound of the first aspect of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a proliferative disease. The second aspect also provides a compound of the first aspect of the invention for use in the treatment of a proliferative disease.
One of ordinary skill in the art is readily able to determine whether or not a candidate conjugate treats a proliferative condition for any particular cell type. For example, assays which may conveniently be used to assess the activity offered by a particular compound are described in the examples below.
A third aspect of the present invention comprises a compound of formula II:
where R and R' are independently selected from optionally substituted 01-12 alkyl, 03-20 heterocyclyl and 05-20 aryl groups;
R7 is selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NHRR', nitro, Me3Sn and halo;
either:
(a) R19 is H, and R11 is OH, ORA, where RA is 01_4 alkyl; or (b) R19 and R11 form a nitrogen-carbon double bond between the nitrogen and carbon atoms to which they are bound; or (c) R19 is H and R11 is SON, where z is 2 or 3 and M is a monovalent pharmaceutically acceptable cation;
R" is a C3_12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, e.g. 0, S, NRN2 (where RN2 is H or C1-4 alkyl), and/or aromatic rings, e.g.
benzene or pyridine;
Y and Y' are selected from 0, S, or NH;
R6', R7', R9' are selected from the same groups as R6, R7 and R9 respectively and R10' and R11' are the same as R19 and R11, wherein if R11 and R11' are SO,M, M may represent a divalent pharmaceutically acceptable cation.
A second aspect of the present invention provides the use of a compound of the first aspect of the invention in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a proliferative disease. The second aspect also provides a compound of the first aspect of the invention for use in the treatment of a proliferative disease.
One of ordinary skill in the art is readily able to determine whether or not a candidate conjugate treats a proliferative condition for any particular cell type. For example, assays which may conveniently be used to assess the activity offered by a particular compound are described in the examples below.
A third aspect of the present invention comprises a compound of formula II:
6 9. 10 11' riI R R9 R
Ri2 r\----b...Fi 2 II
¨ 6'IR
R
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein:
R2 is of formula II:
II
Rci RC3 where X is selected from the group comprising: OH, SH, CO2H, COH, N=C=O, NHNH2, - \ /-\
NH *-N NH
\/
CONHNH2, __________ / ' , NHRN, wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C14 alkyl, and either:
R12 is selected from the group consisting of:
10 (ia) C640 aryl group, optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising: halo, nitro, cyano, ether, C1_7 alkyl, C3_7 heterocyclyl and bis-oxy-C1-3 alkylene;
(ib) C1_5 saturated aliphatic alkyl;
(ic) C3_6 saturated cycloalkyl;
*R23 ,21 (id) r` ,wherein each of R21, R22 and R23 are independently selected from H, C1_3 saturated alkyl, 02_3 alkenyl, 02_3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl, where the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 5;
R25b ,,25a (ie) ' , wherein one of R252 and R25b is H and the other is selected from:
phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl; and
Ri2 r\----b...Fi 2 II
¨ 6'IR
R
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein:
R2 is of formula II:
II
Rci RC3 where X is selected from the group comprising: OH, SH, CO2H, COH, N=C=O, NHNH2, - \ /-\
NH *-N NH
\/
CONHNH2, __________ / ' , NHRN, wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C14 alkyl, and either:
R12 is selected from the group consisting of:
10 (ia) C640 aryl group, optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising: halo, nitro, cyano, ether, C1_7 alkyl, C3_7 heterocyclyl and bis-oxy-C1-3 alkylene;
(ib) C1_5 saturated aliphatic alkyl;
(ic) C3_6 saturated cycloalkyl;
*R23 ,21 (id) r` ,wherein each of R21, R22 and R23 are independently selected from H, C1_3 saturated alkyl, 02_3 alkenyl, 02_3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl, where the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 5;
R25b ,,25a (ie) ' , wherein one of R252 and R25b is H and the other is selected from:
phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl; and
7 (if) R , where R24 is selected from: H; 01_3 saturated alkyl; 02_3 alkenyl; 02_3 alkynyl; cyclopropyl; phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl;
R6 and R9 are independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', nitro, Me3Sn and halo;
where R and R' are independently selected from optionally substituted 01-12 alkyl, 03-20 heterocyclyl and 05-20 aryl groups;
R7 is selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NHRR', nitro, Me3Sn and halo;
either:
(a) R16 is carbamate nitrogen protecting group, and R11 is 0-Prot , wherein Prot is an oxygen protecting group; or (b) R16 is a hemi-aminal nitrogen protecting group and R11 is an oxo group;
R" is a C3_12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, e.g. 0, S, NRN2 (where RN2 is H or Ci_4 alkyl), and/or aromatic rings, e.g.
benzene or pyridine;
Y and Y' are selected from 0, S, or NH;
R6', R7', R9' are selected from the same groups as R6, R7 and R9 respectively and R10' and R11' are the same as R16 and R11.
A fourth aspect of the present invention comprises a method of making a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, from a compound of formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, by deprotection of the imine bond.
The unsymmetrical dimeric PBD compounds of the present invention are made by different strategies to those previously employed in making symmetrical dimeric PBD
compounds.
In particular, the present inventors have developed a method which involves adding each each C2 substituent to a symmetrical PBD dimer core in separate method steps.
Accordingly, a fifth aspect of the present invention provides a method of making a compound of the first or third aspect of the invention, comprising at least one of the method steps set out below.
R6 and R9 are independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', nitro, Me3Sn and halo;
where R and R' are independently selected from optionally substituted 01-12 alkyl, 03-20 heterocyclyl and 05-20 aryl groups;
R7 is selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NHRR', nitro, Me3Sn and halo;
either:
(a) R16 is carbamate nitrogen protecting group, and R11 is 0-Prot , wherein Prot is an oxygen protecting group; or (b) R16 is a hemi-aminal nitrogen protecting group and R11 is an oxo group;
R" is a C3_12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, e.g. 0, S, NRN2 (where RN2 is H or Ci_4 alkyl), and/or aromatic rings, e.g.
benzene or pyridine;
Y and Y' are selected from 0, S, or NH;
R6', R7', R9' are selected from the same groups as R6, R7 and R9 respectively and R10' and R11' are the same as R16 and R11.
A fourth aspect of the present invention comprises a method of making a compound of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, from a compound of formula II, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, by deprotection of the imine bond.
The unsymmetrical dimeric PBD compounds of the present invention are made by different strategies to those previously employed in making symmetrical dimeric PBD
compounds.
In particular, the present inventors have developed a method which involves adding each each C2 substituent to a symmetrical PBD dimer core in separate method steps.
Accordingly, a fifth aspect of the present invention provides a method of making a compound of the first or third aspect of the invention, comprising at least one of the method steps set out below.
8 In a sixth aspect, the present invention relates to Conjugates comprising dimers of PBDs linked to a targeting agent, wherein the PBD dimer is of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof (supra).
In some embodiments, the Conjugates have the following formula III:
L - (LU-D)p (III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein L is a Ligand unit (i.e., a targeting agent), LU is a Linker unit and D is a Drug unit that is a PBD dimer (see below).
The subscript p is an integer of from 1 to 20. Accordingly, the Conjugates comprise a Ligand unit covalently linked to at least one Drug unit by a Linker unit. The Ligand unit, described more fully below, is a targeting agent that binds to a target moiety. The Ligand unit can, for example, specifically bind to a cell component (a Cell Binding Agent) or to other target molecules of interest. Accordingly, the present invention also provides methods for the treatment of, for example, various cancers and autoimmune disease.
These methods encompass the use of the Conjugates wherein the Ligand unit is a targeting agent that specifically binds to a target molecule. The Ligand unit can be, for example, a protein, polypeptide or peptide, such as an antibody, an antigen-binding fragment of an antibody, or other binding agent, such as an Fc fusion protein.
In conjugates of the present invention, the PBD dimer D is of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, except that X is selected from the group comprising: *-0-+, *-0O22, *-NH(C=0)-+, *-CONHNH-', * *¨N(RN)--___________ / , wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C14 alkyl, and the asterix indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Drug unit and the wavy line or indicates the point of attachment to the Linker Unit.
The drug loading is represented by p, the number of drug molecules per Ligand unit (e.g., an antibody). Drug loading may range from 1 to 20 Drug units (D) per Ligand unit (e.g., Ab or mAb). For compositions, p represents the average drug loading of the Conjugates in the composition, and p ranges from 1 to 20.
In some embodiments, p is from about 1 to about 8 Drug units per Ligand unit.
In some embodiments, p is 1. In some embodiments, p is 2. In some embodiments, p is from
In some embodiments, the Conjugates have the following formula III:
L - (LU-D)p (III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein L is a Ligand unit (i.e., a targeting agent), LU is a Linker unit and D is a Drug unit that is a PBD dimer (see below).
The subscript p is an integer of from 1 to 20. Accordingly, the Conjugates comprise a Ligand unit covalently linked to at least one Drug unit by a Linker unit. The Ligand unit, described more fully below, is a targeting agent that binds to a target moiety. The Ligand unit can, for example, specifically bind to a cell component (a Cell Binding Agent) or to other target molecules of interest. Accordingly, the present invention also provides methods for the treatment of, for example, various cancers and autoimmune disease.
These methods encompass the use of the Conjugates wherein the Ligand unit is a targeting agent that specifically binds to a target molecule. The Ligand unit can be, for example, a protein, polypeptide or peptide, such as an antibody, an antigen-binding fragment of an antibody, or other binding agent, such as an Fc fusion protein.
In conjugates of the present invention, the PBD dimer D is of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, except that X is selected from the group comprising: *-0-+, *-0O22, *-NH(C=0)-+, *-CONHNH-', * *¨N(RN)--___________ / , wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C14 alkyl, and the asterix indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Drug unit and the wavy line or indicates the point of attachment to the Linker Unit.
The drug loading is represented by p, the number of drug molecules per Ligand unit (e.g., an antibody). Drug loading may range from 1 to 20 Drug units (D) per Ligand unit (e.g., Ab or mAb). For compositions, p represents the average drug loading of the Conjugates in the composition, and p ranges from 1 to 20.
In some embodiments, p is from about 1 to about 8 Drug units per Ligand unit.
In some embodiments, p is 1. In some embodiments, p is 2. In some embodiments, p is from
9 about 2 to about 8 Drug units per Ligand unit. In some embodiments, p is from about 2 to about 6, 2 to about 5, or 2 to about 4 Drug units per Ligand unit. In some embodiments, p is about 2, about 4, about 6 or about 8 Drug units per Ligand unit.
The average number of Drugs units per Ligand unit in a preparation from a conjugation reaction may be characterized by conventional means such as mass spectroscopy, ELISA
assay, and HPLC. The quantitative distribution of Conjugates in terms of p may also be determined. In some instances, separation, purification, and characterization of homogeneous Conjugates, where p is a certain value, from Conjugates with other drug loadings may be achieved by means such as reverse phase HPLC or electrophoresis.
In a seventh aspect aspect, the present invention relates to Linker-Drug compounds (i.e., Drug-Linkers) comprising dimers of PBDs (see above) linked to a linking unit.
These Drug-linkers can be used as intermediates for the synthesis of Conjugates comprising dimers of PBDs linked to a targeting agent.
These Drug-Linkers have the following formula V:
LU-D (V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein LU is a Linker unit and D
is a Drug unit that is a PBD dimer.
In the Drug-Linkers of the present invention, the PBD dimer D is of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, except that X is selected from the group comprising: *-0-cl, *q*l *-NH(C=0)- q, *-NHNH-q, *-CONHNH-q, " *¨N
N¨, - *¨N(RN)i-\ __ / , wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C1.4 alkyl, and the asterix indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Drug unit and the wavy line or q indicates the point of attachment to the Linker Unit.
Definitions Pharmaceutically acceptable cations Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable monovalent and divalent cations are discussed in Berge, etal., J. Pharm. Sci., 66, 1-19 (1977).
The pharmaceutically acceptable cation may be inorganic or organic.
Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable monovalent inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na and W. Examples of pharmaceutically 5 acceptable divalent inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkaline earth cations such as Ca2+ and Mg2+. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e. NH4) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g.
NH3R+, NH2R2+, NHR3+, NR4+). Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine,
The average number of Drugs units per Ligand unit in a preparation from a conjugation reaction may be characterized by conventional means such as mass spectroscopy, ELISA
assay, and HPLC. The quantitative distribution of Conjugates in terms of p may also be determined. In some instances, separation, purification, and characterization of homogeneous Conjugates, where p is a certain value, from Conjugates with other drug loadings may be achieved by means such as reverse phase HPLC or electrophoresis.
In a seventh aspect aspect, the present invention relates to Linker-Drug compounds (i.e., Drug-Linkers) comprising dimers of PBDs (see above) linked to a linking unit.
These Drug-linkers can be used as intermediates for the synthesis of Conjugates comprising dimers of PBDs linked to a targeting agent.
These Drug-Linkers have the following formula V:
LU-D (V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein LU is a Linker unit and D
is a Drug unit that is a PBD dimer.
In the Drug-Linkers of the present invention, the PBD dimer D is of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, except that X is selected from the group comprising: *-0-cl, *q*l *-NH(C=0)- q, *-NHNH-q, *-CONHNH-q, " *¨N
N¨, - *¨N(RN)i-\ __ / , wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C1.4 alkyl, and the asterix indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Drug unit and the wavy line or q indicates the point of attachment to the Linker Unit.
Definitions Pharmaceutically acceptable cations Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable monovalent and divalent cations are discussed in Berge, etal., J. Pharm. Sci., 66, 1-19 (1977).
The pharmaceutically acceptable cation may be inorganic or organic.
Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable monovalent inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na and W. Examples of pharmaceutically 5 acceptable divalent inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkaline earth cations such as Ca2+ and Mg2+. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e. NH4) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g.
NH3R+, NH2R2+, NHR3+, NR4+). Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine,
10 butylamine, ethylenedia mine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzyla mine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH3)4+.
Substituents The phrase "optionally substituted" as used herein, pertains to a parent group which may be unsubstituted or which may be substituted.
Unless otherwise specified, the term "substituted" as used herein, pertains to a parent group which bears one or more substituents. The term "substituent" is used herein in the conventional sense and refers to a chemical moiety which is covalently attached to, or if appropriate, fused to, a parent group. A wide variety of substituents are well known, and methods for their formation and introduction into a variety of parent groups are also well known.
Examples of substituents are described in more detail below.
01_12 alkyl: The term "C1_12 alkyl" as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g. partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated). The term "C1_4 alkyl" as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g.
partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated). Thus, the term "alkyl" includes the sub-classes alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, etc., discussed below.
Substituents The phrase "optionally substituted" as used herein, pertains to a parent group which may be unsubstituted or which may be substituted.
Unless otherwise specified, the term "substituted" as used herein, pertains to a parent group which bears one or more substituents. The term "substituent" is used herein in the conventional sense and refers to a chemical moiety which is covalently attached to, or if appropriate, fused to, a parent group. A wide variety of substituents are well known, and methods for their formation and introduction into a variety of parent groups are also well known.
Examples of substituents are described in more detail below.
01_12 alkyl: The term "C1_12 alkyl" as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 12 carbon atoms, which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g. partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated). The term "C1_4 alkyl" as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a carbon atom of a hydrocarbon compound having from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated or unsaturated (e.g.
partially unsaturated, fully unsaturated). Thus, the term "alkyl" includes the sub-classes alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, etc., discussed below.
11 Examples of saturated alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C1), ethyl (C2), propyl (C3), butyl (C4), pentyl (C5), hexyl (C6) and heptYI (C7).
Examples of saturated linear alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C1), ethyl (02), n-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), n-pentyl (amyl) (05), n-hexyl (06) and n-heptyl (07).
Examples of saturated branched alkyl groups include iso-propyl (C3), iso-butyl (04), sec-butyl (04), tert-butyl (C4), iso-pentyl (05), and neo-pentYI (05).
C2_12 Alkenyl: The term "02_12 alkenyl" as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds.
Examples of unsaturated alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl (vinyl, -CH=CH2), 1-propenyl (-CH=CH-0H3), 2-propenyl (ally!, -CH-CH=0H2), isopropenyl (1-methylvinyl, -C(CH3)=CH2), butenyl (04), pentenyl (C5), and hexenyl (06).
02_12 alkynyl: The term "02-12 alkynyl" as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds.
Examples of unsaturated alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (-CECH) and 2-propynyl (propargyl, -CH2-CECH).
03_12 cycloalkyl: The term "03_12 cycloalkyl" as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group which is also a cyclyl group; that is, a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an alicyclic ring atom of a cyclic hydrocarbon (carbocyclic) compound, which moiety has from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, including from 3 to 7 ring atoms.
Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds:
cyclopropane (03), cyclobutane (04), cyclopentane (C5), cyclohexane (06), cycloheptane (07), methylcyclopropane (04), dimethylcyclopropane (05), methylcyclobutane (05), dimethylcyclobutane (06), methylcyclopentane (C6), dimethylcyclopentane (C7) and methylcyclohexane (07);
unsaturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds:
Examples of saturated linear alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl (C1), ethyl (02), n-propyl (C3), n-butyl (C4), n-pentyl (amyl) (05), n-hexyl (06) and n-heptyl (07).
Examples of saturated branched alkyl groups include iso-propyl (C3), iso-butyl (04), sec-butyl (04), tert-butyl (C4), iso-pentyl (05), and neo-pentYI (05).
C2_12 Alkenyl: The term "02_12 alkenyl" as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds.
Examples of unsaturated alkenyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethenyl (vinyl, -CH=CH2), 1-propenyl (-CH=CH-0H3), 2-propenyl (ally!, -CH-CH=0H2), isopropenyl (1-methylvinyl, -C(CH3)=CH2), butenyl (04), pentenyl (C5), and hexenyl (06).
02_12 alkynyl: The term "02-12 alkynyl" as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds.
Examples of unsaturated alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl (-CECH) and 2-propynyl (propargyl, -CH2-CECH).
03_12 cycloalkyl: The term "03_12 cycloalkyl" as used herein, pertains to an alkyl group which is also a cyclyl group; that is, a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an alicyclic ring atom of a cyclic hydrocarbon (carbocyclic) compound, which moiety has from 3 to 7 carbon atoms, including from 3 to 7 ring atoms.
Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
saturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds:
cyclopropane (03), cyclobutane (04), cyclopentane (C5), cyclohexane (06), cycloheptane (07), methylcyclopropane (04), dimethylcyclopropane (05), methylcyclobutane (05), dimethylcyclobutane (06), methylcyclopentane (C6), dimethylcyclopentane (C7) and methylcyclohexane (07);
unsaturated monocyclic hydrocarbon compounds:
12 cyclopropene (C3), cyclobutene (04), cyclopentene (C5), cyclohexene (C6), methylcyclopropene (C4), dimethylcyclopropene (C5), methylcyclobutene (C5), dimethylcyclobutene (06), methylcyclopentene (C6), dimethylcyclopentene (C7) and methylcyclohexene (C7); and saturated polycyclic hydrocarbon compounds:
norcarane (C7), norpinane (C7), norbornane (07).
03_20 heterocyclyl: The term "03_20 heterocyclyl" as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atom of a heterocyclic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 10 are ring heteroatoms. Preferably, each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms.
In this context, the prefixes (e.g. 03-20, 03-7, 05-6, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms. For example, the term "C5_6heterocycly1", as used herein, pertains to a heterocyclyl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms.
Examples of monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
N1: aziridine (03), azetidine (C4), pyrrolidine (tetrahydropyrrole) (05), pyrroline (e.g., 3-pyrroline, 2,5-dihydropyrrole) (C5), 2H-pyrrole or 3H-pyrrole (isopyrrole, isoazole) (05), piperidine (06), dihydropyridine (06), tetrahydropyridine (06), azepine (07);
01: oxirane (03), oxetane (C4), oxolane (tetrahydrofuran) (C5), oxole (dihydrofuran) (C5), oxane (tetrahydropyran) (06), dihydropyran (06), pyran (C6), oxepin (C7);
S1: thiirane (C3), thietane (04), thiolane (tetrahydrothiophene) (05), thiane (tetrahydrothiopyran) (C6), thiepane (07);
02: dioxolane (05), dioxane (06), and dioxepane (C7);
03: trioxane (C6);
N2: imidazolidine (C5), pyrazolidine (diazolidine) (05), imidazoline (C5), pyrazoline (dihydropyrazole) (05), piperazine (06);
N101: tetrahydrooxazole (C5), dihydrooxazole (C5), tetrahydroisoxazole (C5), dihydroisoxazole (C5), morpholine (06), tetrahydrooxazine (06), dihydrooxazine (06), oxazine (06);
thiazoline (05), thiazolidine (C5), thiomorpholine (06);
norcarane (C7), norpinane (C7), norbornane (07).
03_20 heterocyclyl: The term "03_20 heterocyclyl" as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from a ring atom of a heterocyclic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 10 are ring heteroatoms. Preferably, each ring has from 3 to 7 ring atoms, of which from 1 to 4 are ring heteroatoms.
In this context, the prefixes (e.g. 03-20, 03-7, 05-6, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms. For example, the term "C5_6heterocycly1", as used herein, pertains to a heterocyclyl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms.
Examples of monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
N1: aziridine (03), azetidine (C4), pyrrolidine (tetrahydropyrrole) (05), pyrroline (e.g., 3-pyrroline, 2,5-dihydropyrrole) (C5), 2H-pyrrole or 3H-pyrrole (isopyrrole, isoazole) (05), piperidine (06), dihydropyridine (06), tetrahydropyridine (06), azepine (07);
01: oxirane (03), oxetane (C4), oxolane (tetrahydrofuran) (C5), oxole (dihydrofuran) (C5), oxane (tetrahydropyran) (06), dihydropyran (06), pyran (C6), oxepin (C7);
S1: thiirane (C3), thietane (04), thiolane (tetrahydrothiophene) (05), thiane (tetrahydrothiopyran) (C6), thiepane (07);
02: dioxolane (05), dioxane (06), and dioxepane (C7);
03: trioxane (C6);
N2: imidazolidine (C5), pyrazolidine (diazolidine) (05), imidazoline (C5), pyrazoline (dihydropyrazole) (05), piperazine (06);
N101: tetrahydrooxazole (C5), dihydrooxazole (C5), tetrahydroisoxazole (C5), dihydroisoxazole (C5), morpholine (06), tetrahydrooxazine (06), dihydrooxazine (06), oxazine (06);
thiazoline (05), thiazolidine (C5), thiomorpholine (06);
13 N201: oxadiazine (06);
01S1: oxathiole (C5) and oxathiane (thioxane) (C6); and, Ni oxathiazine (06).
Examples of substituted monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include those derived from saccharides, in cyclic form, for example, furanoses (05), such as arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose, and xylofuranse, and pyranoses (06), such as allopyranose, altropyranose, glucopyranose, mannopyranose, gulopyranose, idopyranose, galactopyranose, and talopyranose.
C5_20 aryl: The term "C5_20 aryl", as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms. The term "05_7 aryl", as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 5 to 7 ring atoms and the term "05_10 aryl", as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 5 to 10 ring atoms. Preferably, each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms.
In this context, the prefixes (e.g. 03-20, 05-7, 05-6, 05-10, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms.
For example, the term "05_6 aryl" as used herein, pertains to an aryl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms.
The ring atoms may be all carbon atoms, as in "carboaryl groups".
Examples of carboaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzene (i.e. phenyl) (C6), naphthalene (C10), azulene (C10), anthracene (014), phenanthrene (C14), naphthacene (018), and pyrene (016).
Examples of aryl groups which comprise fused rings, at least one of which is an aromatic ring, include, but are not limited to, groups derived from indane (e.g. 2,3-dihydro-1H-indene) (09), indene (09), isoindene (09), tetraline (1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (Co), acenaphthene (C12), fluorene (013), phenalene (C13), acephenanthrene (C15), and aceanthrene (016).
01S1: oxathiole (C5) and oxathiane (thioxane) (C6); and, Ni oxathiazine (06).
Examples of substituted monocyclic heterocyclyl groups include those derived from saccharides, in cyclic form, for example, furanoses (05), such as arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose, and xylofuranse, and pyranoses (06), such as allopyranose, altropyranose, glucopyranose, mannopyranose, gulopyranose, idopyranose, galactopyranose, and talopyranose.
C5_20 aryl: The term "C5_20 aryl", as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 3 to 20 ring atoms. The term "05_7 aryl", as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 5 to 7 ring atoms and the term "05_10 aryl", as used herein, pertains to a monovalent moiety obtained by removing a hydrogen atom from an aromatic ring atom of an aromatic compound, which moiety has from 5 to 10 ring atoms. Preferably, each ring has from 5 to 7 ring atoms.
In this context, the prefixes (e.g. 03-20, 05-7, 05-6, 05-10, etc.) denote the number of ring atoms, or range of number of ring atoms, whether carbon atoms or heteroatoms.
For example, the term "05_6 aryl" as used herein, pertains to an aryl group having 5 or 6 ring atoms.
The ring atoms may be all carbon atoms, as in "carboaryl groups".
Examples of carboaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from benzene (i.e. phenyl) (C6), naphthalene (C10), azulene (C10), anthracene (014), phenanthrene (C14), naphthacene (018), and pyrene (016).
Examples of aryl groups which comprise fused rings, at least one of which is an aromatic ring, include, but are not limited to, groups derived from indane (e.g. 2,3-dihydro-1H-indene) (09), indene (09), isoindene (09), tetraline (1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthalene (Co), acenaphthene (C12), fluorene (013), phenalene (C13), acephenanthrene (C15), and aceanthrene (016).
14 Alternatively, the ring atoms may include one or more heteroatoms, as in "heteroaryl groups". Examples of monocyclic heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, those derived from:
N1: pyrrole (azole) (C5), pyridine (azine) (C6);
01: furan (oxole) (C5);
Sl: thiophene (thiole) (C5);
N101: oxazole (C5), isoxazole (C5), isoxazine (C6);
N201: oxadiazole (furazan) (C5);
N301: oxatriazole (05);
thiazole (C5), isothiazole (Cs);
N2: imidazole (1,3-diazole) (C5), pyrazole (1,2-diazole) (C5), Pyridazine (1,2-diazine) (C6), pyrimidine (1,3-diazine) (06) (e.g., cytosine, thymine, uracil), pyrazine (1,4-diazine) (06);
N3: triazole (C5), triazine (C6); and, N4: tetrazole (05).
Examples of heteroaryl which comprise fused rings, include, but are not limited to:
03 (with 2 fused rings) derived from benzofuran (01), isobenzofuran (01), indole (N1), isoindole (N1), indolizine (N1), indoline (N1), isoindoline (N1), purine (N4) (e.g., adenine, guanine), benzimidazole (N2), indazole (N2), benzoxazole (N101), benzisoxazole (N101), benzodioxole (02), benzofurazan (N201), benzotriazole (N3), benzothiofuran (S1), benzothiazole benzothiadiazole (N2S);
C10 (with 2 fused rings) derived from chromene (01), isochromene (01), chroman (01), isochroman (01), benzodioxan (02), quinoline (N1), isoquinoline (N1), quinolizine (N1), benzoxazine (N101), benzodiazine (N2), pyridopyridine (N2), quinoxaline (N2), quinazoline (N2), cinnoline (N2), phthalazine (N2), naphthyridine (N2), pteridine (N4);
Cii (with 2 fused rings) derived from benzodiazepine (N2);
013 (with 3 fused rings) derived from carbazole (N1), dibenzofuran (01), dibenzothiophene (S1), carboline (N2), perimidine (N2), pyridoindole (N2);
and, C14 (with 3 fused rings) derived from acridine (N1), xanthene (01), thioxanthene (S1), oxanthrene (02), phenoxathiin (01S1), phenazine (N2), phenoxazine (N101), phenothiazine (NISI), thianthrene (S2), phenanthridine (N1), phenanthroline (N2), phenazine (N2).
The above groups, whether alone or part of another substituent, may themselves optionally be substituted with one or more groups selected from themselves and the additional substituents listed below.
Halo: -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
Hydroxy: -OH.
Ether: -OR, wherein R is an ether substituent, for example, a C1_7 alkyl group (also referred to as a C1_7alkoxy group, discussed below), a C3_20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as a C3_20 heterocyclyloxy group), or a C5_20 aryl group (also referred to as a C5_20 aryloxy group), preferably a C1_7alkyl group.
Alkoxy: -OR, wherein R is an alkyl group, for example, a C14 alkyl group.
Examples of C1-7 alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -0Me (methoxy), -0Et (ethoxy), -0(nPr) (n-propoxy), -0(iPr) (isopropoxy), -0(nBu) (n-butoxy), -0(sBu) (sec-butoxy), -0(iBu) (isobutoxy), and -0(tBu) (tert-butoxy).
Acetal: -CH(0R1)(0R2), wherein R1 and R2 are independently acetal substituents, for example, a C1_7 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a 01-7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" acetal group, R1 and R2, taken together with the two oxygen atoms to which they are attached, and the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms. Examples of acetal groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(OMe)2, -CH(OEt)2, and -CH(OMe)(0Et).
Hemiacetal: -CH(OH)(0R1), wherein R1 is a hemiacetal substituent, for example, a C1_7 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 0520 aryl group, preferably a C17 alkyl group.
Examples of hemiacetal groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(OH)(0Me) and -CH(OH)(0Et).
Ketal: -CR(OR1)(0R2), where R1 and R2 are as defined for acetals, and R is a ketal substituent other than hydrogen, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a C17 alkyl group. Examples ketal groups include, but are not limited to, -C(Me)(0Me)2, -C(Me)(0Et)2, -C(Me)(0Me)(0Et), -c(Eo(Ome)2, -C(Et)(0E02, and -C(Et)(0Me)(0Et).
Hemiketal: -CR(OH)(0R1), where R1 is as defined for hemiacetals, and R is a hemiketal substituent other than hydrogen, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a 017 alkyl group. Examples of hemiacetal groups include, but are not limited to, -C(Me)(OH)(0Me), -C(Et)(OH)(0Me), -C(Me)(OH)(0Et), and -C(Et)(OH)(0Et).
Oxo (keto, -one): =0.
Thione (thioketone): S.
Imino (imine): =NR, wherein R is an imino substituent, for example, hydrogen, C1_7alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C17 alkyl group. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, =NH, =NMe, =NEt, and =NPh.
Formyl (carbaldehyde, carboxaldehyde): -C(0)H.
Acyl (keto): -C(=0)R, wherein R is an acyl substituent, for example, a 017 alkyl group (also referred to as 01_7alkylacyl or 01_7alkanoy1), a 03_20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as 03_20 heterocyclylacyl), or a 05_20 aryl group (also referred to as 05_20 arylacyl), preferably a 017 alkyl group. Examples of acyl groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=0)CH3 (acetyl), -C(=0)CH2CH3 (propionyl), -C(=0)C(CH3)3 (t-butyryl), and -C(=0)Ph (benzoyl, phenone).
Carboxy (carboxylic acid): -C(=0)0H.
Thiocarboxy (thiocarboxylic acid): -C(=S)SH.
Thiolocarboxy (thiolocarboxylic acid): -C(=0)SH.
Thionocarboxy (thionocarboxylic acid): -C(S)OH.
Imidic acid: -C(=NH)OH.
Hydroxamic acid: -C(=NOH)OH.
Ester (carboxylate, carboxylic acid ester, oxycarbonyl): -C(=0)0R, wherein R
is an ester substituent, for example, a 01-7 alkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably a 01-7 alkyl group. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=0)0CH3, -C(=0)00H20H3, -C(=0)0C(CH3)3, and -C(=0)0Ph.
Acyloxy (reverse ester): -0C(=0)R, wherein R is an acyloxy substituent, for example, a 01-7 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C20 aryl group, preferably a C1_7 alkyl group.
Examples of acyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -0C(=0)CH3 (acetoxy), -0C(=0)CH2CH3, -0C(=0)C(CH3)3, -00(=0)Ph, and -0C(=0)CH2Ph.
Oxycarboyloxy: -0C(=0)0R, wherein R is an ester substituent, for example, a C1_7 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a 01-7 alkyl group.
Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, -0C(=0)0CH3, -0C(=0)0CH2CH3, -0C(=0)0C(CH3)3, and -0C(=0)0Ph.
Amino: -NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, for example, hydrogen, a 01_7 alkyl group (also referred to as 01_7 alkylamino or di-C17alkylamino), a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably H or a C1_7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" amino group, R1 and R2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms.
Amino groups may be primary (-NH2), secondary (-NHR1), or tertiary (-NHR1R2), and in cationic form, may be quaternary (-NR1R2R3). Examples of amino groups include, but are not limited to, -NH2, -NHCH3, -NHC(0H3)2, -N(0H3)2, -N(CH2CH3)2, and -NHPh. Examples of cyclic amino groups include, but are not limited to, aziridino, azetidino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, and thiomorpholino.
Amido (carbamoyl, carbamyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxamide): -C(=0)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of amido groups include, but are not limited to, -C(0)NH2, -C(=0)NHCH3, -0(=0)N(0H3)2, -C(=0)NHCH2CH3, and -C(=0)N(CH2CH3)2, as well as amido groups in which R1 and R2, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic structure as in, for example, piperidinocarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinocarbonyl, and piperazinocarbonyl.
Thioamido (thiocarbamyl): -C(=S)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of amido groups include, but are not limited to, -0(=S)NH2, -C(=S)NHCH3, -C(=S)N(CH3)2, and -C(=S)NHCH2CH3.
Acylamido (acylamino): -NR1C(=0)R2, wherein R1 is an amide substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C17 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 0520 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a 017 alkyl group, and R2 is an acyl substituent, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a C320heterocycly1 group, or a C5_20aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C17 alkyl group.
Examples of acylamide groups include, but are not limited to, -NHC(=0)0H3 , -NHC(=0)CH2CH3, and -NHC(=0)Ph. R1 and R2 may together form a cyclic structure, as in, for example, succinimidyl, maleimidyl, and phthalimidyl:
r0 0 0 succininnidyl nnaleinnidyl phthalimidyl Aminocarbonyloxy: -0C(=0)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of aminocarbonyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -0C(=0)NH2, -0C(=0)NHMe, -0C(=0)NMe2, and -0C(=0)NEt2, Ureido: -N(R1)CONR2R3 wherein R2 and R3 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups, and R1 is a ureido substituent, for example, hydrogen, a 017 alkyl group, a C3_20heterocycly1 group, or a 0520 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a Ci_7alkyl group. Examples of ureido groups include, but are not limited to, -NHCONH2, -NHCONHMe, -NHCONHEt, -NHCONMe2, -NHCONEt2, -NMeCONH2, -NMeCONHMe, -NMeCONHEt, -NMeCONMe2, and -NMeCONEt2.
Guanidino: -NH-C(=NH)NH2.
Tetrazolyl: a five membered aromatic ring having four nitrogen atoms and one carbon atom, N'N
Imino: =NR, wherein R is an imino substituent, for example, for example, hydrogen, a C1_7 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20aryl group, preferably H or a C1_7alkyl group. Examples of imino groups include, but are not limited to, =NH, =NMe, and =NEt.
Amidine (amidino): -C(=NR)NR2, wherein each R is an amidine substituent, for example, hydrogen, a Clj alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably H or a Cij alkyl group. Examples of amidine groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=NH)NH2, -C(=NH)NMe2, and -C(=NMe)NMe2.
Nitro: -NO2.
Nitroso: -NO.
Azido: -N3.
Cyano (nitrile, carbonitrile): -CN.
Isocyano: -NC.
Cyanato: -OCN.
Isocyanato: -NCO.
Thiocyano (thiocyanato): -SCN.
Isothiocyano (isothiocyanato): -NCS.
Sulfhydryl (thiol, mercapto): -SH.
Thioether (sulfide): -SR, wherein R is a thioether substituent, for example, a C17 alkyl group (also referred to as a Ci_7alkylthio group), a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably a Ci_7 alkyl group. Examples of C17 alkylthio groups include, but are not limited to, -SCH3 and -SCH2CH3.
Disulfide: -SS-R, wherein R is a disulfide substituent, for example, a 01-7 alkyl group, a 03_ 20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably a Cijalkyl group (also referred to herein as 017 alkyl disulfide). Examples of 01_7 alkyl disulfide groups include, but are not limited to, -SSCH3 and -SSCH2CH3.
Su!fine (sulfinyl, sulfoxide): -S(=0)R, wherein R is a sulfine substituent, for example, a 01-7 alkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 0520 aryl group, preferably a C17 alkyl group.
Examples of sulfine groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=0)CH3 and -S(=0)CH2CH3.
10 Sulfone (sulfonyl): -S(=0)2R, wherein R is a sulfone substituent, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a C1_7 alkyl group, including, for example, a fluorinated or perfluorinated 01_7 alkyl group.
Examples of sulfone groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=0)20H3 (methanesulfonyl, mesyl), -S(=0)20F3 (triflyl), -S(=0)2CH2CH3 (esyl), -S(=0)2C4F9 (nonaflyl), -S(=0)20H20F3 (tresyl),
N1: pyrrole (azole) (C5), pyridine (azine) (C6);
01: furan (oxole) (C5);
Sl: thiophene (thiole) (C5);
N101: oxazole (C5), isoxazole (C5), isoxazine (C6);
N201: oxadiazole (furazan) (C5);
N301: oxatriazole (05);
thiazole (C5), isothiazole (Cs);
N2: imidazole (1,3-diazole) (C5), pyrazole (1,2-diazole) (C5), Pyridazine (1,2-diazine) (C6), pyrimidine (1,3-diazine) (06) (e.g., cytosine, thymine, uracil), pyrazine (1,4-diazine) (06);
N3: triazole (C5), triazine (C6); and, N4: tetrazole (05).
Examples of heteroaryl which comprise fused rings, include, but are not limited to:
03 (with 2 fused rings) derived from benzofuran (01), isobenzofuran (01), indole (N1), isoindole (N1), indolizine (N1), indoline (N1), isoindoline (N1), purine (N4) (e.g., adenine, guanine), benzimidazole (N2), indazole (N2), benzoxazole (N101), benzisoxazole (N101), benzodioxole (02), benzofurazan (N201), benzotriazole (N3), benzothiofuran (S1), benzothiazole benzothiadiazole (N2S);
C10 (with 2 fused rings) derived from chromene (01), isochromene (01), chroman (01), isochroman (01), benzodioxan (02), quinoline (N1), isoquinoline (N1), quinolizine (N1), benzoxazine (N101), benzodiazine (N2), pyridopyridine (N2), quinoxaline (N2), quinazoline (N2), cinnoline (N2), phthalazine (N2), naphthyridine (N2), pteridine (N4);
Cii (with 2 fused rings) derived from benzodiazepine (N2);
013 (with 3 fused rings) derived from carbazole (N1), dibenzofuran (01), dibenzothiophene (S1), carboline (N2), perimidine (N2), pyridoindole (N2);
and, C14 (with 3 fused rings) derived from acridine (N1), xanthene (01), thioxanthene (S1), oxanthrene (02), phenoxathiin (01S1), phenazine (N2), phenoxazine (N101), phenothiazine (NISI), thianthrene (S2), phenanthridine (N1), phenanthroline (N2), phenazine (N2).
The above groups, whether alone or part of another substituent, may themselves optionally be substituted with one or more groups selected from themselves and the additional substituents listed below.
Halo: -F, -Cl, -Br, and -I.
Hydroxy: -OH.
Ether: -OR, wherein R is an ether substituent, for example, a C1_7 alkyl group (also referred to as a C1_7alkoxy group, discussed below), a C3_20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as a C3_20 heterocyclyloxy group), or a C5_20 aryl group (also referred to as a C5_20 aryloxy group), preferably a C1_7alkyl group.
Alkoxy: -OR, wherein R is an alkyl group, for example, a C14 alkyl group.
Examples of C1-7 alkoxy groups include, but are not limited to, -0Me (methoxy), -0Et (ethoxy), -0(nPr) (n-propoxy), -0(iPr) (isopropoxy), -0(nBu) (n-butoxy), -0(sBu) (sec-butoxy), -0(iBu) (isobutoxy), and -0(tBu) (tert-butoxy).
Acetal: -CH(0R1)(0R2), wherein R1 and R2 are independently acetal substituents, for example, a C1_7 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a 01-7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" acetal group, R1 and R2, taken together with the two oxygen atoms to which they are attached, and the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms. Examples of acetal groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(OMe)2, -CH(OEt)2, and -CH(OMe)(0Et).
Hemiacetal: -CH(OH)(0R1), wherein R1 is a hemiacetal substituent, for example, a C1_7 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 0520 aryl group, preferably a C17 alkyl group.
Examples of hemiacetal groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(OH)(0Me) and -CH(OH)(0Et).
Ketal: -CR(OR1)(0R2), where R1 and R2 are as defined for acetals, and R is a ketal substituent other than hydrogen, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a C17 alkyl group. Examples ketal groups include, but are not limited to, -C(Me)(0Me)2, -C(Me)(0Et)2, -C(Me)(0Me)(0Et), -c(Eo(Ome)2, -C(Et)(0E02, and -C(Et)(0Me)(0Et).
Hemiketal: -CR(OH)(0R1), where R1 is as defined for hemiacetals, and R is a hemiketal substituent other than hydrogen, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a 017 alkyl group. Examples of hemiacetal groups include, but are not limited to, -C(Me)(OH)(0Me), -C(Et)(OH)(0Me), -C(Me)(OH)(0Et), and -C(Et)(OH)(0Et).
Oxo (keto, -one): =0.
Thione (thioketone): S.
Imino (imine): =NR, wherein R is an imino substituent, for example, hydrogen, C1_7alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C17 alkyl group. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, =NH, =NMe, =NEt, and =NPh.
Formyl (carbaldehyde, carboxaldehyde): -C(0)H.
Acyl (keto): -C(=0)R, wherein R is an acyl substituent, for example, a 017 alkyl group (also referred to as 01_7alkylacyl or 01_7alkanoy1), a 03_20 heterocyclyl group (also referred to as 03_20 heterocyclylacyl), or a 05_20 aryl group (also referred to as 05_20 arylacyl), preferably a 017 alkyl group. Examples of acyl groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=0)CH3 (acetyl), -C(=0)CH2CH3 (propionyl), -C(=0)C(CH3)3 (t-butyryl), and -C(=0)Ph (benzoyl, phenone).
Carboxy (carboxylic acid): -C(=0)0H.
Thiocarboxy (thiocarboxylic acid): -C(=S)SH.
Thiolocarboxy (thiolocarboxylic acid): -C(=0)SH.
Thionocarboxy (thionocarboxylic acid): -C(S)OH.
Imidic acid: -C(=NH)OH.
Hydroxamic acid: -C(=NOH)OH.
Ester (carboxylate, carboxylic acid ester, oxycarbonyl): -C(=0)0R, wherein R
is an ester substituent, for example, a 01-7 alkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably a 01-7 alkyl group. Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=0)0CH3, -C(=0)00H20H3, -C(=0)0C(CH3)3, and -C(=0)0Ph.
Acyloxy (reverse ester): -0C(=0)R, wherein R is an acyloxy substituent, for example, a 01-7 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C20 aryl group, preferably a C1_7 alkyl group.
Examples of acyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -0C(=0)CH3 (acetoxy), -0C(=0)CH2CH3, -0C(=0)C(CH3)3, -00(=0)Ph, and -0C(=0)CH2Ph.
Oxycarboyloxy: -0C(=0)0R, wherein R is an ester substituent, for example, a C1_7 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a 01-7 alkyl group.
Examples of ester groups include, but are not limited to, -0C(=0)0CH3, -0C(=0)0CH2CH3, -0C(=0)0C(CH3)3, and -0C(=0)0Ph.
Amino: -NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, for example, hydrogen, a 01_7 alkyl group (also referred to as 01_7 alkylamino or di-C17alkylamino), a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably H or a C1_7 alkyl group, or, in the case of a "cyclic" amino group, R1 and R2, taken together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic ring having from 4 to 8 ring atoms.
Amino groups may be primary (-NH2), secondary (-NHR1), or tertiary (-NHR1R2), and in cationic form, may be quaternary (-NR1R2R3). Examples of amino groups include, but are not limited to, -NH2, -NHCH3, -NHC(0H3)2, -N(0H3)2, -N(CH2CH3)2, and -NHPh. Examples of cyclic amino groups include, but are not limited to, aziridino, azetidino, pyrrolidino, piperidino, piperazino, morpholino, and thiomorpholino.
Amido (carbamoyl, carbamyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxamide): -C(=0)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of amido groups include, but are not limited to, -C(0)NH2, -C(=0)NHCH3, -0(=0)N(0H3)2, -C(=0)NHCH2CH3, and -C(=0)N(CH2CH3)2, as well as amido groups in which R1 and R2, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic structure as in, for example, piperidinocarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, thiomorpholinocarbonyl, and piperazinocarbonyl.
Thioamido (thiocarbamyl): -C(=S)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of amido groups include, but are not limited to, -0(=S)NH2, -C(=S)NHCH3, -C(=S)N(CH3)2, and -C(=S)NHCH2CH3.
Acylamido (acylamino): -NR1C(=0)R2, wherein R1 is an amide substituent, for example, hydrogen, a C17 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 0520 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a 017 alkyl group, and R2 is an acyl substituent, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a C320heterocycly1 group, or a C5_20aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a C17 alkyl group.
Examples of acylamide groups include, but are not limited to, -NHC(=0)0H3 , -NHC(=0)CH2CH3, and -NHC(=0)Ph. R1 and R2 may together form a cyclic structure, as in, for example, succinimidyl, maleimidyl, and phthalimidyl:
r0 0 0 succininnidyl nnaleinnidyl phthalimidyl Aminocarbonyloxy: -0C(=0)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of aminocarbonyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -0C(=0)NH2, -0C(=0)NHMe, -0C(=0)NMe2, and -0C(=0)NEt2, Ureido: -N(R1)CONR2R3 wherein R2 and R3 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups, and R1 is a ureido substituent, for example, hydrogen, a 017 alkyl group, a C3_20heterocycly1 group, or a 0520 aryl group, preferably hydrogen or a Ci_7alkyl group. Examples of ureido groups include, but are not limited to, -NHCONH2, -NHCONHMe, -NHCONHEt, -NHCONMe2, -NHCONEt2, -NMeCONH2, -NMeCONHMe, -NMeCONHEt, -NMeCONMe2, and -NMeCONEt2.
Guanidino: -NH-C(=NH)NH2.
Tetrazolyl: a five membered aromatic ring having four nitrogen atoms and one carbon atom, N'N
Imino: =NR, wherein R is an imino substituent, for example, for example, hydrogen, a C1_7 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20aryl group, preferably H or a C1_7alkyl group. Examples of imino groups include, but are not limited to, =NH, =NMe, and =NEt.
Amidine (amidino): -C(=NR)NR2, wherein each R is an amidine substituent, for example, hydrogen, a Clj alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably H or a Cij alkyl group. Examples of amidine groups include, but are not limited to, -C(=NH)NH2, -C(=NH)NMe2, and -C(=NMe)NMe2.
Nitro: -NO2.
Nitroso: -NO.
Azido: -N3.
Cyano (nitrile, carbonitrile): -CN.
Isocyano: -NC.
Cyanato: -OCN.
Isocyanato: -NCO.
Thiocyano (thiocyanato): -SCN.
Isothiocyano (isothiocyanato): -NCS.
Sulfhydryl (thiol, mercapto): -SH.
Thioether (sulfide): -SR, wherein R is a thioether substituent, for example, a C17 alkyl group (also referred to as a Ci_7alkylthio group), a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably a Ci_7 alkyl group. Examples of C17 alkylthio groups include, but are not limited to, -SCH3 and -SCH2CH3.
Disulfide: -SS-R, wherein R is a disulfide substituent, for example, a 01-7 alkyl group, a 03_ 20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably a Cijalkyl group (also referred to herein as 017 alkyl disulfide). Examples of 01_7 alkyl disulfide groups include, but are not limited to, -SSCH3 and -SSCH2CH3.
Su!fine (sulfinyl, sulfoxide): -S(=0)R, wherein R is a sulfine substituent, for example, a 01-7 alkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 0520 aryl group, preferably a C17 alkyl group.
Examples of sulfine groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=0)CH3 and -S(=0)CH2CH3.
10 Sulfone (sulfonyl): -S(=0)2R, wherein R is a sulfone substituent, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a C1_7 alkyl group, including, for example, a fluorinated or perfluorinated 01_7 alkyl group.
Examples of sulfone groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=0)20H3 (methanesulfonyl, mesyl), -S(=0)20F3 (triflyl), -S(=0)2CH2CH3 (esyl), -S(=0)2C4F9 (nonaflyl), -S(=0)20H20F3 (tresyl),
15 -S(=0)20H20H2NH2 (tauryl), -S(=0)2Ph (phenylsulfonyl, besyl), 4-methylphenylsulfonyl (tosyl), 4-chlorophenylsulfonyl (closyl), 4-bromophenylsulfonyl (brosyl), 4-nitrophenyl (nosyl), 2-naphthalenesulfonate (napsyl), and 5-dimethylamino-naphthalen-1-ylsulfonate (dansyl).
20 Sulfinic acid (sulfino): -S(=0)0H, -S02H.
Sulfonic acid (sulfo): -S(=0)20H, -S03H.
Sulfinate (sulfinic acid ester): -S(=0)0R; wherein R is a sulfinate substituent, for example, a CiJalkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably a C1_7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfinate groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=0)0CH3 (methoxysulfinyl; methyl sulfinate) and -S(=0)0CH2CH3 (ethoxysulfinyl; ethyl sulfinate).
Sulfonate (sulfonic acid ester): -S(=0)20R, wherein R is a sulfonate substituent, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a 01_7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfonate groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=0)20CH3 (methoxysulfonyl; methyl sulfonate) and -S(=0)200H2CH3 (ethoxysulfonyl; ethyl sulfonate).
Sulfinyloxy: -0S(=0)R, wherein R is a sulfinyloxy substituent, for example, a C1_7alkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a 017 alkyl group.
Examples of sulfinyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -0S(=0)0H3 and -0S(=0)CH2CH3.
Sulfonyloxy: -0S(=0)2R, wherein R is a sulfonyloxy substituent, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a Cijalkyl group.
Examples of sulfonyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -0S(=0)20H3 (mesylate) and -0S(=0)2CH2CH3 (esylate).
Sulfate: -0S(=0)20R; wherein R is a sulfate substituent, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably a 017 alkyl group.
Examples of sulfate groups include, but are not limited to, -0S(=0)200H3 and -S0(=0)20CH2CH3.
Sulfamyl (sulfamoyl; sulfinic acid amide; sulfinamide): -S(=0)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of sulfamyl groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=0)NH2, -S(=0)NH(CH3), -S(=0)N(CH3)2, -S(=0)NH(CH2CH3), -S(=0)N(CH2CH3)2, and -S(=0)NHPh.
Sulfonamido (sulfinamoyl; sulfonic acid amide; sulfonamide): -S(=0)2NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups.
Examples of sulfonamido groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=0)2NH2, -S(=0)2NH(CH3), -S(=0)2N(0H3)2, -S(=0)2NH(0H20H3), -S(=0)2N(0H20H3)2, and -S(=0)2NHPh.
Sulfamino: -NR1S(=0)20H, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups. Examples of sulfamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=0)20H and -N(CH3)S(=0)20H.
Sulfonamino: -NR1S(=0)2R, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups, and R is a sulfonamino substituent, for example, a 01_7 alkyl group, a heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a 017 alkyl group.
Examples of sulfonamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=0)20H3 and -N(CH3)S(=0)2C6H5.
Sulfinamino: -NR1S(=0)R, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups, and R is a sulfinamino substituent, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably a 01_7 alkyl group.
Examples of sulfinamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=0)0H3 and -N(0H3)S(=0)06H5.
Phosphino (phosphine): -PR2, wherein R is a phosphino substituent, for example, -H, a C17 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20aryl group, preferably -H, a CiJalkyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group. Examples of phosphino groups include, but are not limited to, -PH2, -P(CH3)2, -P(CH2CH3)2, -P(t-Bu)2, and -P(Ph)2.
Phospho: -P(=0)2.
Phosphinyl (phosphine oxide): -P(=0)R2, wherein R is a phosphinyl substituent, for example, a C17 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably a C1_7 alkyl group or a C5_20 aryl group. Examples of phosphinyl groups include, but are not limited to, -P(=0)(CH3)2, -P(=0)(CH2CH3)2, -P(=0)(t-Bu)2, and -P(=0)(Ph)2.
Phosphonic acid (phosphono): -P(=0)(OH)2.
Phosphonate (phosphono ester): -P(=0)(0R)2, where R is a phosphonate substituent, for example, -H, a C17 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C17 alkyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group. Examples of phosphonate groups include, but are not limited to, -P(=0)(OCH3)2, -P(=0)(OCH2CH3)2, -P(=0)(0-t-Bu)2, and -P(=0)(0Ph)2.
Phosphoric acid (phosphonooxy): -0P(=0)(OH)2.
Phosphate (phosphonooxy ester): -0P(=0)(0R)2, where R is a phosphate substituent, for example, -H, a 01_7 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C1_7 alkyl group, or a 0520 aryl group. Examples of phosphate groups include, but are not limited to, -0P(=0)(00H3)2, -0P(=0)(OCH2CH3)2, -0P(=0)(0-t-Bu)2, and -0P(=0)(0Ph)2.
Phosphorous acid: -0P(OH)2.
Phosphite: -0P(OR)2, where R is a phosphite substituent, for example, -H, a 017 alkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably -H, a 01_7 alkyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group. Examples of phosphite groups include, but are not limited to, -0P(OCH3)2, -0P(OCH2CH3)2, -0P(0-t-Bu)2, and -0P(OP11)2.
Phosphoramidite: -0P(0R1)-NR22, where R1 and R2 are phosphoramidite substituents, for example, -H, a (optionally substituted) C17 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a Co aryl group, preferably -H, a C17 alkyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group. Examples of phosphoramidite groups include, but are not limited to, -0P(OCH2CH3)-N(CH3)2, -0P(OCH2CH3)-N(i-Pr)2, and -0P(OCH2CH2CN)-N(i-Pr)2.
Phosphoramidate: -0P(=0)(0R1)-NR22, where R1 and R2 are phosphoramidate substituents, for example, -H, a (optionally substituted) C11 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably -H, a 017 alkyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group.
Examples of phosphoramidate groups include, but are not limited to, -0P(=0)(OCH2CF13)-N(CH3)2, -0P(=0)(OCH2CH3)-N(i-Pr)2, and -0P(=0)(OCH2CH2CN)-N(i-P02.
Alkylene C3-12 alkylene: The term "C3_12 alkylene", as used herein, pertains to a bidentate moiety obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms, either both from the same carbon atom, or one from each of two different carbon atoms, of a hydrocarbon compound having from 3 to 12 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified), which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated. Thus, the term "alkylene"
includes the sub-classes alkenylene, alkynylene, cycloalkylene, etc., discussed below.
Examples of linear saturated 03_12 alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, -(CH2),-where n is an integer from 3 to 12, for example, -CH2CH2CH2- (Propylene), -CH2CH2CH2CH2- (butylene), -CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2- (pentylene) and -CH2CH2CH2CH-2CH2CH2CH2- (heptylene).
Examples of branched saturated C3_12 alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(CH3)CH2-, -CH(CH3)CH2CH2-, -CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH2-, -CH(CH2CH3)-, -CH(CH2CH3)0H2-, and -CH2CH(CH2CH3)CH2-=
Examples of linear partially unsaturated 03_12 alkylene groups (03_12 alkenylene, and alkynylene groups) include, but are not limited to, -CH=CH-0H2-, -CH2-CH=CH2-, -CH=CH-0H2-0H2-, -CH=CH-0H2-0H2-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH=CH-, -CH=CH-CH=CH-0H2-, -CH=CH-CH=CH-CH2-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH2-CH=CH-, -CH=CH-CH2-CH2-CH=CH-, and -CH2-CEC-CH2-.
Examples of branched partially unsaturated C3.12 alkylene groups (C3_12alkenylene and alkynylene groups) include, but are not limited to, -C(CH3)=CH-, -C(CH3)=CH-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH(CH3)- and -CC-CH(CH3)-.
Examples of alicyclic saturated C3-12 alkylene groups (C3_12 cycloalkylenes) include, but are not limited to, cyclopentylene (e.g. cyclopent-1,3-ylene), and cyclohexylene (e.g. cyclohex-1,4-ylene).
Examples of alicyclic partially unsaturated C3_12 alkylene groups (C3_12 cycloalkylenes) include, but are not limited to, cyclopentenylene (e.g. 4-cyclopenten-1,3-ylene), cyclohexenylene (e.g. 2-cyclohexen-1,4-ylene; 3-cyclohexen-1,2-ylene; 2,5-cyclohexadien-1,4-ylene).
Oxygen protecting group: the term "oxygen protecting group" refers to a moiety which masks a hydroxy group, and these are well known in the art. A large number of suitable groups are described on pages 23 to 200 of Greene, T.W. and Wuts, G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
Classes of particular interest include silyl ethers (e.g. TMS, TBDMS), substituted methyl ethers (e.g.
THP) and esters (e.g. acetate).
Carbamate nitrogen protecting group: the term "carbamate nitrogen protecting group"
pertains to a moiety which masks the nitrogen in the imine bond, and these are well known in the art. These groups have the following structure:
,10 R
wherein R'1 is R as defined above. A large number of suitable groups are described on pages 503 to 549 of Greene, T.W. and Wuts, G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
Hemi-aminal nitrogen protecting group: the term "hemi-aminal nitrogen protecting group"
pertains to a group having the following structure:
wherein R" is R as defined above. A large number of suitable groups are described on pages 633 to 647 as amide protecting groups of Greene, T.W. and Wuts, G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
Coniuoates The present invention provides Conjugates comprising a PBD dimer connected to a Ligand unit via a Linker unit. In one embodiment, the Linker unit includes a Stretcher unit (A), a Specificity unit (12), and a Spacer unit (L2). The Linker unit is connected at one end to the Ligand unit (L) and at the other end to the PBD dimer compound (D).
In one aspect, such a Conjugate is shown below in formula IIla:
L_ (A1a_L15_L2rD)p (111a) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein:
L is the Ligand unit; and _Ala_LlsL _. 2y_ is a Linker unit (LU), wherein:
-A1- is a Stretcher unit, a is 1 or 2, -L1- is a Specificity unit, s is an integer ranging from 0 to 12, -L2- is a Spacer unit, y is 0, 1 or 2;
-D is a PBD dimer; and p is from 1 to 20.
In another aspect, such a Conjugate is shown below in formula Illb:
Lis L - (Ala- L2y-D)p (111b) Also illustrated as:
L _ (Aia_ L1s) _D)p (111b) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein:
L is the Ligand unit; and -A1a-L1s(L2y)- is a Linker unit (LU), wherein:
-A1- is a Stretcher unit linked to a Stretcher unit (L2), a is 1 or 2, -L1- is a Specificity unit linked to a Stretcher unit (L2), s is an integer ranging from 0 to 12, -L2- is a Spacer unit, y is 0, 1 or 2;
-D is a PBD dimer; and p is from 1 to 20.
Preferences The following preferences may apply to all aspects of the invention as described above, or may relate to a single aspect. The preferences may be combined together in any combination.
In one embodiment, the Conjugate has the formula:
L- (A1a-L1s-L2y-D)p L- (Ala-Lsl-D)p, L- (A1-L1-D)p or L- (A1-D)p or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein L, A1, a, Ll, s, L2, D, y and p are as described above.
In one embodiment, the Ligand unit (L) is a Cell Binding Agent (CBA) that specifically binds to a target molecule on the surface of a target cell. An exemplary formula is illustrated below:
CBA , 1 .
-1- =0 Al L21( where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit (D), CBA
is the Cell Binding Agent, Ll is a Specificity unit, A1 is a Stretcher unit connecting Ll to the Cell Binding Agent, L2 is a Spacer unit, which is a covalent bond, a self-immolative group or together with -0C(=0)- forms a self-immolative group, and L2 is optional. -0C(=0)- may be considered as being part of Ll or L2, as appropriate.
In another embodiment, the Ligand unit (L) is a Cell Binding Agent (CBA) that specifically binds to a target molecule on the surface of a target cell. An exemplary formula is illustrated below:
CBA ¨ Ala¨ Lis ¨ L2y ¨*
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit (D), CBA
is the Cell Binding Agent, Ll is a Specificity unit, A1 is a Stretcher unit connecting Ll to the Cell Binding Agent, L2 is a Spacer unit which is a covalent bond or a self-immolative group, and a is 1 or 2, s is 0, 1 or 2, and y is 0 or 1 or 2.
In the embodiments illustrated above, L1 can be a cleavable Specificity unit, and may be referred to as a "trigger" that when cleaved activates a self-immolative group (or self-immolative groups) L2, when a self-immolative group(s) is present. When the Specificity unit L1 is cleaved, or the linkage (i.e., the covalent bond) between L1 and L2 is cleaved, the self-immolative group releases the Drug unit (D).
In another embodiment, the Ligand unit (L) is a Cell Binding Agent (CBA) that specifically binds to a target molecule on the surface of a target cell. An exemplary formula is illustrated below:
Ll, CBA ¨ Ala¨ L2y ¨*
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug (D), CBA is the Cell Binding Agent, Ll is a Specificity unit connected to L2, A1 is a Stretcher unit connecting L2 to the Cell Binding Agent, L2 is a self-immolative group, and a is 1 or 2, s is 1 or 2, and y is 1 or 2.
In the various embodiments discussed herein, the nature of L1 and L2 can vary widely.
These groups are chosen on the basis of their characteristics, which may be dictated in part, by the conditions at the site to which the conjugate is delivered. Where the Specificity unit LI is cleavable, the structure and/or sequence of L1 is selected such that it is cleaved by the action of enzymes present at the target site (e.g., the target cell).
Ll units that are cleavable by changes in pH (e.g. acid or base labile), temperature or upon irradiation (e.g.
photolabile) may also be used. LI units that are cleavable under reducing or oxidising conditions may also find use in the Conjugates.
In some embodiments, LI may comprise one amino acid or a contiguous sequence of amino acids. The amino acid sequence may be the target substrate for an enzyme.
In one embodiment, LI is cleavable by the action of an enzyme. In one embodiment, the enzyme is an esterase or a peptidase. For example, L' may be cleaved by a lysosomal protease, such as a cathepsin.
In one embodiment, L2 is present and together with -C(=0)0- forms a self-immolative group or self-immolative groups. In some embodiments, -C(=0)0- also is a self-immolative group.
In one embodiment, where L1 is cleavable by the action of an enzyme and L2 is present, the enzyme cleaves the bond between Ll and L2, whereby the self-immolative group(s) release the Drug unit.
1_1 and L2, where present, may be connected by a bond selected from:
-C(=0)NH-, -C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)-, -0C(=0)-, -0C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)0-, -0C(=0)NH-, -NHC(=0)NH, and -0- (a glycosidic bond).
An amino group of L1 that connects to L2 may be the N-terminus of an amino acid or may be derived from an amino group of an amino acid side chain, for example a lysine amino acid side chain.
A carboxyl group of L1 that connects to L2 may be the C-terminus of an amino acid or may be derived from a carboxyl group of an amino acid side chain, for example a glutamic acid amino acid side chain.
A hydroxy group of L1 that connects to L2 may be derived from a hydroxy group of an amino acid side chain, for example a serine amino acid side chain.
In one embodiment, -C(=0)0- and L2 together form the group:
Y
V *
0.,,,,.
----- n where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the I:, Y is -N(H)-, -0-, -C(0)N(H)- or -C(=0)0-, and n is 0 to 3. The phenylene ring is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents as described herein.
In one embodiment, Y is NH.
In one embodiment, n is 0 or 1. Preferably, n is O.
Where Y is NH and n is 0, the self-immolative group may be referred to as a p-aminobenzylcarbonyl linker (PABC).
The self-immolative group will allow for release of the Drug unit (i.e., the asymmetric PBD) 5 when a remote site in the linker is activated, proceeding along the lines shown below (for n=0):
110Y..
where the asterisk indicates the attachment to the Drug, L* is the activated form of the remaining portion of the linker and the released Drug unit is not shown.
These groups 10 have the advantage of separating the site of activation from the Drug.
In another embodiment, -C(=0)0- and L2 together form a group selected from:
n *.
n 15 where the asterisk, the wavy line, Y, and n are as defined above. Each phenylene ring is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents as described herein. In one embodiment, the phenylene ring having the Y substituent is optionally substituted and the phenylene ring not having the Y substituent is unsubstituted.
In another embodiment, -C(=0)0- and L2 together form a group selected from:
D-n C)j where the asterisk, the wavy line, Y, and n are as defined above, E is 0, S or NR, D
is N, CH, or CR, and F is N, CH, or CR.
In one embodiment, D is N.
In one embodiment, D is CH.
In one embodiment, E is 0 or S.
In one embodiment, F is CH.
In a preferred embodiment, the covalent bond between L1 and L2 is a cathepsin labile (e.g., cleavable) bond.
In one embodiment, L1 comprises a dipeptide. The amino acids in the dipeptide may be any combination of natural amino acids and non-natural amino acids. In some embodiments, the dipeptide comprises natural amino acids. Where the linker is a cathepsin labile linker, the dipeptide is the site of action for cathepsin-mediated cleavage.
The dipeptide then is a recognition site for cathepsin.
In one embodiment, the group -X1-X2- in dipeptide, -NH-X1-X2-00-, is selected from:
-Phe-Lys-, -Val-Ala-, -Val-Lys-, -Ala-Lys-, -Val-Cit-, -Phe-Cit-, -Leu-Cit-, -1Ie-Cit-, -Phe-Arg-, and -Trp-Cit-;
where Cit is citrulline. In such a dipeptide, -NH- is the amino group of X1, and CO is the carbonyl group of X2.
Preferably, the group -Xi-X2- in dipeptide, -NH-X1-X2-00-, is selected from:
-Phe-Lys-, -Val-Ala-, -Val-Lys-, -Ala-Lys-, and -Val-Cit-.
Most preferably, the group -Xi-X2- in dipeptide, -NH-X1-X2-00-, is -Phe-Lys-, Val-Cit or -Val-Ala.
Other dipeptide combinations of interest include:
-Gly-Gly-, -Pro-Pro-, and -Val-Glu-.
Other dipeptide combinations may be used, including those described by Dubowchik et al.
("Cathepsin B-sensitive dipeptide prodrugs. 1. A model study of structural requirements for efficient release of doxorubicin" Bioorg Med Chem Lett 1998; 8(23): 3341-3346).
In one embodiment, the amino acid side chain is chemically protected, where appropriate.
The side chain protecting group may be a group as discussed below. Protected amino acid sequences are cleavable by enzymes. For example, a dipeptide sequence comprising a Boc side chain-protected Lys residue is cleavable by cathepsin.
Protecting groups for the side chains of amino acids are well known in the art and are described in the Novabiochem Catalog. Additional protecting group strategies are set out in Protective groups in Organic Synthesis, Greene and Wuts.
Possible side chain protecting groups are shown below for those amino acids having reactive side chain functionality:
Arg: Z, Mtr, Tos;
Asn: Trt, Xan;
Asp: Bzl, t-Bu;
Cys: Acm, BzI, Bz1-0Me, Bzl-Me, Trt;
Glu: BzI, t-Bu;
Gin: Trt, Xan;
His: Boc, Dnp, Tos, Trt;
Lys: Boc, Z-CI, Fmoc, Z;
Ser: BzI, TBDMS, TBDPS;
Thr: Bz;
Trp: Boc;
Tyr: Bzl, Z, Z-Br.
In one embodiment, -X2- is connected indirectly to the Drug unit. In such an embodiment, the Spacer unit L2 is present.
In one embodiment, the dipeptide is used in combination with a self-immolative group(s) (the Spacer unit). The self-immolative group(s) may be connected to -X2-.
Where a self-immolative group is present, -X2- is connected directly to the self-immolative group. In one embodiment, -X2- is connected to the group Y of the self-immolative group.
Preferably the group -X2-00- is connected to Y, where Y is NH.
In one embodiment, -X1- is connected directly to Al. Preferably the group NH-X1- (the amino terminus of X1) is connected to Al. A1 may comprise the functionality -CO- thereby to form an amide link with -X1-.
In one embodiment, Ll and L2 together with -0C(=0)- comprise the group -X1-X2-PABC-.
The PABC group is connected directly to the Drug unit. In one example, the self-immolative group and the dipeptide together form the group -Phe-Lys-PABC-, which is illustrated below:
=
-r<N
N
H
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit, and the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remaining portion of L1 or the point of attachment to Al. Preferably, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to Al.
Alternatively, the self-immolative group and the dipeptide together form the group -Val-Ala-PABC-, which is illustrated below:
*
N
H H
where the asterisk and the wavy line are as defined above.
In another embodiment, LI and L2 together with -0C(=0)- represent:
0 = E
-=JL
Y, 0 0 -1\0A'=
or where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to A1, Y is a covalent bond or a functional group, and E is a group that is susceptible to cleavage thereby to activate a self-immolative group.
E is selected such that the group is susceptible to cleavage, e.g., by light or by the action of an enzyme. E may be -NO2 or glucuronic acid (e.g., 13-glucuronic acid). The former may be susceptible to the action of a nitroreductase, the latter to the action of a 13-glucuronidase.
The group Y may be a covalent bond.
The group Y may be a functional group selected from:
-NH--C(=0)NH-, -C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)-, -0C(=0)-, -0C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)0-, 5 -0C(=0)NH-, -NHC(=0)NH-, -NHC(=0)NH, -C(=0)NHC(=0)-, SO2, and 10 -S-.
The group Y is preferably ¨NH-, -CH2-, -0-, and -S-.
In some embodiments, L1 and L2 together with -0C(=0)- represent:
E
10 0)L- )L..
* 0 *
E *
15 .s.,,.. or µ:)...
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to A, Y is a covalent bond or a functional group and E is glucuronic acid (e.g., 3-glucuronic acid). Y is preferably a functional group selected from ¨NH-.
In some embodiments, L1 and L2 together represent:
E
. 0--- * * 0/ *
E
or .'',.....
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of L2 or the Drug unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to A1, Y is a covalent bond or a functional group and E is glucuronic acid (e.g., 3-glucuronic acid). Y is preferably a functional group selected from ¨NH-, -C H2-, -0-, and -S-.
In some further embodiments, Y is a functional group as set forth above, the functional group is linked to an amino acid, and the amino acid is linked to the Stretcher unit Al. In some embodiments, amino acid is p-alanine. In such an embodiment, the amino acid is equivalently considered part of the Stretcher unit.
The Specificity unit Ll and the Ligand unit are indirectly connected via the Stretcher unit.
Land A1 may be connected by a bond selected from:
-C(=0)NH-, -C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)-, -0C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)0-, -0C(=0)NH-, and -NHC(=0)NH-.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
_.._.. 0 where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
0 .
/ ,Iir- *
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
I
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
- _ *
I
\ - - n m- _ 0 where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
n *
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
0 ll n_...¨ *
C
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
0 *
n - -m where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
- _ where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the connection between the Ligand unit and A1 is through a thiol residue of the Ligand unit and a maleimide group of Al.
In one embodiment, the connection between the Ligand unit and A1 is:
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the remaining portion of A1, L1, L2 or D, and the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remaining portion of the Ligand unit. In this embodiment, the S atom is typically derived from the Ligand unit.
In each of the embodiments above, an alternative functionality may be used in place of the malemide-derived group shown below:
where the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit as before, and the asterisk indicates the bond to the remaining portion of the Al group, or to L1, L2 or D.
In one embodiment, the maleimide-derived group is replaced with the group:
JN
)LN *
Hi 0 where the wavy line indicates point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and the asterisk indicates the bond to the remaining portion of the A1 group, or to 1_1, L2 or D.
In one embodiment, the maleimide-derived group is replaced with a group, which optionally together with a Ligand unit (e.g., a Cell Binding Agent), is selected from:
-C(=0)NH-, -NHC(=0)-, -0C(=0)-, -0C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)0-, -0C(=0)NH-, -NHC(=0)NH-, -NHC(=0)NH, -C(=0)NHC(=0)-, -S-, -S-S-, -CH2C(=0)-=N-NH-, and -NH-N=.
Of these -C(=0)CH2- may be preferred especially when the carbonyl group is bound to ¨
NH-.
In one embodiment, the maleimide-derived group is replaced with a group, which optionally 5 together with the Ligand unit, is selected from:
I
where the wavy line indicates either the point of attachment to the Ligand unit or the bond to the remaining portion of the A1 group, and the asterisk indicates the other of the point of attachment to the Ligand unit or the bond to the remaining portion of the Al group.
Other groups suitable for connecting L1 to the Cell Binding Agent are described in WO 2005/082023.
In one embodiment, the Stretcher unit A1 is present, the Specificity unit L1 is present and Spacer unit L2 is absent. Thus, Ll and the Drug unit are directly connected via a bond.
Equivalently in this embodiment, L2 is a bond.
L1 and D may be connected by a bond selected from:
-C(=0)N<, -C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)-, -0C(=0)-, -0C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)0-, -0C(=0)N<, and -NHC(=0)N<, where N< or 0- are part of D.
In one embodiment, Ll and D are preferably connected by a bond selected from:
-C(=0)N<, and -NHC(=0)-.
In one embodiment, L1 comprises a dipeptide and one end of the dipeptide is linked to D.
As described above, the amino acids in the dipeptide may be any combination of natural amino acids and non-natural amino acids. In some embodiments, the dipeptide comprises natural amino acids. Where the linker is a cathepsin labile linker, the dipeptide is the site of action for cathepsin-mediated cleavage. The dipeptide then is a recognition site for cathepsin.
In one embodiment, the group -X1-X2- in dipeptide, -NH-X1-X2-00-, is selected from:
-Phe-Lys-, -Val-Ala-, -Val-Lys-, -Ala-Lys-, -Val-Cit-, -Phe-Cit-, -Leu-Cit-, -1Ie-Cit-, -Phe-Arg-, and -Trp-Cit-;
where Cit is citrulline. In such a dipeptide, -NH- is the amino group of X1, and CO is the carbonyl group of X2.
Preferably, the group -X1-X2- in dipeptide, -NH-X1-X2-00-, is selected from:
-Phe-Lys-, -Val-Ala-, -Val-Lys-, -Ala-Lys-, and -Val-Cit-.
Most preferably, the group -X1-X2- in dipeptide, -NH-X1-X2-00-, is -Phe-Lys-or -Val-Ala-.
Other dipeptide combinations of interest include:
-Gly-Gly-, -Pro-Pro-, and -Val-Glu-.
Other dipeptide combinations may be used, including those described above.
In one embodiment, 1_1-D is:
/ -NH-X1-X2-CO-N< *
where -NH-X1-X2-CO is the dipeptide, -N< is part of the Drug unit, the asterisk indicates the points of attachment to the remainder of the Drug unit, and the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remaining portion of L1 or the point of attachment to Al. Preferably, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to Al.
In one embodiment, the dipeptide is valine-alanine and 1_1-D is:
H i 0 - *
where the asterisks, -N< and the wavy line are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the dipeptide is phenylalnine-lysine and 1_1-D is:
H
H i -,, where the asterisks, -N< and the wavy line are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the dipeptide is valine-citrulline.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 are:
Li õ
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 are:
*
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 are:
*
L
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 are:
- n m-where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 7, preferably 3 to 7, most preferably 3 or 7.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 are:
411 n L ----- *
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 are:
ii where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 are:
*
--....õØ...õ.......--...Li--H
- n - - m where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 is:
Li where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 orD, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 5 or 8.
In one embodiment, the groups L- Al-Care:
IS N = = n Li ¨*
10 where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, S is a sulfur group of the Ligand unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the rest of the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group L-A1-L1 are:
0 .
1 *
L
PS
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, S is a sulfur group of the Ligand unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
20 In one embodiment, the groups LAI-Care:
- -*
I n - -m ¨S
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, S is a sulfur group of the Ligand unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the groups L-A1-L1 are:
- _ *
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 7, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the groups L-A1-L1 are:
L1--- *
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the groups L-A1-L1 are:
L1 *
C
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the groups L-A1-L1 are:
- _ - n - -m I-h0 where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the groups L-A1-L1 are:
- _ Li where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the Stretcher unit is an acetamide unit, having the formula:
/-CH2-CO-N-*
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Stretcher unit, L1 or D, and the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit.
Linker-Drugs In other embodiments, Linker-Drug compounds are provided for conjugation to a Ligand unit. In one embodiment, the Linker-Drug compounds are designed for connection to a Cell Binding Agent.
In one embodiment, the Drug Linker compound has the formula:
, ,0 "1_2 *
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit (D, as defined above), G1 is a Stretcher group (Al) to form a connection to a Ligand unit, L1 is a Specificity unit, L2 (a Spacer unit) is a covalent bond or together with -0C(=0)- forms a self-immolative group(s).
In another embodiment, the Drug Linker compound has the formula:
G1-1_1-L2-where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit (D), G1 is a Stretcher unit (Al) to form a connection to a Ligand unit, LI is a Specificity unit, L2 (a Spacer unit) is a covalent bond or a self-immolative group(s).
Ll and L2 are as defined above. References to connection to A1 can be construed here as referring to a connection to G1.
In one embodiment, where Ll comprises an amino acid, the side chain of that amino acid may be protected. Any suitable protecting group may be used. In one embodiment, the side chain protecting groups are removable with other protecting groups in the compound, where present. In other embodiments, the protecting groups may be orthogonal to other protecting groups in the molecule, where present.
Suitable protecting groups for amino acid side chains include those groups described in the Novabiochem Catalog 2006/2007. Protecting groups for use in a cathepsin labile linker are also discussed in Dubowchik et al.
In certain embodiments of the invention, the group L1 includes a Lys amino acid residue.
The side chain of this amino acid may be protected with a Boc or Alloc protected group. A
Boc protecting group is most preferred.
The functional group G1 forms a connecting group upon reaction with a Ligand unit (e.g., a cell binding agent.
In one embodiment, the functional group G1 is or comprises an amino, carboxylic acid, hydroxy, thiol, or maleimide group for reaction with an appropriate group on the Ligand unit. In a preferred embodiment, G1 comprises a maleimide group.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is an alkyl maleimide group. This group is suitable for reaction with thiol groups, particularly cysteine thiol groups, present in the cell binding agent, for example present in an antibody.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
___Z--------\
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, L2or D, and n is 0 to 6.
In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
0 . .
*
\ 0 where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, L2or D, and n is 0 to 6.
In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
- - --n - -m where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 2, preferably 4 to 8, and most preferably 4 or 8.
5 In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
- n m- -0 where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, and most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, L2 or D, and n is 0 to 6.
In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
*
n C
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, L2 or D, and n is 0 to 6.
In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
0 *
- n - -m where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 2, preferably 4 to 8, and most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
_ *
H
- n m- _ 0 where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, and most preferably 4 or 8.
In each of the embodiments above, an alternative functionality may be used in place of the malemide group shown below:
*
,.....I\C
where the asterisk indicates the bond to the remaining portion of the G group.
In one embodiment, the maleimide-derived group is replaced with the group:
)'LN *
N
" ----N
where the asterisk indicates the bond to the remaining portion of the G group.
In one embodiment, the maleimide group is replaced with a group selected from:
-C(=0)0H, -OH, -N H2, -S H, -C(=0)CH2X, where X is Cl, Br or I, -CHO, -CECH, and -N3 (azide).
Of these, -C(=0)CH2X may be preferred, especially when the carbonyl group is bound to ¨
NH-.
In one embodiment, L1 is present, and G1 is -NH2, -NHMe, -COOH, -OH or -SH.
In one embodiment, where L1 is present, G1 is -NH2 or -NHMe. Either group may be the N-terminal of an L1 amino acid sequence.
In one embodiment, L1 is present and G1 is -NH2, and Cis an amino acid sequence -X1-X2-as defined above.
In one embodiment, L1 is present and G1 is COOH. This group may be the C-terminal of an L1 amino acid sequence.
In one embodiment, L1 is present and G1 is OH.
In one embodiment, L1 is present and G1 is SH.
The group G1 may be convertable from one functional group to another. In one embodiment, L1 is present and G1 is -NH2. This group is convertable to another group G1 comprising a maleimide group. For example, the group -NH2 may be reacted with an acids or an activated acid (e.g., N-succinimide forms) of those G1 groups comprising maleimide shown above.
The group G1 may therefore be converted to a functional group that is more appropriate for reaction with a Ligand unit.
As noted above, in one embodiment, L1 is present and G1 is -NH2, -NHMe, -COOH, -OH or -SH. In a further embodiment, these groups are provided in a chemically protected form.
The chemically protected form is therefore a precursor to the linker that is provided with a functional group.
In one embodiment, G1 is -NH2 in a chemically protected form. The group may be protected with a carbamate protecting group. The carbamate protecting group may be selected from the group consisting of:
Alloc, Fmoc, Boc, Troc, Teoc, Cbz and PNZ.
Preferably, where G1 is -NH2, it is protected with an Alloc or Fmoc group.
In one embodiment, where G1 is -NH2, it is protected with an Fmoc group.
In one embodiment, the protecting group is the same as the carbamate protecting group of the capping group.
In one embodiment, the protecting group is not the same as the carbamate protecting group of the capping group. In this embodiment, it is preferred that the protecting group is removable under conditions that do not remove the carbamate protecting group of the capping group.
The chemical protecting group may be removed to provide a functional group to form a connection to a Ligand unit. Optionally, this functional group may then be converted to another functional group as described above.
In one embodiment, the active group is an amine. This amine is preferably the N-terminal amine of a peptide, and may be the N-terminal amine of the preferred dipeptides of the invention.
The active group may be reacted to yield the functional group that is intended to form a connection to a Ligand unit.
In other embodiments, the Linker unit is a precursor to the Linker uit having an active group. In this embodiment, the Linker unit comprises the active group, which is protected by way of a protecting group. The protecting group may be removed to provide the Linker unit having an active group.
Where the active group is an amine, the protecting group may be an amine protecting group, such as those described in Greene and Wuts (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 41h Ed., 2006).
The protecting group is preferably orthogonal to other protecting groups, where present, in the Linker unit.
In one embodiment, the protecting group is orthogonal to the capping group.
Thus, the active group protecting group is removable whilst retaining the capping group.
In other embodiments, the protecting group and the capping group is removable under the same conditions as those used to remove the capping group.
In one embodiment, the Linker unit is:
NHBoc where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit, and the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remaining portion of the Linker unit, as applicable or the point of attachment to G1. Preferably, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to G1.
In one embodiment, the Linker unit is:
H E H
0 =
where the asterisk and the wavy line are as defined above.
Other functional groups suitable for use in forming a connection between L1 and the Cell Binding Agent are described in WO 2005/082023.
Ligand Unit The Ligand Unit may be of any kind, and include a protein, polypeptide, peptide and a non-peptidic agent that specifically binds to a target molecule. In some embodiments, the Ligand unit may be a protein, polypeptide or peptide. In some embodiments, the Ligand unit may be a cyclic polypeptide. These Ligand units can include antibodies or a fragment of an antibody that contains at least one target molecule-binding site, lymphokines, hormones, growth factors, or any other cell binding molecule or substance that can specifically bind to a target. The ligand Unit is also referred to herein as a "binding agent"
or "targeting agent".
The terms "specifically binds" and "specific binding" refer to the binding of an antibody or other protein, polypeptide or peptide to a predetermined molecule (e.g., an antigen).
Typically, the antibody or other molecule binds with an affinity of at least about 1x107 M-1, and binds to the predetermined molecule with an affinity that is at least two-fold greater than its affinity for binding to a non-specific molecule (e.g., BSA, casein) other than the predetermined molecule or a closely-related molecule.
Examples of Ligand units include those agents described for use in WO
2007/085930.
In some embodiments, the Ligand unit is a Cell Binding Agent that binds to an extracellular target on a cell. Such a Cell Binding Agent can be a protein, polypeptide, peptide or a non-peptidic agent. In some embodiments, the Cell Binding Agent may be a protein, polypeptide or peptide. In some embodiments, the Cell Binding Agent may be a cyclic polypeptide. The Cell Binding Agent also may be antibody or an antigen-binding fragment of an antibody. Thus, in one embodiment, the present invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC).
In one embodiment the antibody is a monoclonal antibody; chimeric antibody;
humanized antibody; fully human antibody; or a single chain antibody. One embodiment the antibody is a fragment of one of these antibodies having biological activity. Examples of such fragments include Fab, Fab', F(alp')2 and Fv fragments.
The antibody may be a diabody, a domain antibody (DAB) or a single chain antibody.
In one embodiment, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
Antibodies for use in the present invention include those antibodies described in WO 2005/082023. Particularly preferred are those antibodies for tumour-associated antigens. Examples of those antigens known in the art include, but are not limited to, those tumour-associated antigens set out in WO 2005/082023. See, for instance, pages 41-55.
In some embodiments, the conjugates are designed to target tumour cells via their cell surface antigens. The antigens may be cell surface antigens which are either over-expressed or expressed at abnormal times or cell types. Preferably, the target antigen is expressed only on proliferative cells (preferably tumour cells); however this is rarely observed in practice. As a result, target antigens are usually selected on the basis of differential expression between proliferative and healthy tissue.
Antibodies have been raised to target specific tumour related antigens including:
Cripto, CD19, CD20, CD22, CD30, CD33, Glycoprotein NMB, CanAg, Her2 (ErbB2/Neu), CD56 (NCAM), CD70, CD79, CD138, PSCA, PSMA (prostate specific membrane antigen), BCMA, E-selectin, EphB2, Melanotransferin, Muc16 and TMEFF2.
The Ligand unit is connected to the Linker unit. In one embodiment, the Ligand unit is connected to A, where present, of the Linker unit.
In one embodiment, the connection between the Ligand unit and the Linker unit is through a thioether bond.
In one embodiment, the connection between the Ligand unit and the Linker unit is through a disulfide bond.
In one embodiment, the connection between the Ligand unit and the Linker unit is through an amide bond.
In one embodiment, the connection between the Ligand unit and the Linker unit is through an ester bond.
In one embodiment, the connection between the Ligand unit and the Linker is formed between a thiol group of a cysteine residue of the Ligand unit and a maleimide group of the Linker unit.
The cysteine residues of the Ligand unit may be available for reaction with the functional group of the Linker unit to form a connection. In other embodiments, for example where the Ligand unit is an antibody, the thiol groups of the antibody may participate in interchain disulfide bonds. These interchain bonds may be converted to free thiol groups by e.g.
treatment of the antibody with DTT prior to reaction with the functional group of the Linker unit.
In some embodiments, the cysteine residue is an introduced into the heavy or light chain of an antibody. Positions for cysteine insertion by substitution in antibody heavy or light chains include those described in Published U.S. Application No. 2007-0092940 and International Patent Publication W02008070593.
Methods of Treatment The compounds of the present invention may be used in a method of therapy.
Also provided is a method of treatment, comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of formula I. The term "therapeutically effective amount" is an amount sufficient to show benefit to a patient. Such benefit may be at least amelioration of at least one symptom. The actual amount administered, and rate and time-course of administration, will depend on the nature and severity of what is being treated. Prescription of treatment, e.g. decisions on dosage, is within the responsibility of general practitioners and other medical doctors.
A compound may be administered alone or in combination with other treatments, either simultaneously or sequentially dependent upon the condition to be treated.
Examples of treatments and therapies include, but are not limited to, chemotherapy (the administration of active agents, including, e.g. drugs; surgery; and radiation therapy.
Pharmaceutical compositions according to the present invention, and for use in accordance with the present invention, may comprise, in addition to the active ingredient, i.e. a compound of formula I, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, buffer, stabiliser or other materials well known to those skilled in the art. Such materials should be non-toxic and should not interfere with the efficacy of the active ingredient. The precise nature of the carrier or other material will depend on the route of administration, which may be oral, or by injection, e.g. cutaneous, subcutaneous, or intravenous.
Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration may be in tablet, capsule, powder or liquid form. A tablet may comprise a solid carrier or an adjuvant. Liquid pharmaceutical compositions generally comprise a liquid carrier such as water, petroleum, animal or vegetable oils, mineral oil or synthetic oil. Physiological saline solution, dextrose or other saccharide solution or glycols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol may be included. A capsule may comprise a solid carrier such a gelatin.
For intravenous, cutaneous or subcutaneous injection, or injection at the site of affliction, the active ingredient will be in the form of a parenterally acceptable aqueous solution which is pyrogen-free and has suitable pH, isotonicity and stability. Those of relevant skill in the art are well able to prepare suitable solutions using, for example, isotonic vehicles such as Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Lactated Ringer's Injection.
Preservatives, stabilisers, buffers, antioxidants and/or other additives may be included, as required.
The Compounds and Conjugates can be used to treat proliferative disease and autoimmune disease. The term "proliferative disease" pertains to an unwanted or uncontrolled cellular proliferation of excessive or abnormal cells which is undesired, such as, neoplastic or hyperplastic growth, whether in vitro or in vivo.
Examples of proliferative conditions include, but are not limited to, benign, pre-malignant, and malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms and tumours (e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (e.g. lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, breast carinoma, ovarian carcinoma, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma), leukemias, psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroproliferative disorders (e.g. of connective tissues), and atherosclerosis. Other cancers of interest include, but are not limited to, haematological; malignancies such as leukemias and lymphomas, such as non-Hodgkin lymphoma, and subtypes such as DLBCL, marginal zone, mantle zone, and follicular, Hodgkin lymphoma, AML, and other cancers of B or T cell origin.
Examples of autoimmune disease include the following: rheumatoid arthritis, autoimmune demyelinative diseases (e.g., multiple sclerosis, allergic encephalomyelitis), psoriatic arthritis, endocrine ophthalmopathy, uveoretinitis, systemic lupus erythematosus, myasthenia gravis, Graves' disease, glomerulonephritis, autoimmune hepatological disorder, inflammatory bowel disease (e.g., Crohn's disease), anaphylaxis, allergic reaction, Sjogren's syndrome, type I diabetes mellitus, primary biliary cirrhosis, Wegener's granulomatosis, fibromyalgia, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, multiple endocrine failure, Schmidt's syndrome, autoimmune uveitis, Addison's disease, adrenalitis, thyroiditis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, autoimmune thyroid disease, pernicious anemia, gastric atrophy, chronic hepatitis, lupoid hepatitis, atherosclerosis, subacute cutaneous lupus erythematosus, hypoparathyroidism, Dressler's syndrome, autoimmune thrombocytopenia, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, hemolytic anemia, pemphigus vulgaris, pemphigus, dermatitis herpetiformis, alopecia arcata, pemphigoid, scleroderma, progressive systemic sclerosis, CREST syndrome (calcinosis, Raynaud's phenomenon, esophageal dysmotility, sclerodactyly, and telangiectasia), male and female autoimmune infertility, ankylosing spondolytis, ulcerative colitis, mixed connective tissue disease, polyarteritis nedosa, systemic necrotizing vasculitis, atopic dermatitis, atopic rhinitis, Goodpasture's syndrome, Chagas' disease, sarcoidosis, rheumatic fever, asthma, recurrent abortion, anti-phospholipid syndrome, farmer's lung, erythema multiforme, post cardiotomy syndrome, Cushing's syndrome, autoimmune chronic active hepatitis, bird-fancier's lung, toxic epidermal necrolysis, Alport's syndrome, alveolitis, allergic alveolitis, fibrosing alveolitis, interstitial lung disease, erythema nodosum, pyoderma gangrenosum, transfusion reaction, Takayasu's arteritis, polymyalgia rheumatica, temporal arteritis, schistosomiasis, giant cell arteritis, ascariasis, aspergillosis, Sampter's syndrome, eczema, lymphomatoid granulomatosis, Behcet's disease, Caplan's syndrome, Kawasaki's disease, dengue, encephalomyelitis, endocarditis, endomyocardial fibrosis, endophthalmitis, erythema elevatum et diutinum, psoriasis, erythroblastosis fetalis, eosinophilic faciitis, Shulman's syndrome, Felty's syndrome, filariasis, cyclitis, chronic cyclitis, heterochronic cyclitis, Fuch's cyclitis, IgA nephropathy, Henoch-Schonlein purpura, graft versus host disease, transplantation rejection, cardiomyopathy, Eaton-Lambert syndrome, relapsing polychondritis, cryoglobulinemia, Waldenstrom's macroglobulemia, Evan's syndrome, and autoimmune gonadal failure.
In some embodiments, the autoimmune disease is a disorder of B lymphocytes (e.g., systemic lupus erythematosus, Goodpasture's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, and type I
diabetes), Th1-lymphocytes (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Graves' disease, primary biliary cirrhosis, Wegener's granulomatosis, tuberculosis, or graft versus host disease), or Th2-lymphocytes (e.g., atopic dermatitis, systemic lupus erythematosus, atopic asthma, rhinoconjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, Omenn's syndrome, systemic sclerosis, or chronic graft versus host disease). Generally, disorders involving dendritic cells involve disorders of Th1-lymphocytes or Th2-lymphocytes. In some embodiments, the autoimmunie disorder is a T
cell-mediated immunological disorder.
In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administered ranges from about 0.01 to about 10 mg/kg per dose. In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administered ranges from about 0.01 to about 5 mg/kg per dose. In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administerd ranges from about 0.05 to about 5 mg/kg per 10 dose. In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administerd ranges from about 0.1 to about 5 mg/kg per dose. In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administered ranges from about 0.1 to about 4 mg/kg per dose. In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administered ranges from about 0.05 to about 3 mg/kg per dose.
In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administered ranges from about 0.1 to 15 about 3 mg/kg per dose. In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administered ranges from about 0.1 to about 2 mg/kg per dose.
Includes Other Forms Unless otherwise specified, included in the above are the well known ionic, salt, solvate, 20 and protected forms of these substituents. For example, a reference to carboxylic acid (-COOH) also includes the anionic (carboxylate) form (-COO), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms. Similarly, a reference to an amino group includes the protonated form (-N+HR1R2), a salt or solvate of the amino group, for example, a hydrochloride salt, as well as conventional protected forms of an amino group.
Similarly, a 25 reference to a hydroxyl group also includes the anionic form (-0-), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms.
Salts It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding salt of 30 the active compound, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt.
Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge, et al., J. Pharm.
Sc., 66, 1-19 (1977).
For example, if the compound is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic 35 (e.g. -COOH may be -COO), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na+
and K+, alkaline earth cations such as Ca2+ and Mg2+, and other cations such as A1+3.
Examples of suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e.
NH4+) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g. NH3R+, NH2R2+, NHR3+, NR4+).
Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH3)4+.
If the compound is cationic, or has a functional group which may be cationic (e.g. -NH2 may be -NH3+), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion. Examples of suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids:
hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
Examples of suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric.
Examples of suitable polymeric organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose.
Solvates It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding solvate of the active compound. The term "solvate" is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g. active compound, salt of active compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.
Carbinolamines The invention includes compounds where a solvent adds across the imine bond of the PBD
moiety, which is illustrated below where the solvent is water or an alcohol (RAOH, where RA
is C14 alkyl):
\ OH \ ORA
N."--cital H20 RAOH
R6 o R6 o R6 o These forms can be called the carbinolamine and carbinolamine ether forms of the PBD.
The balance of these equilibria depend on the conditions in which the compounds are found, as well as the nature of the moiety itself.
These particular compounds may be isolated in solid form, for example, by lyophilisation.
Isomers Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, atropic, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r- forms;
endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and I-forms;
(+) and (-) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal-forms;
a- and 13-forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as "isomers" (or "isomeric forms").
Note that, except as discussed below for tautomeric forms, specifically excluded from the term "isomers", as used herein, are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e. isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space). For example, a reference to a methoxy group, -OCH3, is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, -CH2OH. Similarly, a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl. However, a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g. C17 alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxypheny1).
The above exclusion does not pertain to tautomeric forms, for example, keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hyroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
,0 ,OH H' \ /CY
¨C¨C C=C
/ \
0=-C
\H /
keto enol enolate Note that specifically included in the term "isomer" are compounds with one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including 1H, 2H (D), and 3H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14C; 0 may be in any isotopic form, including 160 and 180; and the like.
Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including (wholly or partially) racemic and other mixtures thereof.
Methods for the preparation (e.g. asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g. fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner.
General synthetic routes The synthesis of PBD compounds is extensively discussed in the following references:
a) WO 00/12508 (pages 14 to 30);
b) WO 2005/023814 (pages 3 to 10);
C) WO 2004/043963 (pages 28 to 29); and d) WO 2005/085251 (pages 30 to 39).
Synthesis route The compounds of the present invention, where R1 and R11 form a nitrogen-carbon double bond between the nitrogen and carbon atoms to which they are bound, can be synthesised from a compound of Formula 2:
Prot" g D= Prot"1 Prot 1 's I Prot Ri2/ 2 R"
Formula 2 e:H
R R R
0 R6' where R2, Rs, R7, R9, Rs', R7', R9', R12, X, X' and R" are as defined for compounds of formula I, Prot" is a nitrogen protecting group for synthesis and Prot is a protected oxygen group for synthesis or an oxo group, by deprotecting the imine bond by standard methods.
The compound produced may be in its carbinolamine or carbinolamine ether form depending on the solvents used. For example if Prot" is Troc and Prot is an oxygen protecting group for synthesis, then the deprotection is carried out using a Cd/Pb couple to yield the compound of formula (I). If Prot" is SEM, or an analogous group, and Prot is an an oxo group, then the oxo group can be removed by reduction, which leads to a protected carbinolamine intermediate, which can then be treated to remove the SEM
protecting group, followed by the elimination of water. The reduction of the compound of Formula 2 can be accomplished by, for example, lithium tetraborohydride, whilst a suitable means for removing the SEM protecting group is treatment with silica gel.
Compounds of formula 2 can be synthesised from a compound of formula 3a:
N
Prot Rg Prot 1 R9 ProtN
NI Prot Formula 3a R7' R7 Tf0 R
0 R6' where R2, R6, R7, R9, R6', RT, R9', X, X' and R" are as defined for compounds of formula 2, by coupling an organometallic derivative comprising R12, such as an organoboron derivative. The organoboron derivative may be a boronate or boronic acid.
Compounds of formula 2 can be synthesised from a compound of formula 3b:
ProtN R9.
Prot 1 R9 ProtN
NI Prot Formula 3b R7' R7 2/e1----Ri OTf 0 Rs.
Rs 0 where R12, R6, R7, R9, R6', R7', R9', X, X' and R" are as defined for compounds of formula 2, by coupling an organometallic derivative comprising R2, or a precursor thereof, such as an organoboron derivative. The organoboron derivative may be a boronate or boronic acid.
Compounds of formulae 3a and 3b can be synthesised from a compound of formula 4:
ProtN R9' Prot Prot R9 Pi rotN
R"
Formula 4 RT
Tf0 OTf 0 Re' R6 0 where R2, R6, R7, R9, R6', R7., R9', X, X' and R" are as defined for compounds of formula 2, by coupling about a single equivalent (e.g. 0.9 or 1 to 1.1 or 1.2) of an organometallic derivative, such as an organoboron derivative, comprising R2 or R12.
The couplings described above are usually carried out in the presence of a palladium catalyst, for example Pd(PPh3)4, Pd(OCOCH3)2, PdC12, Pd2(dba)3. The coupling may be carried out under standard conditions, or may also be carried out under microwave conditions.
The two coupling steps are usually carried out sequentially. They may be carried out with or without purification between the two steps. If no purification is carried out, then the two steps may be carried out in the same reaction vessel. Purification is usually required after the second coupling step. Purification of the compound from the undesired by-products may be carried out by column chromatography or ion-exchange separation.
The synthesis of compounds of formula 4 where Prot is an oxo group and Prot"
is SEM
are described in detail in WO 00/12508. In particular, reference is made to scheme 7 on page 24, where the above compound is designated as intermediate P. This method of synthesis is also described in WO 2004/043963.
The synthesis of compounds of formula 4 where Prot is a protected oxygen group for synthesis are described in WO 2005/085251.
. 66 Compounds of formula I where R1 and R1 ' are H and R11 and R11' are SON, can be synthesised from compounds of formula I where R1 and R11 form a nitrogen-carbon double bond between the nitrogen and carbon atoms to which they are bound, by the addition of the appropriate bisulphite salt or suiphinate salt, followed by an appropriate purification step. Further methods are described in GB 2 053 894.
Nitrogen protecting groups for synthesis Nitrogen protecting groups for synthesis are well known in the art. In the present invention, the protecting groups of particular interest are carbamate nitrogen protecting groups and hemi-aminal nitrogen protecting groups.
Carbamate nitrogen protecting groups have the following structure:
Roo 0 0 wherein R'1 is R as defined above. A large number of suitable groups are described on pages 503 to 549 of Greene, T.W. and Wuts, G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 31d Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
Particularly preferred protecting groups include Troc, Teoc, Fnnoc, BOC, Doc, Hoc, TcB0C, 1-Adoc and 2-Adoc.
Other possible groups are nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl (e.g. 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl) and 2-(phenylsulphonyl)ethoxycarbonyl.
Those protecting groups which can be removed with palladium catalysis are not preferred, e.g. Alloc.
Hemi-aminal nitrogen protecting groups have the following structure:
Roo 0 ) wherein R'1 is R as defined above. A large number of suitable groups are described on pages 633 to 647 as amide protecting groups of Greene, T.W. and Wuts, G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999. The groups disclosed herein can be applied to compounds of the present invention. Such groups include, but are not limited to, SEM, MOM, MTM, MEM, BOM, nitro or methoxy substituted BOM, CI3CCH2OCH2-.
Protected oxygen group for synthesis Protected oxygen group for synthesis are well known in the art. A large number of suitable oxygen protecting groups are described on pages 23 to 200 of Greene, T.W. and Wuts, G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
Classes of particular interest include silyl ethers, methyl ethers, alkyl ethers, benzyl ethers, esters, acetates, benzoates, carbonates, and sulfonates.
Preferred oxygen protecting groups include acetates, TBS and THP.
Synthesis of Drug Conjugates Conjugates can be prepared as previously described. Linkers having a maleimidyl group (A), a peptide group (L1) and self-immolative group (L2) can be prepared as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,214,345. Linkers having a maleimidyl group (A) and a peptide group (1_1) can be prepared as described in WO 2009/0117531. Other linkers can be prepared according to the references cited herein or as known to the skilled artisan.
Linker-Drug compounds can be prepared according to methods known in the art.
Linkage of amine-based X substituents (of the PDB dimer Drug unit) to active groups of the Linker units can be performed according to methods generally described in U.S. Patent Nos.
6,214,345 and 7,498,298; and WO 2009-0117531, or as otherwise known to the skilled artisan.
Antibodies can be conjugated to Linker-Drug compounds as described in Doronina et al., Nature Biotechnology, 2003, 21, 778-784). Briefly, antibodies (4-5 mg/mL) in PBS
containing 50 mM sodium borate at pH 7.4 are reduced with tris(carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride (TCEP) at 37 C. The progress of the reaction, which reduces interchain disulfides, is monitored by reaction with 5,5'-dithiobis(2-nitrobenzoic acid) and allowed to proceed until the desired level of thiols/mAb is achieved. The reduced antibody is then cooled to 0 C and alkylated with 1.5 equivalents of maleimide drug-linker per antibody thiol.
After 1 hour, the reaction is quenched by the addition of 5 equivalents of N-acetyl cysteine.
Quenched drug-linker is removed by gel filtration over a PD-10 column. The ADC
is then sterile-filtered through a 0.22 pm syringe filter. Protein concentration can be determined by spectral analysis at 280 nm and 329 nm, respectively, with correction for the contribution of drug absorbance at 280 nm. Size exclusion chromatography can be used to determine the extent of antibody aggregation, and RP-HPLC can be used to determine the levels of remaining NAC-quenched drug-linker.
Antibodies with introduced cysteine residues can be conjugated to Linker-Drug compounds as described in International Patent Publication W02008/070593, or as follows.
Antibodies containing an introduced cysteine residue in the heavy chain are fully reduced by adding 10 equivalents of TCEP and 1 mM EDTA and adjusting the pH to 7.4 with 1M Iris buffer (pH 9.0). Following a 1 hour incubation at 37 C, the reaction is cooled to 22 C and 30 equivalents of dehydroascorbic acid is added to selectively reoxidize the native disulfides, while leaving the introduced cysteine in the reduced state. The pH is adjusted to 6.5 with 1M Tris buffer (pH 3.7) and the reaction is allowed to proceed for 1 hour at 22 C. The pH
of the solution is then raised again to 7.4 by addition of 1 M Iris buffer (pH
9.0). 3.5 equivalents of the PBD drug linker in DMSO is placed in a suitable container for dilution with propylene glycol prior to addition to the reaction. To maintain solubility of the PBD
drug linker, the antibody itself is first diluted with propylene glycol to a final concentration of 33% (e.g., if the antibody solution was in a 60 mL reaction volume, 30 mL of propylene glycol was added). This same volume of propylene glycol (30 mL in this example) is added to the PBD drug linker as a diluent. After mixing, the solution of PBD drug linker in propylene glycol is added to the antibody solution to effect the conjugation;
the final concentration of propylene glycol is 50%. The reaction is allowed to proceed for 30 minutes and then quenched by addition of 5 equivalents of N-acetyl cysteine.
The ADC is purified by ultrafiltration through a 30 kD membrane. (Note that the concentration of propylene glycol used in the reaction can be reduced for any particular PBD, as its sole purpose is to maintain solubility of the drug linker in the aqueous media.) For halo-acetamide-based Linker-Drug compounds, conjugation can be performed generally as follows. To a solution of reduced and reoxidized antibodies (having introduced cysteines in the heavy chain) in 10 mM Tris (pH 7.4), 50 mM NaCI, and 2 mM
DTPA is added 0.5 volumes of propylene glycol. A 10mM solution of acetamide-based Linker-Drug compound in dimethylacetamide is prepared immediately prior to conjugation.
An equivalent amount of propylene glycol as added to the antibody solution is added to a 6-fold molar excess of the Linker-Drug compound. The dilute Linker-Drug solution is added to the antibody solution and the pH is adjusted to 8-8.5 using 1 M Tris (pH 9). The conjugation reaction is allowed to proceed for 45 minutes at 37 C. The conjugation is verified by reducing and denaturing reversed phase PLRP-S chromatography.
Excess Linker-Drug compound is removed with Quadrasil MP resin and the buffer is exchanged into 10 mM Tris (pH 7.4), 50 mM NaCI, and 5% propylene glycol using a PD-10 desalting column.
Illustrative synthesis schemes for Drug linkers The following schemes are illustrative of routes for synthesising drug linkers ¨ the PBD
dimer is shown with specific substituents, and dimer links, but these may be varied within the scope of the present invention.
Scheme A
Me02C 0 ,frnoc H2N "IP OMe Me0 OAc OH
Si 0)diphosgene, pyridine CH2CI,, -78 C to 0 C
HN
0R2 ao_-N rah 0 N OMe Me0 S3 R, = Fmoc, R2 = Ac, R3 = Me (ii) Li0H, Me0H, THF, H20 54 R, = R2 = = H
(iii) MC-0Su, DIPEA, DMF
HO
HN Y11 N N OMe Me0 Nra, The glucuronide linker intermediate Si (reference: Jeffrey et al., Bioconjugate Chemistry, 5 2006, 17, 831-840) can be treated with diphosgene in dichlroromethane at -78 C to afford the glucuronide chloroformate, which is then reacted with the PBD dimer S2 dissolved in CH2Cl2 by dropwise addition. Warming the reaction to 0 C over 2 hours followed by extraction will yield the compound S3. Treating a solution of S3 in an equal solvent mixture of Me0H, tetrahydrofuran, and water (cooled to 0 C) with lithium hydroxide monohydrate 10 for 4 hours, followed by reaction with glacial acetic acid will yield the compound S4.
Adding maleimidocaproyl NHS ester to a solution of S4 in DMF, followed by diisopropylethylamine and stirring at room temperature under nitrogen for 2 hours will yield the desired drug linker S5.
Scheme B
0 Nr + 0 , R12 (i) EEDQ/CH2Cl2 I
R"
The maleimide linker S6, which can be synthesised by reacting maleimidocaproyl N-hydroxysuccinimide and H-Val-Ala-OH, can be linked to the exemplary compounds, S2, in the presence of EEDQ in anhydrous dichloromethane.
Scheme C
I-1 --N OMe Me0 0,.....,....,..0 N-...-_-, +
R \
'0.jc)c1P1J.LOH H2N N N 12 H
1 (i) EEDQ
z_i,r, 0--0N,.a H
_,-0 Hj.L N N OMe Me0 N
IR-0 ...õ."...., 0 (ii) deprotectio:9 I
Ftir"¨N 0.,...õ,-...õ....õ0 N...-,,\Li R1. Me0 J.LN,y1 N OMe S10: RI = H ) (ii) maleimidocaproyl-NHS ester, DIPEA
S11: IR1 = MC
The linker S8 can be linked to the exemplary compounds, S2, in the presence of EEDQ in 5% methanol/dichloromethane. The deprotection of S9 can be carried out with the use of Ph3P, pyrollidine and tetrakis palladium in anhydrous dichloromethane. S10 can be converted to the desired products by adding maleimidocaproyl-NHS ester, in the presence of DIPEA in DMF.
Further Preferences The following preferences may apply to all aspects of the invention as described above, or may relate to a single aspect. The preferences may be combined together in any combination.
In some embodiments, R6', R7', Ruy, K11' and Y' are preferably the same as R6, R7, R9, K R" and Y respectively.
Dimer link Y and Y' are preferably 0.
R" is preferably a 03_7 alkylene group with no substituents. More preferably R" is a 03, 05 or 07 alkylene. Most preferably, R" is a C3 or C5 alkylene.
R6 to R9 R9 is preferably H.
R6 is preferably selected from H, OH, OR, SH, NH2, nitro and halo, and is more preferably H or halo, and most preferably is H.
R7 is preferably selected from H, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', and halo, and more preferably independently selected from H, OH and OR, where R is preferably selected from optionally substituted 01_7 alkyl, 03_10 heterocyclyl and 05_10 aryl groups. R
may be more preferably a Ci_4 alkyl group, which may or may not be substituted. A
substituent of interest is a C5_6 aryl group (e.g. phenyl). Particularly preferred substituents at the 7-positions are OMe and OCH2Ph. Other substituents of particular interest are dimethylamino (i.e. ¨NMe2); -(0C2H4)q0Me, where q is from 0 to 2; nitrogen-containing 06 heterocyclyls, including morpholino, piperidinyl and N-methyl-piperazinyl.
These preferences apply to R9', R6' and R7' respectively.
RC1, RC2 and ¨C3 are independently selected from H and unsubstituted C1-2 alkyl. In some preferred embodiments, Rcl, RC2 and RC3 are all H. In other embodiments, RC1, RC2 and RC3 are all methyl. In certain embodiments, Rcl, RC2 and Rc3 are independently selected from H and methyl.
X is a group selected from the list comprising: OH, SH, CO2H, COH, N=C=0, NHNH2, * \NH *
CONHNH2, and NHRN, wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C1_4 alkyl. X may preferably be: OH, SH, CO2H, -N=C=O or NHRN, and may more preferably be: OH, SH, CO2H, -N=C=O or NH2. Particularly preferred groups include: OH, SH and NH2, with NH2 being the most preferred group.
R12 is selected from:
(a) C5_10 aryl group, optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising: halo, nitro, cyano, ether, C1_7 alkyl, C3_7 heterocyclyl and bis-oxy-C1-3 alkylene;
(b) C1_5 saturated aliphatic alkyl;
(c) C3-6 saturated cycloalkyl;
(d) R21 , wherein each of R21, R22 and R23 are independently selected from H, C1_3 saturated alkyl, C2_3 alkenyl, C2_3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl, where the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 5;
R25b (e) , wherein one of R25a and R25b is H and the other is selected from:
phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo methyl, methoxy;
pyridyl; and thiophenyl; and (f) , where R24 is selected from: H; C1_3 saturated alkyl; C2_3 alkenyl;
C2_3 alkynyl; cyclopropyl; phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl.
When R12 is a C5-10 aryl group, it may be a C5_7 aryl group. A C5_7 aryl group may be a phenyl group or a C5_7 heteroaryl group, for example furanyl, thiophenyl and pyridyl. In some embodiments, R12 is preferably phenyl. In other embodiments, R12 is preferably thiophenyl, for example, thiophen-2-yland thiophen-3-yl.
When R12 is a C5_10 aryl group, it may be a C8_10 aryl, for example a quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group. The quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group may be bound to the PBD core through any available ring position. For example, the quinolinyl may be quinolin-2-yl, quinolin-3-yl, quinolin-4y1, quinolin-5-yl, quinolin-6-yl, quinolin-7-yland quinolin-8-yl. Of these quinolin-3-yland quinolin-6-ylmay be preferred. The isoquinolinyl may be isoquinolin-3-yl, isoquinolin-4y1, isoquinolin-5-yl, isoquinolin-6-yl, isoquinolin-7-yland isoquinolin-8-yl. Of these isoquinolin-3-yland isoquinolin-6-ylmay be preferred.
When R12 is a 05_10 aryl group, it may bear any number of substituent groups.
It preferably bears from 1 to 3 substituent groups, with 1 and 2 being more preferred, and singly substituted groups being most preferred. The substituents may be any position.
Where R12 is 05_7 aryl group, a single substituent is preferably on a ring atom that is not adjacent the bond to the remainder of the compound, i.e. it is preferably 13 or y to the bond to the remainder of the compound. Therefore, where the C5_7 aryl group is phenyl, the substituent is preferably in the meta- or para- positions, and more preferably is in the para-position.
Where R12 is a C8_10 aryl group, for example quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl, it may bear any number of substituents at any position of the quinoline or isoquinoline rings.
In some embodiments, it bears one, two or three substituents, and these may be on either the proximal and distal rings or both (if more than one substituent).
/312 substituents, when I312 is a C5_10 aryl group If a substituent on R12 when R12 is a C5_10 aryl group is halo, it is preferably F or Cl, more preferably F.
If a substituent on R12 when R12 is a 05_10 aryl group is ether, it may in some embodiments be an alkoxy group, for example, a C1_7 alkoxy group (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy) or it may in some embodiments be a C5_7 aryloxy group (e.g phenoxy, pyridyloxy, furanyloxy). The alkoxy group may itself be further substituted, for example by an amino group (e.g.
5 dimethylamino).
If a substituent on R12 when R12 is a C5-waryl group is 01_7 alkyl, it may preferably be a C1-4 alkyl group (e.g. methyl, ethyl, propryl, butyl).
10 If a substituent on R12 when R12 is a C5_10 aryl group is 03_7 heterocyclyl, it may in some embodiments be C6 nitrogen containing heterocyclyl group, e.g. morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl. These groups may be bound to the rest of the PBD
moiety via the nitrogen atom. These groups may be further substituted, for example, by Ci_ 4 alkyl groups. If the 06 nitrogen containing heterocyclyl group is piperazinyl, the said 15 further substituent may be on the second nitrogen ring atom.
If a substituent on R12 when R12 is a co aryl group is bis-oxy-01_3 alkylene, this is preferably bis-oxy-methylene or bis-oxy-ethylene.
20 Particularly preferred substituents when R12 is a C5_1oaryl group include methoxy, ethoxy, fluor , chloro, cyano, bis-oxy-methylene, methyl-piperazinyl, morpholino and methyl-thiophenyl. Another particularly preferred substituent for R12 is dimethylaminopropyloxy.
Particularly preferred substituted R12 groups when R12 is a 05_10 aryl group include, but are 25 not limited to, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-ethoxy-phenyl, 3-ethoxy-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl, 3,4-bisoxymethylene-phenyl, 4-methylthiophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-phenoxyphenyl, quinolin-3-yland quinolin-6-yl, isoquinolin-3-yland isoquinolin-6-yl, 2-thienyl, 2-furanyl, methoxynaphthyl, and naphthyl.
Another possible substituted R12 group is 4-nitrophenyl.
When R12 is 01_5 saturated aliphatic alkyl, it may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl or pentyl. In some embodiments, it may be methyl, ethyl or propyl (n-pentyl or isopropyl).
In some of these embodiments, it may be methyl. In other embodiments, it may be butyl or pentyl, which may be linear or branched.
When R12 is 03_6 saturated cycloalkyl, it may be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. In some embodiments, it may be cyclopropyl.
*R23 When R12 is R , each of R21, R22 and R23 are independently selected from H, 01_3 saturated alkyl, 02_3 alkenyl, 02_3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl, where the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 5. In some embodiments, the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 4 or no more than 3.
In some embodiments, one of R21, R22 and R23 is H, with the other two groups being selected from H, 01_3 saturated alkyl, 02-3 alkenyl, 02-3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl.
In other embodiments, two of R21, R22 and R23 are H, with the other group being selected from H, 01_3 saturated alkyl, 02_3 alkenyl, C2_3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl.
In some embodiments, the groups that are not H are selected from methyl and ethyl. In some of these embodiments, the groups that are not H are methyl.
In some embodiments, R21 is H.
In some embodiments, R22 is H.
In some embodiments, R23 is H.
In some embodiments, R21 and R22 are H.
In some embodiments, R21 and R23 are H.
In some embodiments, R22 and R23 are H.
if...' An R12 group of particular interest is: .
R25b When R12 is *R , one of R25a and R25b is H and the other is selected from: phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy;
pyridyl; and thiophenyl. In some embodiments, the group which is not H is optionally substituted phenyl. If the phenyl optional substituent is halo, it is preferably fluoro. In some embodiment, the phenyl group is unsubstituted.
*
r-,24 When R12 is rµ R24 is selected from: H; C1_3 saturated alkyl; C2-3 alkenyl; C2-3 alkynyl; cyclopropyl; phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl. If the phenyl optional substituent is halo, it is preferably fluoro. In some embodiment, the phenyl group is unsubstituted.
In some embodiments, R24 is selected from H, methyl, ethyl, ethenyl and ethynyl. In some of these embodiments, R24 is selected from H and methyl.
M and z It is preferred that M and M' are monovalent pharmaceutically acceptable cations, and are more preferably Na.
z is preferably 3.
Particularly preferred compounds of the present invention are of formula la:
N, H
Ia R12a where n is 1 or 3;
Rla is methyl or phenyl;
R12 is selected from:
(a) Me0 (b) ;
(c) =
(d) (e) (f) Further groups for R1 2a may be:
<
(9) ;and (h) 3rd aspect The preferences expressed above for the first aspect may apply to the compounds of this aspect, where appropriate.
When R1 is carbamate nitrogen protecting group, it may preferably be Teoc, Fmoc and Troc, and may more preferably be Troc.
When R11 is 0-Prot , wherein Prot is an oxygen protecting group, Prot may preferably be TBS or THP, and may more preferably be TBS.
When R1 is a hemi-aminal nitrogen protecting group, it may preferably be MOM, BOM or SEM, and may more preferably be SEM.
The preferences for compounds of formula I apply as appropriate to D in the sixth aspect of the invention. . For example, in the sixth aspect, the PBD dimer is any of the compounds of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, described herein /--\
*¨N \
NH *¨N * NH
expect that, \--/ is replaced with _______________ / is replaced with , and *¨NHRN is replaced with where the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Linker Unit.
Accordingly, the Conjugates of the present invention include those having the following formula (IV) L - (LU-D)p (IV) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein L is a Ligand unit (i.e., a targeting agent), LU is a Linker unit and the PBD dimer D D is any of the compounds of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, described herein expect / \ / \ 5 / \
*¨N NH *¨N * __ K NH
that, \--/ _______________________________ is replaced with /
is replaced with /\ *
Ni- *¨N(RN)--¨NHRN is replaced with 15 , and where the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Linker Unit.
(a) Conjugates of the present invention include, for example, those of the formula:
CBA - Al - L1-*
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the PBD dimer (D), CBA
is the Cell Binding Agent, L1 is a Specificity unit that is cleavable by the action of an enzyme, and A1 is a Stretcher unit connecting Ll to the Cell Binding Agent.
(b) Conjugates of the present invention include, for example, those of the formula:
CBA - A1- L1-*
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the PBD dimer (D), CBA
is the Cell Binding Agent, A' is a Stretcher unit connecting Ll to the Cell Binding Agent and Ll is a Specificity unit that is cleavable by the action of cathepsin, li' is a dipeptide, Ll is a dipeptide that is cleavable by the action of cathepsin or Li is a dipeptide selected from -Phe-Lys-, -Val-Ala-, -Val-Lys-, -Ala-Lys-, and -Val-Cit-.
Preferred conjugates of the present invention include any of those described in (a) and (b) wherein A' is where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to Ll, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to CBA, and n is 0 to 6 (preferably n is 5).
Examples General Experimental Methods for Example 1 Optical rotations were measured on an ADP 220 polarimeter (Bellingham Stanley Ltd.) and concentrations (c) are given in g/100mL. Melting points were measured using a digital melting point apparatus (Electrothermal). IR spectra were recorded on a Perkin-Elmer SpectrumTm 1000 FT IR Spectrometer. 1F1 and 13C NMR spectra were acquired at using a Bruker AvanceTM NMR spectrometer at 400 and 100 MHz, respectively.
Chemical shifts are reported relative to TMS (6 = 0.0 ppm), and signals are designated as s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), dt (double triplet), dd (doublet of doublets), ddd (double doublet of doublets) or m (multiplet), with coupling constants given in Hertz (Hz). Mass spectroscopy (MS) data were collected using a Waters MicronnassTm ZQ instrument coupled to a WatersTm 2695 HPLC with a Waters 2996 PDA. Waters Micromass ZQ parameters used were: Capillary (kV), 3.38; Cone (V), 35; Extractor (V), 3.0; Source temperature ( C), 100;
Desolvation Temperature ( C), 200; Cone flow rate (Uh), 50; De-solvation flow rate (Uh), 250. High-resolution mass spectroscopy (HRMS) data were recorded on a Waters Micromass QTOF Global in positive W-mode using metal-coated borosilicate glass tips to introduce the samples into the instrument. Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) was performed on silica gel aluminium plates (Merck 60, F254), and flash chromatography utilised silica gel (Merck 6OTM, 230-400 mesh ASTM). Except for the HOBt (NovaBiochem) and solid-supported reagents (Argonaut), all other chemicals and solvents were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich and were used as supplied without further purification.
Anhydrous solvents were prepared by distillation under a dry nitrogen atmosphere in the presence of an appropriate drying agent, and were stored over 4A molecular sieves or sodium wire.
Petroleum ether refers to the fraction boiling at 40-60 C.
Compound 1 was synthesised as described in WO 2010/043880 (Compound 17).
General LC/MS conditions: The HPLC (Waters Alliance 2695) was run using a mobile phase of water (A) (formic acid 0.1%) and acetonitrile (B) (formic acid 0.1%).
Gradient:
initial composition 5% B over 1.0 min then 5% B to 95%13 within 3 min. The composition was held for 0.5 min at 95% B, and then returned to 5% B in 0.3 minutes. Total gradient run time equals 5 min. Flow rate 3.0 mL/min, 400pL was split via a zero dead volume tee piece which passes into the mass spectrometer. Wavelength detection range: 220 to 400 nm. Function type: diode array (535 scans). Column: Phenomenex Onyx Monolithic C18 50 x 4.60 mm Synthesis of boronate ester I
(a) Methyl-prop-2-ynyl-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trichloro-ethyl ester (12) A solution of Troc chloroformate (10.2 mL, 75.8 mmol, 1.05 eq ) in DCM (100 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of N-methylpropargylamine (I1)(5g, 72.3 mmol, 1 eq) and TEA (12.08 mL, 0.86 mmol, 1.2 eq) in DCM (150 mL) at -78 C. The reaction mixture was allowed to return to stir overnight at room temperature. The solution was washed with water (200 mL), 0.1 N aqueous citric acid (200 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3(100 mL), and brine (50 mL). The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulphate and evaporated in vacua to provide the desired product as a colorless oil (15.5 g, 93 %). Not detected by LC/MS. 111 NMR (400 MHz, CD0I3) 6 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.09 (d, 2H, J = 2.4 Hz), 3.01-2.97 (m, 3H), 2.20 (t, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz).
(b) Methyl-[(E)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-y1)-allyli-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trichloroethyl ester (13) Neat BH3.SMe2 complex (1.7 mL, 16.8 mmol, 1.3 eq) was added dropwise to a solution of alpha (-)pinene (5.4 mL, 33.6 mmol, 2.6 eq) in dry THF (5 mL) at 0 C under argon. The reaction was allowed to stir overnight and a white precipitate was observed. A
solution of Troc protected methylpropargylamine (3 g, 13 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF (5 mL) was added to the reaction mixture at 0 C and the reaction was allowed to proceed overnight at room temperature. Neat acetaldehyde (22 mL, 387 mmol, 30 eq) was then added at 0 C
and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours. The volatiles were removed under vacuum.
Ether (20 mL) was added, followed by pinacol (2.4 g, 20.1 mmol, 1.2 eq). The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The mixture was taken up in pentane (20 mL), washed with water (2 x 10 mL), then dried over magnesium sulphate. The volatiles were removed by rotoevaporation and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (Gradient: 0/100 to 10/90 ethyl acetate/hexane v/v). The pure fractions were visualised with potassium permanganate and pulled to yield 2.25 g (46%) of pure boronate ester. Not detected by LC/MS. 1H NMR (400 MHz, C0CI3) 6 6.44 (dt, 1H, J= 18.0 Hz, J= 4.9 Hz,), 5.48 (dd, 1H, J
= 18.0 Hz, J= 1.3 Hz), 4.66 (d, 2H, J= 6.3 Hz), 3.95 (dd, 2H, J= 4.9 Hz, J=
1.7 Hz), 2.89 (d, 2H, J= 8.5 Hz), 1.20 (s, 12H).
Example 1 SEM SEM
H
N OMe Me0 OTf Me0 i õ
N OMe Me0 NU,, , \
OTf Me0 +
N.y.0001, 70....13.
/
____N N........
I
N OMe Me0 N
.---- y -=,.--Me0 O
I
N Me Me0 N
\ ./ NH
./
Me0 (a) Compound 2 Compound 1 (Compound 17 of WO 2010/0043880) was dissolved in dry THF (25 mL) and cooled at -78 C (700 mg, 0.65 mmol, 1 eq). A solution of super hydride in THF
(1M, 1.95 mL, 1.95 mmol, 3 eq) was injected slowly in the stirred reaction mixture.
Reaction completion was observed after 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (10 mL) and later extracted with DCM (100 mL). The organics were washed with water (100 mL), then brine (50 mL). The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate and the volatiles removed by rotoevaporation, followed by hard vacuum. The residue was treated with DCM (50 mL), ethanol (140 mL), water (70 mL) and silica gel (100 g). The viscous mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 days. The mixture was filtered slowly through a sinter funnel and the silica residue washed with chloroform/methanol v/v (500mL). The organic phase was washed with water (300 mL), brine (100 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate), filtered, and evaporated in vacuo to provide the crude material which was purified by flash chromatography (gradient methanol /
chloroform, 0/100 up 2.5/97.5, v/v) to yield 150 mg (29 %) of relatively unstable PBD mono triflate (2) which was used directly in the next step.
(b) Compound 3 Solid Pd(PPh3)4(6.6 mg, 5.7 pmol) was added to a stirred solution of the PBD
mono-triflate (2)(150 mg, 0.19 mmol) and Troc-protected boronated ester (13)(114 mg, 0.31 mmol), in toluene (8 mL), Et0H (4 mL), and Na2CO3 (65 mg, 0.61 mmol), in H20 (4 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir under a nitrogen atmosphere for 20 hours, at which point the reaction was deemed complete as judged by LC/MS and TLC
(Et0Ac). The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation under reduced pressure in vacuo and the resulting residue partitioned between Et0Ac (30 mL) and H20 (60 mL).
The aqueous phase was extracted with Et0Ac (2 x 30 mL) and the combined organic layers washed with H20 (30 mL), brine (40 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide the crude product (3). The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (gradient methanol / chloroform, 0.5/100 up 2.5197.5, v/v) to yield 60 mg (35.5 %).
LC/MS rt 3.28 min m/z (879.97) M+H.
(c) Compound 4 Finely divided, freshly prepared Cd/Pb couple (150 mg) was added to a solution of Troc protected PBD dimer (3)(55 mg, 0.070 mmol) in THF / 1N aqueous ammonium acetate (1.5 mL /1.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously and completion was observed after 1h. The mixture was filtered through celite and the filtrate taken up in 15 % Me0H in chloroform (v/v, 3 x 20 mL) and 1N aqueous sodium carbonate (50 mL). The organics were washed with brine (20 mL), dried on sodium sulphate and the volatiles removed in vacuum.
The crude material was purified by preparative LC/MS to provide compound 4.
LC/MS rt 2.43 min m/z (704.4) M+H.
General Experimental Methods for following examples LCMS data were obtained using an AgilentTM 1200 series LC/MS with an Agilent quadrupole MS, with Electrospray ionisation. Mobile phase A - 0.1% Acetic acid in water.
Mobile Phase B - 0.1% in acetonitrile. Flow rate of 1.00m1/min. Gradient from 5% B rising up to 95% B over 3 minutes, remaining at 95% B for 1 minute and then back down to 5% B
over 6 seconds. The total run time is 5 minutes. Column: Phenomenex Geminirm-NX 3pm C18, 30 x 2.00mm. Chromatograms based on UV detection at 254nm. Mass Spectra were achieved using the MS in positive mode. Proton NMR chemical shift values were measured on the delta scale at 400 MHz using a Bruker AV400. The following abbreviations have been used: s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; m, multiplet; br, broad. Coupling constants are reported in Hz. Unless otherwise stated, column chromatography (by the flash procedure) were performed on Merck KieselgelTM silica (Art. 9385). Mass spectroscopy (MS) data were collected using a Waters Micromass LCT instrument coupled to a Waters 2795 HPLC separations module. Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) was performed on silica gel aluminium plates (Merck 60, F254). All other chemicals and solvents were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich or Fisher Scientific and were used as supplied without further purification.
Optical rotations were measured on an ADP 220 polarimeter (Bellingham Stanley Ltd.) and concentrations (c) are given in g/100mL. Melting points were measured using a digital melting point apparatus (Electrothermal). IR spectra were recorded on a Perkin-Elmer Spectrum 1000 FT IR Spectrometer. 1H and 13C NMR spectra were acquired at 300 K
using a Bruker Avance NMR spectrometer at 400 and 100 MHz, respectively.
Chemical shifts are reported relative to TMS (6 = 0.0 ppm), and signals are designated as s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), dt (double triplet), dd (doublet of doublets), ddd (double doublet of doublets) or m (multiplet), with coupling constants given in Hertz (Hz). Mass spectroscopy (MS) data were collected using a Waters Micromass ZQ instrument coupled to a Waters 2695 HPLC with a Waters 2996 FDA. Waters Micromass ZQ parameters used were:
Capillary (kV), 3.38; Cone (V), 35; Extractor (V), 3.0; Source temperature ( C), 100;
Desolvation Temperature ( C), 200; Cone flow rate (L/h), 50; De-solvation flow rate (Uh), 250. High-resolution mass spectroscopy (HRMS) data were recorded on a Waters Micromass QTOF Global in positive W-mode using metal-coated borosilicate glass tips to introduce the samples into the instrument. Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) was performed on silica gel aluminium plates (Merck 60, F254), and flash chromatography utilised silica gel (Merck 60, 230-400 mesh ASTM). Except for the HOBt (NovaBiochem) and solid-supported reagents (Argonaut), all other chemicals and solvents were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich and were used as supplied without further purification.
Anhydrous solvents were prepared by distillation under a dry nitrogen atmosphere in the presence of an appropriate drying agent, and were stored over 4A molecular sieves or sodium wire.
Petroleum ether refers to the fraction boiling at 40-60 C.
General LC/MS conditions: The HPLC (Waters Alliance 2695) was run using a mobile phase of water (A) (formic acid 0.1%) and acetonitrile (B) (formic acid 0.1%).
Gradient:
initial composition 5% B over 1.0 min then 5% B to 95% B within 3 min. The composition was held for 0.5 min at 95% B, and then returned to 5% B in 0.3 minutes. Total gradient run time equals 5 min. Flow rate 3.0 mUmin, 400pL was split via a zero dead volume tee piece which passes into the mass spectrometer. Wavelength detection range: 220 to 400 nm. Function type: diode array (535 scans). Column: Phenomenee Onyx Monolithic 50 x 4.60 mm Synthesis of Key Intermediates (i) 1,141(Propane-1,3-diy1)dioxypis(llaS)-7-methoxy-2-g(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyljoxy]-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-1,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c1[1,4]-benzodiazepin-5,11-dione] (7) Compound 5 was synthesised as described in WO 2010/043880 (Compound 6a).
SEM SEM
o HO OH
SEM SEM
SEM SEM
Tf0 OTf (a) 1,1 '-[[(Propane-1,3-thyl)dioxy]bis[(11 aS)-11-sulpho-7-methoxy-2-oxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)1,2,3,10,11,11a-hexahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-5,11-dione]] (6) Diol 5 (25.60 g, 29.9 mmol, 1.0 eq.), Na0Ac (6.90 g, 84.1 mmol, 2.8 eq.) and TEMPO
(0.188 g, 1.2 mmol, 0.04 eq.) were dissolved in DCM (326 mL) under nitrogen.
This was cooled to -8 C and TCCA (9.70 g, 41.7 mmol, 1.4 eq.) was added portionwise over 20 minutes during which the solution turned dark brown which lightened as reaction proceeded. After 30 mins cold DCM (200 mL) was added and mixture was filtered through celite and then washed with a solution of saturdated sodium hydrogencarbonate/sodium thiosulphate (1:1 v/v; 200 mL x 2). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the bis ketone 6 as a yellow/orange sponge (25.5 g, 100%). LC/MS (3.173 min (ES)). m/z: 854.20 [M]. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 6 7.32 (s, 2H), 7.25 (s, 2H), 5.50 (d, 2H, J= 10.1 Hz), 4.75 (d, 2H, J= 10.1 Hz), 4.60 (dd, 2H, J= 9.9, 3.1 Hz), 4.31-4.18 (m, 6H), 3.89-3.84 (m, 8H), 3.78-3.62 (m, 4H), 3.55 (dd, 2H, J
= 19.3, 3.0 Hz), 2.76 (dd, 2H, J= 18.6, 10.2 Hz), 2.42 (p, 2H, J= 5.8 Hz), 0.98-0.91 (m, 4H), 0.00 (s, 18H).
(b) 1,1 '-ff(Propane-1,3-diyOdioxylbis(11aS)-7-methoxy-2-gtrifluoromethyl)sulfonylioxy]-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-1,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]-benzodiazepin-5,11-dione] (7) Anhydrous 2,6-lutidine (1.984 g, 17.864 mmol, 6.22 eq.) was injected in one portion to a vigorously stirred solution of bis-ketone 6 (2.45 g, 2.977 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in dry DCM (90 mL) at -45 C (dry ice/acetonitrile) under a nitrogen atmosphere. Anhydrous triflic anhydride (5.04 g, 17.86 mmol, 6.0 eq.) taken from a freshly opened ampule was injected rapidly dropwise while maintaining the temperature no higher than -40 C. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at -45 C for 1 hour at which point TLC (50/50 v/v n-hexane/Et0Ac) and LCMS revealed complete consumption of the starting material. The cold reaction mixture was immediately diluted with DCM (100 mL) and, with vigorous shaking, washed with water (1 x 50 mL), 5% citric acid solution (1 x 100 mL), saturated NaHCO3 (100 mL), brine (50 mL) and dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, gradient elution 90:10 n-hexane/Et0Ac v/v to 60:40 n-hexane/Et0Ac v/v) to afford the bis enol triflate 7 as a yellow foam (2.097 g, 63%). LC/MS (3.916 min (ES')). m/z: 1117.24 [M] . 1H
NMR (400 MHz, 0D013)6 7.33 (s, 2H), 7.26 (s, 2H), 7.14 (t, 2H, J= 2.0 Hz), 5.51 (d, 2H, J = 10.1 Hz), 4.76 (d, 2H, J = 10.1 Hz), 4.62 (dd, 2H, J = 11.0, 3.6 Hz), 4.32 ¨ 4.23 (m, 4H), 3.94¨ 3.90 (m, 8H), 3.81 -3.64 (m, 4H), 3.16 (ddd, 2H, J= 16.4, 11.1, 2.3 Hz), 2.43 (p, 2H, J= 5.9 Hz), 1.23 - 0.92 (m, 4H), 0.02 (s, 18H).
(ii) (E)-(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl 3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethy1-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)allylcarbamate (10) NH2 NHFmoc oõ.BNHFmoc (a) (9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl prop-2-ynylcarbamate (9) A solution of Fmoc chloride (25.00 g, 96.64 mmol, 1.05 eq.) in DCM (150 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of propargylamine 8 (5.89 mL, 92.04 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and triethylamine (15.4 mL, 110.4 mmol, 1.2 eq.) in DCM (200 mL) at -78 C. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature, and after 16 hours the solution was washed with water (300 mL), 0.1 N aqueous citric acid (300 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (300 mL) and brine (200 mL). The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide an amorphous white powder. Sonication in cold hexane (200 mL) followed by filtration afforded the product as a white solid (24.316 g, 95%). LC/MS (2.758 min (ES)). m/z: 300.0 [M+Na]. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCI3) 6 7.74 (d, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.57 (d, 2H, J= 7.4 Hz), 7.41 - 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.30 (dt, 2H, J= 7.5, 1.2 Hz), 4.93 (br s, 1H), 4.41 (d, 2H, J= 6.9 Hz), 4.21 (t, 1H, J= 6.4 Hz), 3.99 (d, 2H, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.24 (t, 1H, J= 2.5 Hz).
(b) (E)-(9H-fluoren-9-yOmethyl 3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethy1-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)allylcarbamate (10) Neat BH3.SMe2 complex (9.35 mL, 92.47 mmol, 1.3 eq.) was added dropwise to a solution of alpha (-)pinene (25.20 g, 19.72 mmol, 2.6 eq.) in dry THF (40 mL) at 0 C
under nitrogen.
The reaction was allowed to stir overnight and a white precipitate was observed. A solution of Fmoc propargylamine 9 (19.72 g, 71.13 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in dry THF (40 mL) was added to the reaction mixture at 0 C and the reaction was allowed to proceed overnight at room temperature causing the white precipitate to dissolve and form a pale straw suspension.
Neat acetaldehyde (121.32 mL, 2.134 mol, 30.0 eq.) was then added at 0 C and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours. The volatiles where removed under reduced pressure.
Diethyl ether (125 mL) was added, followed by pinacol (10.08 g, 85.36 mmol, 1.2 eq.). The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The mixture was taken up in DCM (125 mL), washed with water (2 x 75 mL), then dried over magnesium sulphate. The volatiles were removed by concentration under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (0/100 to 60/40 ethyl acetate/hexane v/v).
The product fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a colourless oil which was taken up in a small amount of DCM, cooled to -78 C and hexane added until a white precipitate formed. The suspension was allowed to stir for 5 minutes and filtered to afford the product as a white solid (14.09 g, 49%). LC/MS (min (ES)). m/z:
[M]. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCI3) ) 6 7.76 (d, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.59 (d, 2H, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.40 (t, 2H, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.32 (t, 2H, J= 7.4 Hz), 6.59 (dt, 1H, J= 18.0, 4.7 Hz), 5.60 (d, 2H, J=
18.0 Hz), 4.90-4.83 (m, 1H), 4.40 (d, 2H, J= 7.1 Hz), 4.22 (t, 1H, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.92 (t, 1H, J = 4.7 Hz), 1.27 (s, 12H).
(S)-2-((S)-2-(((9H-fluoren-9-Amethoxy)carbonylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)propanoic acid (HO-Ala-Val-Fmoc) (12) H N H2 H NHFmoc H-Val-Ala-OH 11 (1.0g, 5.313 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and Na2CO3 (1.42 g, 13.282 mmol, 2.5 eq.) were solubilised in distilled H20 (40 mL) and the mixture was cooled to 0 C
before dioxane (40 mL) was added. Partial precipitation of the amino acid salt occurred. A
solution of Fmoc-CI (1.44 g, 5.579 mmol, 1.05 eq.) dissolved in dioxane (40 mL) was added dropwise with vigorous stirring over 10 minutes. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 C for 2 hours before the ice bath was removed and the stirring maintained for 16 hours. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the solid remaining dissolved in water (450 mL).
The pH was adjusted to 2 with 1N HCI (25 mL) and the aqueous layer was subsequently extracted with Et0Ac (3 x 250 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and the volatiles removed under reduced pressure to afford pure HO-Ala-Val-Fmoc 12 as a white solid (2.06 g, 94%). LC/MS (2.758min (ES
)), m/z:
411.0 [M4-H]. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 612.47 (br s, 1H), 8.20 (d, 1H, J =
6.7 Hz), 7.89 (d, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.75 (t, 2H, J = 6.8 Hz), 7.43 - 7.38 (m, 3H), 7.34 -7.30 (m, 2H), 4.31 -4.16 (m, 4H), 3.88 (dd, 1H, J= 8.8, 7.2 Hz), 1.98(m, 1H), 1.26 (d, 3H, J= 7.3 Hz), 0.89 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.86 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz).
Example 2 SEM SEM
0 / % 0 , Fe 0 C)./''''..C) 0 Ni----/6"- o + 1 1-0----BNHFmoc N OMe Me0 /
Tf0 OTf 10 SEM / SEM
H 0...0 N
-.
OMe Me0 N
/ =/' NHFmoc If ''---SEM SEM
H
N o,........"--,.-- o H
-.
11101 N NHFmoc OMe Me0 N. r"
R
0 14a-e 0 If o----0 I-1 -- 0 c:=-====0 0110 --- H
NHFmoc -. ..--' ====".
R
If 0,,,,,,.,,,, 0 OMe Me0 N NH2 \. ...". 7.
R
16a-e a b c d e R
-A
.7----\ -..A 0 <0 el ,N,..) (a) (S)-8-(3-((S)-2-((E)-3-(((9H-fluoren-9-yOmethoxy)carbonylamino)prop-1-eny1)-7-methoxy-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,11a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-7-methoxy-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-aff1,4]diazepin-2-y1 trifluoromethanesulfonate (13) A suspension of the boronic ester 10 (2.19 g, 5.61 mmol, 0.95 eq.) in toluene (6 mL) was added dropwise over 1 hour to a stirring solution of the bis-enol triflate 7 (6.6 g, 5.91 mmol, 1.0 eq.), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.273 g, 0.236 mmol, 0.04 eq.), sodium carbonate (2.00 g, 18.91 mmol, 3.2 eq.) in methanol (28 mL), toluene (56 mL) and water (34 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight, then concentrated to dryness and the residue was taken up in Et0Ac (200 mL) and washed with water (2 x 150 mL), brine (150 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 80:20 hexane/Et0Ac v/v to 10:90 hexane/Et0Ac then neat Et0Ac) to afford recovered 7, product and bis-substituted impurity. 2.49 g (37%) of 13 as a yellow solid.
LC/MS (3.930 min (ES )), m/z: 1247.39 [M+H]t. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 7.78 (d, 2H, J =
7.6 Hz), 7.60 (d, 2H, J= 7.4 Hz), 7.41 (t, 2H, J= 7.6 Hz), 7.36 - 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.14 (m, 1H), 6.96 (m, 1H), 6.36 (d, 1H, J= 14.4 Hz), 5.69 - 5.59 (m, 1H), 5.51 (dd, 2H, J =
10.1, 3.0 Hz), 4.87 -4.81 (m, 1H), 4.75 (dd, 2H, J = 10.1, 7.9 Hz), 4.61 (dd, 1H, J = 10.9, 3.6 Hz), 4.54 (dd, 2H, J = 10.6, 3.3 Hz), 4.43 (d, 2H, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.31-4.20 (m, 6H), 3.95 -3.87 (m, 9H), 3.81 - 3.63 (m, 6H), 3.15 (ddd, 1H, J= 16.2, 10.9, 2.3 Hz), 2.93-2.83(m, 1H), 2.43 (hep, 1H, J = 5.8 Hz), 1.00 - 0.92 (m, 4H), 0.01 (s, 18H). 2.06 g (33%) of 7. LC/MS
(3.916 min (ES+)). 0.770 g of bis-substituted impurity as a yellow solid. LC/MS (3.977 min (ES)). m/z:
1376.52 [M+H]t.
(b) Compounds 14a-e (i) (9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl (E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-methy1-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsilyoethoxy)methy0-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]d1azep1n-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5,11 -dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,11 a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,41diazepin-2-yl)allylcarbamate (14a) Triphenylarsine (0.010 g, 0.0321 mmol, 0.8 eq.) was added to a mixture of triflate 13 (0.050 g, 0.0401 mmol, 1.0 eq.), methylboronic acid (0.012 g, 0.20 mmol, 5.0 eq.), silver oxide (0.074 g, 0.321 mmol, 8.0 eq.) and potassium phosphate tribasic (0.102 g, 0.481 mmol, 12.0 eq.) in dry dioxane (2 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was flushed with nitrogen and bis(benzonitrile)palladium(II) chloride (0.003 g, 0.00802 mmol, 0.2 eq.) = 92 was added. The reaction was flushed with nitrogen once more before being warmed to 70 C for 1 hour. The reaction conditions above were repeated on 0.200 g of triflate 13, and the combined reaction mixtures were filtered through a pad of Celite with ethyl acetate washings. The crude material was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography to afford the product as a pale yellow solid (0.010 g, 56%). LC/MS
(3.823 min (ES)), m/z: 1112.92 [M+H].
(9H-fluoren-9-yOrnethyl (E)-34(S)-7-methoxy-8-(34(S)-7-methoxy-5,11-dioxo-2-((E)-prop-1-eny0-104(2-(trimethylsilyOethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzolepyrrolo[1, 2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methy0-5,10,11,11a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzolelpyrrolo[1, 2-al[1 ,4]diazepin-2-yOallylcarbamate (14c) Trans-1-propen-1-ylboronic acid (0.103 g, 1.20 mmol, 3.0 eq.), triethylamine (0.220 ml, 1.60 mmol, 4.0 eq.) and mono triflate 13 (0.500 g, 0.401 mmol, 1.0 eq.) were dissolved in a mixture of ethanol (10 mL), toluene (20 mL) and water (3 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was degassed under nitrogen for 5 minutes and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.018 g, 0.016 mmol, 0.04 eq.) added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 C for 50 minutes, then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the crude solid was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 50:50 acetate/hexane v/v then 66:33 ethyl acetate/hexane v/v) to afford the product as pale yellow solid.(0.35 g, 77%). LC/MS (3.910 min (ES)), m/z: 1137.86 [M+H].
(9H-fluoren-9-yOmethyl (E)-34(S)-8-(34(S)-2-(benzo[d][1, 3jdioxo1-5-y0-7-methoxy-5,11-dioxo-1042-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methy0-5, 10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1, 2-411, 4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-7-methoxy-5,11-dioxo-1042-(trimethylsilyOethoxy)methy0-5,10,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzolelpyrrolo[1, 2-a][1,4]diazepin-2-yOallylcarbamate (14d) 3,4-(methylenedioxy)phenyl boronic acid (0.027 g, 0.160 mmol, 2.0 eq.), triethylamine (0.065 g, 0.064 mmol, 8.0 eq.) and mono triflate 13 (0.100 g, 0.080 mmol, 1.0 eq.) were dissolved in a mixture of ethanol (1 mL), toluene (2 mL) and water (0.4 mL) under nitrogen.
The reaction vessel was evacuated and flushed with nitrogen three times before the addition of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.006 g, 0.005 mmol, 0.06 eq.). The flask was then evacuated and flushed with nitrogen three times and heated under microwave irradiation at 80 C for 8 minutes. This reaction was repeated twice on 0.100g scale and once on 0.130g scale. The crude reaction mixtures were combined, diluted with DCM (10 mL) and washed with H20 (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 30/70 to 20/80 v/v hexane/ ethyl acetate) to afford the product as a pale yellow solid (0.199 g, 62%). LC/MS (3.887 min (ES')), m/z: 1217.57 [M+H]. 1H
NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 6 7.77 (d, 2H, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.60 (d, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.43 ¨ 7.29 (m, 7H), 6.97 ¨ 6.94 (m, 2H), 6.88 (dd, 2H, J = 7.8, 1.7 Hz), 6.78 (d, 2H, J = 8.1 Hz), 6.35 (d, 1H, J= 15.7 Hz), 5.97 (s, 2H), 5.69¨ 5.59 (m, 1H), 5.50 (dd, 2H, J = 10.1, 2.7 Hz), 4.84 (m, 1H), 4.75 (dd, 2H, J = 10.1, 5.8 Hz), 4.61 ¨ 4.52 (m, 3H), 4.44 (d, 1H, J
= 6.9 Hz), 4.32-4.20 (m, 6H), 3.94 ¨ 3.87 (m, 9H), 3.81 ¨ 3.64 (m, 6H), 3.15 (ddd, 1H, J =
20 Sulfinic acid (sulfino): -S(=0)0H, -S02H.
Sulfonic acid (sulfo): -S(=0)20H, -S03H.
Sulfinate (sulfinic acid ester): -S(=0)0R; wherein R is a sulfinate substituent, for example, a CiJalkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably a C1_7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfinate groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=0)0CH3 (methoxysulfinyl; methyl sulfinate) and -S(=0)0CH2CH3 (ethoxysulfinyl; ethyl sulfinate).
Sulfonate (sulfonic acid ester): -S(=0)20R, wherein R is a sulfonate substituent, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a 01_7 alkyl group. Examples of sulfonate groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=0)20CH3 (methoxysulfonyl; methyl sulfonate) and -S(=0)200H2CH3 (ethoxysulfonyl; ethyl sulfonate).
Sulfinyloxy: -0S(=0)R, wherein R is a sulfinyloxy substituent, for example, a C1_7alkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a 017 alkyl group.
Examples of sulfinyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -0S(=0)0H3 and -0S(=0)CH2CH3.
Sulfonyloxy: -0S(=0)2R, wherein R is a sulfonyloxy substituent, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a Cijalkyl group.
Examples of sulfonyloxy groups include, but are not limited to, -0S(=0)20H3 (mesylate) and -0S(=0)2CH2CH3 (esylate).
Sulfate: -0S(=0)20R; wherein R is a sulfate substituent, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably a 017 alkyl group.
Examples of sulfate groups include, but are not limited to, -0S(=0)200H3 and -S0(=0)20CH2CH3.
Sulfamyl (sulfamoyl; sulfinic acid amide; sulfinamide): -S(=0)NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups. Examples of sulfamyl groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=0)NH2, -S(=0)NH(CH3), -S(=0)N(CH3)2, -S(=0)NH(CH2CH3), -S(=0)N(CH2CH3)2, and -S(=0)NHPh.
Sulfonamido (sulfinamoyl; sulfonic acid amide; sulfonamide): -S(=0)2NR1R2, wherein R1 and R2 are independently amino substituents, as defined for amino groups.
Examples of sulfonamido groups include, but are not limited to, -S(=0)2NH2, -S(=0)2NH(CH3), -S(=0)2N(0H3)2, -S(=0)2NH(0H20H3), -S(=0)2N(0H20H3)2, and -S(=0)2NHPh.
Sulfamino: -NR1S(=0)20H, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups. Examples of sulfamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=0)20H and -N(CH3)S(=0)20H.
Sulfonamino: -NR1S(=0)2R, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups, and R is a sulfonamino substituent, for example, a 01_7 alkyl group, a heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably a 017 alkyl group.
Examples of sulfonamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=0)20H3 and -N(CH3)S(=0)2C6H5.
Sulfinamino: -NR1S(=0)R, wherein R1 is an amino substituent, as defined for amino groups, and R is a sulfinamino substituent, for example, a 017 alkyl group, a heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably a 01_7 alkyl group.
Examples of sulfinamino groups include, but are not limited to, -NHS(=0)0H3 and -N(0H3)S(=0)06H5.
Phosphino (phosphine): -PR2, wherein R is a phosphino substituent, for example, -H, a C17 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20aryl group, preferably -H, a CiJalkyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group. Examples of phosphino groups include, but are not limited to, -PH2, -P(CH3)2, -P(CH2CH3)2, -P(t-Bu)2, and -P(Ph)2.
Phospho: -P(=0)2.
Phosphinyl (phosphine oxide): -P(=0)R2, wherein R is a phosphinyl substituent, for example, a C17 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably a C1_7 alkyl group or a C5_20 aryl group. Examples of phosphinyl groups include, but are not limited to, -P(=0)(CH3)2, -P(=0)(CH2CH3)2, -P(=0)(t-Bu)2, and -P(=0)(Ph)2.
Phosphonic acid (phosphono): -P(=0)(OH)2.
Phosphonate (phosphono ester): -P(=0)(0R)2, where R is a phosphonate substituent, for example, -H, a C17 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C17 alkyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group. Examples of phosphonate groups include, but are not limited to, -P(=0)(OCH3)2, -P(=0)(OCH2CH3)2, -P(=0)(0-t-Bu)2, and -P(=0)(0Ph)2.
Phosphoric acid (phosphonooxy): -0P(=0)(OH)2.
Phosphate (phosphonooxy ester): -0P(=0)(0R)2, where R is a phosphate substituent, for example, -H, a 01_7 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably -H, a C1_7 alkyl group, or a 0520 aryl group. Examples of phosphate groups include, but are not limited to, -0P(=0)(00H3)2, -0P(=0)(OCH2CH3)2, -0P(=0)(0-t-Bu)2, and -0P(=0)(0Ph)2.
Phosphorous acid: -0P(OH)2.
Phosphite: -0P(OR)2, where R is a phosphite substituent, for example, -H, a 017 alkyl group, a 03_20 heterocyclyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group, preferably -H, a 01_7 alkyl group, or a 05_20 aryl group. Examples of phosphite groups include, but are not limited to, -0P(OCH3)2, -0P(OCH2CH3)2, -0P(0-t-Bu)2, and -0P(OP11)2.
Phosphoramidite: -0P(0R1)-NR22, where R1 and R2 are phosphoramidite substituents, for example, -H, a (optionally substituted) C17 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a Co aryl group, preferably -H, a C17 alkyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group. Examples of phosphoramidite groups include, but are not limited to, -0P(OCH2CH3)-N(CH3)2, -0P(OCH2CH3)-N(i-Pr)2, and -0P(OCH2CH2CN)-N(i-Pr)2.
Phosphoramidate: -0P(=0)(0R1)-NR22, where R1 and R2 are phosphoramidate substituents, for example, -H, a (optionally substituted) C11 alkyl group, a C3_20 heterocyclyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group, preferably -H, a 017 alkyl group, or a C5_20 aryl group.
Examples of phosphoramidate groups include, but are not limited to, -0P(=0)(OCH2CF13)-N(CH3)2, -0P(=0)(OCH2CH3)-N(i-Pr)2, and -0P(=0)(OCH2CH2CN)-N(i-P02.
Alkylene C3-12 alkylene: The term "C3_12 alkylene", as used herein, pertains to a bidentate moiety obtained by removing two hydrogen atoms, either both from the same carbon atom, or one from each of two different carbon atoms, of a hydrocarbon compound having from 3 to 12 carbon atoms (unless otherwise specified), which may be aliphatic or alicyclic, and which may be saturated, partially unsaturated, or fully unsaturated. Thus, the term "alkylene"
includes the sub-classes alkenylene, alkynylene, cycloalkylene, etc., discussed below.
Examples of linear saturated 03_12 alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, -(CH2),-where n is an integer from 3 to 12, for example, -CH2CH2CH2- (Propylene), -CH2CH2CH2CH2- (butylene), -CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2- (pentylene) and -CH2CH2CH2CH-2CH2CH2CH2- (heptylene).
Examples of branched saturated C3_12 alkylene groups include, but are not limited to, -CH(CH3)CH2-, -CH(CH3)CH2CH2-, -CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)CH2-, -CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH2-, -CH(CH2CH3)-, -CH(CH2CH3)0H2-, and -CH2CH(CH2CH3)CH2-=
Examples of linear partially unsaturated 03_12 alkylene groups (03_12 alkenylene, and alkynylene groups) include, but are not limited to, -CH=CH-0H2-, -CH2-CH=CH2-, -CH=CH-0H2-0H2-, -CH=CH-0H2-0H2-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH=CH-, -CH=CH-CH=CH-0H2-, -CH=CH-CH=CH-CH2-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH2-CH=CH-, -CH=CH-CH2-CH2-CH=CH-, and -CH2-CEC-CH2-.
Examples of branched partially unsaturated C3.12 alkylene groups (C3_12alkenylene and alkynylene groups) include, but are not limited to, -C(CH3)=CH-, -C(CH3)=CH-CH2-, -CH=CH-CH(CH3)- and -CC-CH(CH3)-.
Examples of alicyclic saturated C3-12 alkylene groups (C3_12 cycloalkylenes) include, but are not limited to, cyclopentylene (e.g. cyclopent-1,3-ylene), and cyclohexylene (e.g. cyclohex-1,4-ylene).
Examples of alicyclic partially unsaturated C3_12 alkylene groups (C3_12 cycloalkylenes) include, but are not limited to, cyclopentenylene (e.g. 4-cyclopenten-1,3-ylene), cyclohexenylene (e.g. 2-cyclohexen-1,4-ylene; 3-cyclohexen-1,2-ylene; 2,5-cyclohexadien-1,4-ylene).
Oxygen protecting group: the term "oxygen protecting group" refers to a moiety which masks a hydroxy group, and these are well known in the art. A large number of suitable groups are described on pages 23 to 200 of Greene, T.W. and Wuts, G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
Classes of particular interest include silyl ethers (e.g. TMS, TBDMS), substituted methyl ethers (e.g.
THP) and esters (e.g. acetate).
Carbamate nitrogen protecting group: the term "carbamate nitrogen protecting group"
pertains to a moiety which masks the nitrogen in the imine bond, and these are well known in the art. These groups have the following structure:
,10 R
wherein R'1 is R as defined above. A large number of suitable groups are described on pages 503 to 549 of Greene, T.W. and Wuts, G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
Hemi-aminal nitrogen protecting group: the term "hemi-aminal nitrogen protecting group"
pertains to a group having the following structure:
wherein R" is R as defined above. A large number of suitable groups are described on pages 633 to 647 as amide protecting groups of Greene, T.W. and Wuts, G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
Coniuoates The present invention provides Conjugates comprising a PBD dimer connected to a Ligand unit via a Linker unit. In one embodiment, the Linker unit includes a Stretcher unit (A), a Specificity unit (12), and a Spacer unit (L2). The Linker unit is connected at one end to the Ligand unit (L) and at the other end to the PBD dimer compound (D).
In one aspect, such a Conjugate is shown below in formula IIla:
L_ (A1a_L15_L2rD)p (111a) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein:
L is the Ligand unit; and _Ala_LlsL _. 2y_ is a Linker unit (LU), wherein:
-A1- is a Stretcher unit, a is 1 or 2, -L1- is a Specificity unit, s is an integer ranging from 0 to 12, -L2- is a Spacer unit, y is 0, 1 or 2;
-D is a PBD dimer; and p is from 1 to 20.
In another aspect, such a Conjugate is shown below in formula Illb:
Lis L - (Ala- L2y-D)p (111b) Also illustrated as:
L _ (Aia_ L1s) _D)p (111b) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein:
L is the Ligand unit; and -A1a-L1s(L2y)- is a Linker unit (LU), wherein:
-A1- is a Stretcher unit linked to a Stretcher unit (L2), a is 1 or 2, -L1- is a Specificity unit linked to a Stretcher unit (L2), s is an integer ranging from 0 to 12, -L2- is a Spacer unit, y is 0, 1 or 2;
-D is a PBD dimer; and p is from 1 to 20.
Preferences The following preferences may apply to all aspects of the invention as described above, or may relate to a single aspect. The preferences may be combined together in any combination.
In one embodiment, the Conjugate has the formula:
L- (A1a-L1s-L2y-D)p L- (Ala-Lsl-D)p, L- (A1-L1-D)p or L- (A1-D)p or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein L, A1, a, Ll, s, L2, D, y and p are as described above.
In one embodiment, the Ligand unit (L) is a Cell Binding Agent (CBA) that specifically binds to a target molecule on the surface of a target cell. An exemplary formula is illustrated below:
CBA , 1 .
-1- =0 Al L21( where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit (D), CBA
is the Cell Binding Agent, Ll is a Specificity unit, A1 is a Stretcher unit connecting Ll to the Cell Binding Agent, L2 is a Spacer unit, which is a covalent bond, a self-immolative group or together with -0C(=0)- forms a self-immolative group, and L2 is optional. -0C(=0)- may be considered as being part of Ll or L2, as appropriate.
In another embodiment, the Ligand unit (L) is a Cell Binding Agent (CBA) that specifically binds to a target molecule on the surface of a target cell. An exemplary formula is illustrated below:
CBA ¨ Ala¨ Lis ¨ L2y ¨*
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit (D), CBA
is the Cell Binding Agent, Ll is a Specificity unit, A1 is a Stretcher unit connecting Ll to the Cell Binding Agent, L2 is a Spacer unit which is a covalent bond or a self-immolative group, and a is 1 or 2, s is 0, 1 or 2, and y is 0 or 1 or 2.
In the embodiments illustrated above, L1 can be a cleavable Specificity unit, and may be referred to as a "trigger" that when cleaved activates a self-immolative group (or self-immolative groups) L2, when a self-immolative group(s) is present. When the Specificity unit L1 is cleaved, or the linkage (i.e., the covalent bond) between L1 and L2 is cleaved, the self-immolative group releases the Drug unit (D).
In another embodiment, the Ligand unit (L) is a Cell Binding Agent (CBA) that specifically binds to a target molecule on the surface of a target cell. An exemplary formula is illustrated below:
Ll, CBA ¨ Ala¨ L2y ¨*
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug (D), CBA is the Cell Binding Agent, Ll is a Specificity unit connected to L2, A1 is a Stretcher unit connecting L2 to the Cell Binding Agent, L2 is a self-immolative group, and a is 1 or 2, s is 1 or 2, and y is 1 or 2.
In the various embodiments discussed herein, the nature of L1 and L2 can vary widely.
These groups are chosen on the basis of their characteristics, which may be dictated in part, by the conditions at the site to which the conjugate is delivered. Where the Specificity unit LI is cleavable, the structure and/or sequence of L1 is selected such that it is cleaved by the action of enzymes present at the target site (e.g., the target cell).
Ll units that are cleavable by changes in pH (e.g. acid or base labile), temperature or upon irradiation (e.g.
photolabile) may also be used. LI units that are cleavable under reducing or oxidising conditions may also find use in the Conjugates.
In some embodiments, LI may comprise one amino acid or a contiguous sequence of amino acids. The amino acid sequence may be the target substrate for an enzyme.
In one embodiment, LI is cleavable by the action of an enzyme. In one embodiment, the enzyme is an esterase or a peptidase. For example, L' may be cleaved by a lysosomal protease, such as a cathepsin.
In one embodiment, L2 is present and together with -C(=0)0- forms a self-immolative group or self-immolative groups. In some embodiments, -C(=0)0- also is a self-immolative group.
In one embodiment, where L1 is cleavable by the action of an enzyme and L2 is present, the enzyme cleaves the bond between Ll and L2, whereby the self-immolative group(s) release the Drug unit.
1_1 and L2, where present, may be connected by a bond selected from:
-C(=0)NH-, -C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)-, -0C(=0)-, -0C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)0-, -0C(=0)NH-, -NHC(=0)NH, and -0- (a glycosidic bond).
An amino group of L1 that connects to L2 may be the N-terminus of an amino acid or may be derived from an amino group of an amino acid side chain, for example a lysine amino acid side chain.
A carboxyl group of L1 that connects to L2 may be the C-terminus of an amino acid or may be derived from a carboxyl group of an amino acid side chain, for example a glutamic acid amino acid side chain.
A hydroxy group of L1 that connects to L2 may be derived from a hydroxy group of an amino acid side chain, for example a serine amino acid side chain.
In one embodiment, -C(=0)0- and L2 together form the group:
Y
V *
0.,,,,.
----- n where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the I:, Y is -N(H)-, -0-, -C(0)N(H)- or -C(=0)0-, and n is 0 to 3. The phenylene ring is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents as described herein.
In one embodiment, Y is NH.
In one embodiment, n is 0 or 1. Preferably, n is O.
Where Y is NH and n is 0, the self-immolative group may be referred to as a p-aminobenzylcarbonyl linker (PABC).
The self-immolative group will allow for release of the Drug unit (i.e., the asymmetric PBD) 5 when a remote site in the linker is activated, proceeding along the lines shown below (for n=0):
110Y..
where the asterisk indicates the attachment to the Drug, L* is the activated form of the remaining portion of the linker and the released Drug unit is not shown.
These groups 10 have the advantage of separating the site of activation from the Drug.
In another embodiment, -C(=0)0- and L2 together form a group selected from:
n *.
n 15 where the asterisk, the wavy line, Y, and n are as defined above. Each phenylene ring is optionally substituted with one, two or three substituents as described herein. In one embodiment, the phenylene ring having the Y substituent is optionally substituted and the phenylene ring not having the Y substituent is unsubstituted.
In another embodiment, -C(=0)0- and L2 together form a group selected from:
D-n C)j where the asterisk, the wavy line, Y, and n are as defined above, E is 0, S or NR, D
is N, CH, or CR, and F is N, CH, or CR.
In one embodiment, D is N.
In one embodiment, D is CH.
In one embodiment, E is 0 or S.
In one embodiment, F is CH.
In a preferred embodiment, the covalent bond between L1 and L2 is a cathepsin labile (e.g., cleavable) bond.
In one embodiment, L1 comprises a dipeptide. The amino acids in the dipeptide may be any combination of natural amino acids and non-natural amino acids. In some embodiments, the dipeptide comprises natural amino acids. Where the linker is a cathepsin labile linker, the dipeptide is the site of action for cathepsin-mediated cleavage.
The dipeptide then is a recognition site for cathepsin.
In one embodiment, the group -X1-X2- in dipeptide, -NH-X1-X2-00-, is selected from:
-Phe-Lys-, -Val-Ala-, -Val-Lys-, -Ala-Lys-, -Val-Cit-, -Phe-Cit-, -Leu-Cit-, -1Ie-Cit-, -Phe-Arg-, and -Trp-Cit-;
where Cit is citrulline. In such a dipeptide, -NH- is the amino group of X1, and CO is the carbonyl group of X2.
Preferably, the group -Xi-X2- in dipeptide, -NH-X1-X2-00-, is selected from:
-Phe-Lys-, -Val-Ala-, -Val-Lys-, -Ala-Lys-, and -Val-Cit-.
Most preferably, the group -Xi-X2- in dipeptide, -NH-X1-X2-00-, is -Phe-Lys-, Val-Cit or -Val-Ala.
Other dipeptide combinations of interest include:
-Gly-Gly-, -Pro-Pro-, and -Val-Glu-.
Other dipeptide combinations may be used, including those described by Dubowchik et al.
("Cathepsin B-sensitive dipeptide prodrugs. 1. A model study of structural requirements for efficient release of doxorubicin" Bioorg Med Chem Lett 1998; 8(23): 3341-3346).
In one embodiment, the amino acid side chain is chemically protected, where appropriate.
The side chain protecting group may be a group as discussed below. Protected amino acid sequences are cleavable by enzymes. For example, a dipeptide sequence comprising a Boc side chain-protected Lys residue is cleavable by cathepsin.
Protecting groups for the side chains of amino acids are well known in the art and are described in the Novabiochem Catalog. Additional protecting group strategies are set out in Protective groups in Organic Synthesis, Greene and Wuts.
Possible side chain protecting groups are shown below for those amino acids having reactive side chain functionality:
Arg: Z, Mtr, Tos;
Asn: Trt, Xan;
Asp: Bzl, t-Bu;
Cys: Acm, BzI, Bz1-0Me, Bzl-Me, Trt;
Glu: BzI, t-Bu;
Gin: Trt, Xan;
His: Boc, Dnp, Tos, Trt;
Lys: Boc, Z-CI, Fmoc, Z;
Ser: BzI, TBDMS, TBDPS;
Thr: Bz;
Trp: Boc;
Tyr: Bzl, Z, Z-Br.
In one embodiment, -X2- is connected indirectly to the Drug unit. In such an embodiment, the Spacer unit L2 is present.
In one embodiment, the dipeptide is used in combination with a self-immolative group(s) (the Spacer unit). The self-immolative group(s) may be connected to -X2-.
Where a self-immolative group is present, -X2- is connected directly to the self-immolative group. In one embodiment, -X2- is connected to the group Y of the self-immolative group.
Preferably the group -X2-00- is connected to Y, where Y is NH.
In one embodiment, -X1- is connected directly to Al. Preferably the group NH-X1- (the amino terminus of X1) is connected to Al. A1 may comprise the functionality -CO- thereby to form an amide link with -X1-.
In one embodiment, Ll and L2 together with -0C(=0)- comprise the group -X1-X2-PABC-.
The PABC group is connected directly to the Drug unit. In one example, the self-immolative group and the dipeptide together form the group -Phe-Lys-PABC-, which is illustrated below:
=
-r<N
N
H
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit, and the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remaining portion of L1 or the point of attachment to Al. Preferably, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to Al.
Alternatively, the self-immolative group and the dipeptide together form the group -Val-Ala-PABC-, which is illustrated below:
*
N
H H
where the asterisk and the wavy line are as defined above.
In another embodiment, LI and L2 together with -0C(=0)- represent:
0 = E
-=JL
Y, 0 0 -1\0A'=
or where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to A1, Y is a covalent bond or a functional group, and E is a group that is susceptible to cleavage thereby to activate a self-immolative group.
E is selected such that the group is susceptible to cleavage, e.g., by light or by the action of an enzyme. E may be -NO2 or glucuronic acid (e.g., 13-glucuronic acid). The former may be susceptible to the action of a nitroreductase, the latter to the action of a 13-glucuronidase.
The group Y may be a covalent bond.
The group Y may be a functional group selected from:
-NH--C(=0)NH-, -C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)-, -0C(=0)-, -0C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)0-, 5 -0C(=0)NH-, -NHC(=0)NH-, -NHC(=0)NH, -C(=0)NHC(=0)-, SO2, and 10 -S-.
The group Y is preferably ¨NH-, -CH2-, -0-, and -S-.
In some embodiments, L1 and L2 together with -0C(=0)- represent:
E
10 0)L- )L..
* 0 *
E *
15 .s.,,.. or µ:)...
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to A, Y is a covalent bond or a functional group and E is glucuronic acid (e.g., 3-glucuronic acid). Y is preferably a functional group selected from ¨NH-.
In some embodiments, L1 and L2 together represent:
E
. 0--- * * 0/ *
E
or .'',.....
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of L2 or the Drug unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to A1, Y is a covalent bond or a functional group and E is glucuronic acid (e.g., 3-glucuronic acid). Y is preferably a functional group selected from ¨NH-, -C H2-, -0-, and -S-.
In some further embodiments, Y is a functional group as set forth above, the functional group is linked to an amino acid, and the amino acid is linked to the Stretcher unit Al. In some embodiments, amino acid is p-alanine. In such an embodiment, the amino acid is equivalently considered part of the Stretcher unit.
The Specificity unit Ll and the Ligand unit are indirectly connected via the Stretcher unit.
Land A1 may be connected by a bond selected from:
-C(=0)NH-, -C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)-, -0C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)0-, -0C(=0)NH-, and -NHC(=0)NH-.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
_.._.. 0 where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
0 .
/ ,Iir- *
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
I
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
- _ *
I
\ - - n m- _ 0 where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
n *
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
0 ll n_...¨ *
C
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
0 *
n - -m where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the group A1 is:
- _ where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the connection between the Ligand unit and A1 is through a thiol residue of the Ligand unit and a maleimide group of Al.
In one embodiment, the connection between the Ligand unit and A1 is:
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the remaining portion of A1, L1, L2 or D, and the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remaining portion of the Ligand unit. In this embodiment, the S atom is typically derived from the Ligand unit.
In each of the embodiments above, an alternative functionality may be used in place of the malemide-derived group shown below:
where the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit as before, and the asterisk indicates the bond to the remaining portion of the Al group, or to L1, L2 or D.
In one embodiment, the maleimide-derived group is replaced with the group:
JN
)LN *
Hi 0 where the wavy line indicates point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and the asterisk indicates the bond to the remaining portion of the A1 group, or to 1_1, L2 or D.
In one embodiment, the maleimide-derived group is replaced with a group, which optionally together with a Ligand unit (e.g., a Cell Binding Agent), is selected from:
-C(=0)NH-, -NHC(=0)-, -0C(=0)-, -0C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)0-, -0C(=0)NH-, -NHC(=0)NH-, -NHC(=0)NH, -C(=0)NHC(=0)-, -S-, -S-S-, -CH2C(=0)-=N-NH-, and -NH-N=.
Of these -C(=0)CH2- may be preferred especially when the carbonyl group is bound to ¨
NH-.
In one embodiment, the maleimide-derived group is replaced with a group, which optionally 5 together with the Ligand unit, is selected from:
I
where the wavy line indicates either the point of attachment to the Ligand unit or the bond to the remaining portion of the A1 group, and the asterisk indicates the other of the point of attachment to the Ligand unit or the bond to the remaining portion of the Al group.
Other groups suitable for connecting L1 to the Cell Binding Agent are described in WO 2005/082023.
In one embodiment, the Stretcher unit A1 is present, the Specificity unit L1 is present and Spacer unit L2 is absent. Thus, Ll and the Drug unit are directly connected via a bond.
Equivalently in this embodiment, L2 is a bond.
L1 and D may be connected by a bond selected from:
-C(=0)N<, -C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)-, -0C(=0)-, -0C(=0)0-, -NHC(=0)0-, -0C(=0)N<, and -NHC(=0)N<, where N< or 0- are part of D.
In one embodiment, Ll and D are preferably connected by a bond selected from:
-C(=0)N<, and -NHC(=0)-.
In one embodiment, L1 comprises a dipeptide and one end of the dipeptide is linked to D.
As described above, the amino acids in the dipeptide may be any combination of natural amino acids and non-natural amino acids. In some embodiments, the dipeptide comprises natural amino acids. Where the linker is a cathepsin labile linker, the dipeptide is the site of action for cathepsin-mediated cleavage. The dipeptide then is a recognition site for cathepsin.
In one embodiment, the group -X1-X2- in dipeptide, -NH-X1-X2-00-, is selected from:
-Phe-Lys-, -Val-Ala-, -Val-Lys-, -Ala-Lys-, -Val-Cit-, -Phe-Cit-, -Leu-Cit-, -1Ie-Cit-, -Phe-Arg-, and -Trp-Cit-;
where Cit is citrulline. In such a dipeptide, -NH- is the amino group of X1, and CO is the carbonyl group of X2.
Preferably, the group -X1-X2- in dipeptide, -NH-X1-X2-00-, is selected from:
-Phe-Lys-, -Val-Ala-, -Val-Lys-, -Ala-Lys-, and -Val-Cit-.
Most preferably, the group -X1-X2- in dipeptide, -NH-X1-X2-00-, is -Phe-Lys-or -Val-Ala-.
Other dipeptide combinations of interest include:
-Gly-Gly-, -Pro-Pro-, and -Val-Glu-.
Other dipeptide combinations may be used, including those described above.
In one embodiment, 1_1-D is:
/ -NH-X1-X2-CO-N< *
where -NH-X1-X2-CO is the dipeptide, -N< is part of the Drug unit, the asterisk indicates the points of attachment to the remainder of the Drug unit, and the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remaining portion of L1 or the point of attachment to Al. Preferably, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to Al.
In one embodiment, the dipeptide is valine-alanine and 1_1-D is:
H i 0 - *
where the asterisks, -N< and the wavy line are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the dipeptide is phenylalnine-lysine and 1_1-D is:
H
H i -,, where the asterisks, -N< and the wavy line are as defined above.
In one embodiment, the dipeptide is valine-citrulline.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 are:
Li õ
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 are:
*
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 are:
*
L
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 are:
- n m-where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 7, preferably 3 to 7, most preferably 3 or 7.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 are:
411 n L ----- *
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 are:
ii where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 are:
*
--....õØ...õ.......--...Li--H
- n - - m where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the groups A1-L1 is:
Li where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 orD, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 5 or 8.
In one embodiment, the groups L- Al-Care:
IS N = = n Li ¨*
10 where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, S is a sulfur group of the Ligand unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the rest of the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group L-A1-L1 are:
0 .
1 *
L
PS
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, S is a sulfur group of the Ligand unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
20 In one embodiment, the groups LAI-Care:
- -*
I n - -m ¨S
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, S is a sulfur group of the Ligand unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the groups L-A1-L1 are:
- _ *
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 7, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the groups L-A1-L1 are:
L1--- *
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the groups L-A1-L1 are:
L1 *
C
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6. In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the groups L-A1-L1 are:
- _ - n - -m I-h0 where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the groups L-A1-L1 are:
- _ Li where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L2 or D, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the Stretcher unit is an acetamide unit, having the formula:
/-CH2-CO-N-*
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the remainder of the Stretcher unit, L1 or D, and the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit.
Linker-Drugs In other embodiments, Linker-Drug compounds are provided for conjugation to a Ligand unit. In one embodiment, the Linker-Drug compounds are designed for connection to a Cell Binding Agent.
In one embodiment, the Drug Linker compound has the formula:
, ,0 "1_2 *
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit (D, as defined above), G1 is a Stretcher group (Al) to form a connection to a Ligand unit, L1 is a Specificity unit, L2 (a Spacer unit) is a covalent bond or together with -0C(=0)- forms a self-immolative group(s).
In another embodiment, the Drug Linker compound has the formula:
G1-1_1-L2-where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit (D), G1 is a Stretcher unit (Al) to form a connection to a Ligand unit, LI is a Specificity unit, L2 (a Spacer unit) is a covalent bond or a self-immolative group(s).
Ll and L2 are as defined above. References to connection to A1 can be construed here as referring to a connection to G1.
In one embodiment, where Ll comprises an amino acid, the side chain of that amino acid may be protected. Any suitable protecting group may be used. In one embodiment, the side chain protecting groups are removable with other protecting groups in the compound, where present. In other embodiments, the protecting groups may be orthogonal to other protecting groups in the molecule, where present.
Suitable protecting groups for amino acid side chains include those groups described in the Novabiochem Catalog 2006/2007. Protecting groups for use in a cathepsin labile linker are also discussed in Dubowchik et al.
In certain embodiments of the invention, the group L1 includes a Lys amino acid residue.
The side chain of this amino acid may be protected with a Boc or Alloc protected group. A
Boc protecting group is most preferred.
The functional group G1 forms a connecting group upon reaction with a Ligand unit (e.g., a cell binding agent.
In one embodiment, the functional group G1 is or comprises an amino, carboxylic acid, hydroxy, thiol, or maleimide group for reaction with an appropriate group on the Ligand unit. In a preferred embodiment, G1 comprises a maleimide group.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is an alkyl maleimide group. This group is suitable for reaction with thiol groups, particularly cysteine thiol groups, present in the cell binding agent, for example present in an antibody.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
___Z--------\
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, L2or D, and n is 0 to 6.
In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
0 . .
*
\ 0 where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, L2or D, and n is 0 to 6.
In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
- - --n - -m where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 2, preferably 4 to 8, and most preferably 4 or 8.
5 In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
- n m- -0 where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, and most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, L2 or D, and n is 0 to 6.
In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
*
n C
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, L2 or D, and n is 0 to 6.
In one embodiment, n is 5.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
0 *
- n - -m where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 2, preferably 4 to 8, and most preferably 4 or 8.
In one embodiment, the group G1 is:
_ *
H
- n m- _ 0 where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30. In a preferred embodiment, n is 1 and m is 0 to 10, 1 to 8, preferably 4 to 8, and most preferably 4 or 8.
In each of the embodiments above, an alternative functionality may be used in place of the malemide group shown below:
*
,.....I\C
where the asterisk indicates the bond to the remaining portion of the G group.
In one embodiment, the maleimide-derived group is replaced with the group:
)'LN *
N
" ----N
where the asterisk indicates the bond to the remaining portion of the G group.
In one embodiment, the maleimide group is replaced with a group selected from:
-C(=0)0H, -OH, -N H2, -S H, -C(=0)CH2X, where X is Cl, Br or I, -CHO, -CECH, and -N3 (azide).
Of these, -C(=0)CH2X may be preferred, especially when the carbonyl group is bound to ¨
NH-.
In one embodiment, L1 is present, and G1 is -NH2, -NHMe, -COOH, -OH or -SH.
In one embodiment, where L1 is present, G1 is -NH2 or -NHMe. Either group may be the N-terminal of an L1 amino acid sequence.
In one embodiment, L1 is present and G1 is -NH2, and Cis an amino acid sequence -X1-X2-as defined above.
In one embodiment, L1 is present and G1 is COOH. This group may be the C-terminal of an L1 amino acid sequence.
In one embodiment, L1 is present and G1 is OH.
In one embodiment, L1 is present and G1 is SH.
The group G1 may be convertable from one functional group to another. In one embodiment, L1 is present and G1 is -NH2. This group is convertable to another group G1 comprising a maleimide group. For example, the group -NH2 may be reacted with an acids or an activated acid (e.g., N-succinimide forms) of those G1 groups comprising maleimide shown above.
The group G1 may therefore be converted to a functional group that is more appropriate for reaction with a Ligand unit.
As noted above, in one embodiment, L1 is present and G1 is -NH2, -NHMe, -COOH, -OH or -SH. In a further embodiment, these groups are provided in a chemically protected form.
The chemically protected form is therefore a precursor to the linker that is provided with a functional group.
In one embodiment, G1 is -NH2 in a chemically protected form. The group may be protected with a carbamate protecting group. The carbamate protecting group may be selected from the group consisting of:
Alloc, Fmoc, Boc, Troc, Teoc, Cbz and PNZ.
Preferably, where G1 is -NH2, it is protected with an Alloc or Fmoc group.
In one embodiment, where G1 is -NH2, it is protected with an Fmoc group.
In one embodiment, the protecting group is the same as the carbamate protecting group of the capping group.
In one embodiment, the protecting group is not the same as the carbamate protecting group of the capping group. In this embodiment, it is preferred that the protecting group is removable under conditions that do not remove the carbamate protecting group of the capping group.
The chemical protecting group may be removed to provide a functional group to form a connection to a Ligand unit. Optionally, this functional group may then be converted to another functional group as described above.
In one embodiment, the active group is an amine. This amine is preferably the N-terminal amine of a peptide, and may be the N-terminal amine of the preferred dipeptides of the invention.
The active group may be reacted to yield the functional group that is intended to form a connection to a Ligand unit.
In other embodiments, the Linker unit is a precursor to the Linker uit having an active group. In this embodiment, the Linker unit comprises the active group, which is protected by way of a protecting group. The protecting group may be removed to provide the Linker unit having an active group.
Where the active group is an amine, the protecting group may be an amine protecting group, such as those described in Greene and Wuts (Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 41h Ed., 2006).
The protecting group is preferably orthogonal to other protecting groups, where present, in the Linker unit.
In one embodiment, the protecting group is orthogonal to the capping group.
Thus, the active group protecting group is removable whilst retaining the capping group.
In other embodiments, the protecting group and the capping group is removable under the same conditions as those used to remove the capping group.
In one embodiment, the Linker unit is:
NHBoc where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit, and the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the remaining portion of the Linker unit, as applicable or the point of attachment to G1. Preferably, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to G1.
In one embodiment, the Linker unit is:
H E H
0 =
where the asterisk and the wavy line are as defined above.
Other functional groups suitable for use in forming a connection between L1 and the Cell Binding Agent are described in WO 2005/082023.
Ligand Unit The Ligand Unit may be of any kind, and include a protein, polypeptide, peptide and a non-peptidic agent that specifically binds to a target molecule. In some embodiments, the Ligand unit may be a protein, polypeptide or peptide. In some embodiments, the Ligand unit may be a cyclic polypeptide. These Ligand units can include antibodies or a fragment of an antibody that contains at least one target molecule-binding site, lymphokines, hormones, growth factors, or any other cell binding molecule or substance that can specifically bind to a target. The ligand Unit is also referred to herein as a "binding agent"
or "targeting agent".
The terms "specifically binds" and "specific binding" refer to the binding of an antibody or other protein, polypeptide or peptide to a predetermined molecule (e.g., an antigen).
Typically, the antibody or other molecule binds with an affinity of at least about 1x107 M-1, and binds to the predetermined molecule with an affinity that is at least two-fold greater than its affinity for binding to a non-specific molecule (e.g., BSA, casein) other than the predetermined molecule or a closely-related molecule.
Examples of Ligand units include those agents described for use in WO
2007/085930.
In some embodiments, the Ligand unit is a Cell Binding Agent that binds to an extracellular target on a cell. Such a Cell Binding Agent can be a protein, polypeptide, peptide or a non-peptidic agent. In some embodiments, the Cell Binding Agent may be a protein, polypeptide or peptide. In some embodiments, the Cell Binding Agent may be a cyclic polypeptide. The Cell Binding Agent also may be antibody or an antigen-binding fragment of an antibody. Thus, in one embodiment, the present invention provides an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC).
In one embodiment the antibody is a monoclonal antibody; chimeric antibody;
humanized antibody; fully human antibody; or a single chain antibody. One embodiment the antibody is a fragment of one of these antibodies having biological activity. Examples of such fragments include Fab, Fab', F(alp')2 and Fv fragments.
The antibody may be a diabody, a domain antibody (DAB) or a single chain antibody.
In one embodiment, the antibody is a monoclonal antibody.
Antibodies for use in the present invention include those antibodies described in WO 2005/082023. Particularly preferred are those antibodies for tumour-associated antigens. Examples of those antigens known in the art include, but are not limited to, those tumour-associated antigens set out in WO 2005/082023. See, for instance, pages 41-55.
In some embodiments, the conjugates are designed to target tumour cells via their cell surface antigens. The antigens may be cell surface antigens which are either over-expressed or expressed at abnormal times or cell types. Preferably, the target antigen is expressed only on proliferative cells (preferably tumour cells); however this is rarely observed in practice. As a result, target antigens are usually selected on the basis of differential expression between proliferative and healthy tissue.
Antibodies have been raised to target specific tumour related antigens including:
Cripto, CD19, CD20, CD22, CD30, CD33, Glycoprotein NMB, CanAg, Her2 (ErbB2/Neu), CD56 (NCAM), CD70, CD79, CD138, PSCA, PSMA (prostate specific membrane antigen), BCMA, E-selectin, EphB2, Melanotransferin, Muc16 and TMEFF2.
The Ligand unit is connected to the Linker unit. In one embodiment, the Ligand unit is connected to A, where present, of the Linker unit.
In one embodiment, the connection between the Ligand unit and the Linker unit is through a thioether bond.
In one embodiment, the connection between the Ligand unit and the Linker unit is through a disulfide bond.
In one embodiment, the connection between the Ligand unit and the Linker unit is through an amide bond.
In one embodiment, the connection between the Ligand unit and the Linker unit is through an ester bond.
In one embodiment, the connection between the Ligand unit and the Linker is formed between a thiol group of a cysteine residue of the Ligand unit and a maleimide group of the Linker unit.
The cysteine residues of the Ligand unit may be available for reaction with the functional group of the Linker unit to form a connection. In other embodiments, for example where the Ligand unit is an antibody, the thiol groups of the antibody may participate in interchain disulfide bonds. These interchain bonds may be converted to free thiol groups by e.g.
treatment of the antibody with DTT prior to reaction with the functional group of the Linker unit.
In some embodiments, the cysteine residue is an introduced into the heavy or light chain of an antibody. Positions for cysteine insertion by substitution in antibody heavy or light chains include those described in Published U.S. Application No. 2007-0092940 and International Patent Publication W02008070593.
Methods of Treatment The compounds of the present invention may be used in a method of therapy.
Also provided is a method of treatment, comprising administering to a subject in need of treatment a therapeutically-effective amount of a compound of formula I. The term "therapeutically effective amount" is an amount sufficient to show benefit to a patient. Such benefit may be at least amelioration of at least one symptom. The actual amount administered, and rate and time-course of administration, will depend on the nature and severity of what is being treated. Prescription of treatment, e.g. decisions on dosage, is within the responsibility of general practitioners and other medical doctors.
A compound may be administered alone or in combination with other treatments, either simultaneously or sequentially dependent upon the condition to be treated.
Examples of treatments and therapies include, but are not limited to, chemotherapy (the administration of active agents, including, e.g. drugs; surgery; and radiation therapy.
Pharmaceutical compositions according to the present invention, and for use in accordance with the present invention, may comprise, in addition to the active ingredient, i.e. a compound of formula I, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, carrier, buffer, stabiliser or other materials well known to those skilled in the art. Such materials should be non-toxic and should not interfere with the efficacy of the active ingredient. The precise nature of the carrier or other material will depend on the route of administration, which may be oral, or by injection, e.g. cutaneous, subcutaneous, or intravenous.
Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration may be in tablet, capsule, powder or liquid form. A tablet may comprise a solid carrier or an adjuvant. Liquid pharmaceutical compositions generally comprise a liquid carrier such as water, petroleum, animal or vegetable oils, mineral oil or synthetic oil. Physiological saline solution, dextrose or other saccharide solution or glycols such as ethylene glycol, propylene glycol or polyethylene glycol may be included. A capsule may comprise a solid carrier such a gelatin.
For intravenous, cutaneous or subcutaneous injection, or injection at the site of affliction, the active ingredient will be in the form of a parenterally acceptable aqueous solution which is pyrogen-free and has suitable pH, isotonicity and stability. Those of relevant skill in the art are well able to prepare suitable solutions using, for example, isotonic vehicles such as Sodium Chloride Injection, Ringer's Injection, Lactated Ringer's Injection.
Preservatives, stabilisers, buffers, antioxidants and/or other additives may be included, as required.
The Compounds and Conjugates can be used to treat proliferative disease and autoimmune disease. The term "proliferative disease" pertains to an unwanted or uncontrolled cellular proliferation of excessive or abnormal cells which is undesired, such as, neoplastic or hyperplastic growth, whether in vitro or in vivo.
Examples of proliferative conditions include, but are not limited to, benign, pre-malignant, and malignant cellular proliferation, including but not limited to, neoplasms and tumours (e.g., histocytoma, glioma, astrocyoma, osteoma), cancers (e.g. lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, bowel cancer, colon cancer, breast carinoma, ovarian carcinoma, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, liver cancer, kidney cancer, bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, brain cancer, sarcoma, osteosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma), leukemias, psoriasis, bone diseases, fibroproliferative disorders (e.g. of connective tissues), and atherosclerosis. Other cancers of interest include, but are not limited to, haematological; malignancies such as leukemias and lymphomas, such as non-Hodgkin lymphoma, and subtypes such as DLBCL, marginal zone, mantle zone, and follicular, Hodgkin lymphoma, AML, and other cancers of B or T cell origin.
Examples of autoimmune disease include the following: rheumatoid arthritis, autoimmune demyelinative diseases (e.g., multiple sclerosis, allergic encephalomyelitis), psoriatic arthritis, endocrine ophthalmopathy, uveoretinitis, systemic lupus erythematosus, myasthenia gravis, Graves' disease, glomerulonephritis, autoimmune hepatological disorder, inflammatory bowel disease (e.g., Crohn's disease), anaphylaxis, allergic reaction, Sjogren's syndrome, type I diabetes mellitus, primary biliary cirrhosis, Wegener's granulomatosis, fibromyalgia, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, multiple endocrine failure, Schmidt's syndrome, autoimmune uveitis, Addison's disease, adrenalitis, thyroiditis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, autoimmune thyroid disease, pernicious anemia, gastric atrophy, chronic hepatitis, lupoid hepatitis, atherosclerosis, subacute cutaneous lupus erythematosus, hypoparathyroidism, Dressler's syndrome, autoimmune thrombocytopenia, idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura, hemolytic anemia, pemphigus vulgaris, pemphigus, dermatitis herpetiformis, alopecia arcata, pemphigoid, scleroderma, progressive systemic sclerosis, CREST syndrome (calcinosis, Raynaud's phenomenon, esophageal dysmotility, sclerodactyly, and telangiectasia), male and female autoimmune infertility, ankylosing spondolytis, ulcerative colitis, mixed connective tissue disease, polyarteritis nedosa, systemic necrotizing vasculitis, atopic dermatitis, atopic rhinitis, Goodpasture's syndrome, Chagas' disease, sarcoidosis, rheumatic fever, asthma, recurrent abortion, anti-phospholipid syndrome, farmer's lung, erythema multiforme, post cardiotomy syndrome, Cushing's syndrome, autoimmune chronic active hepatitis, bird-fancier's lung, toxic epidermal necrolysis, Alport's syndrome, alveolitis, allergic alveolitis, fibrosing alveolitis, interstitial lung disease, erythema nodosum, pyoderma gangrenosum, transfusion reaction, Takayasu's arteritis, polymyalgia rheumatica, temporal arteritis, schistosomiasis, giant cell arteritis, ascariasis, aspergillosis, Sampter's syndrome, eczema, lymphomatoid granulomatosis, Behcet's disease, Caplan's syndrome, Kawasaki's disease, dengue, encephalomyelitis, endocarditis, endomyocardial fibrosis, endophthalmitis, erythema elevatum et diutinum, psoriasis, erythroblastosis fetalis, eosinophilic faciitis, Shulman's syndrome, Felty's syndrome, filariasis, cyclitis, chronic cyclitis, heterochronic cyclitis, Fuch's cyclitis, IgA nephropathy, Henoch-Schonlein purpura, graft versus host disease, transplantation rejection, cardiomyopathy, Eaton-Lambert syndrome, relapsing polychondritis, cryoglobulinemia, Waldenstrom's macroglobulemia, Evan's syndrome, and autoimmune gonadal failure.
In some embodiments, the autoimmune disease is a disorder of B lymphocytes (e.g., systemic lupus erythematosus, Goodpasture's syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, and type I
diabetes), Th1-lymphocytes (e.g., rheumatoid arthritis, multiple sclerosis, psoriasis, Sjogren's syndrome, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Graves' disease, primary biliary cirrhosis, Wegener's granulomatosis, tuberculosis, or graft versus host disease), or Th2-lymphocytes (e.g., atopic dermatitis, systemic lupus erythematosus, atopic asthma, rhinoconjunctivitis, allergic rhinitis, Omenn's syndrome, systemic sclerosis, or chronic graft versus host disease). Generally, disorders involving dendritic cells involve disorders of Th1-lymphocytes or Th2-lymphocytes. In some embodiments, the autoimmunie disorder is a T
cell-mediated immunological disorder.
In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administered ranges from about 0.01 to about 10 mg/kg per dose. In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administered ranges from about 0.01 to about 5 mg/kg per dose. In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administerd ranges from about 0.05 to about 5 mg/kg per 10 dose. In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administerd ranges from about 0.1 to about 5 mg/kg per dose. In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administered ranges from about 0.1 to about 4 mg/kg per dose. In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administered ranges from about 0.05 to about 3 mg/kg per dose.
In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administered ranges from about 0.1 to 15 about 3 mg/kg per dose. In some embodiments, the amount of the Conjugate administered ranges from about 0.1 to about 2 mg/kg per dose.
Includes Other Forms Unless otherwise specified, included in the above are the well known ionic, salt, solvate, 20 and protected forms of these substituents. For example, a reference to carboxylic acid (-COOH) also includes the anionic (carboxylate) form (-COO), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms. Similarly, a reference to an amino group includes the protonated form (-N+HR1R2), a salt or solvate of the amino group, for example, a hydrochloride salt, as well as conventional protected forms of an amino group.
Similarly, a 25 reference to a hydroxyl group also includes the anionic form (-0-), a salt or solvate thereof, as well as conventional protected forms.
Salts It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding salt of 30 the active compound, for example, a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt.
Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts are discussed in Berge, et al., J. Pharm.
Sc., 66, 1-19 (1977).
For example, if the compound is anionic, or has a functional group which may be anionic 35 (e.g. -COOH may be -COO), then a salt may be formed with a suitable cation. Examples of suitable inorganic cations include, but are not limited to, alkali metal ions such as Na+
and K+, alkaline earth cations such as Ca2+ and Mg2+, and other cations such as A1+3.
Examples of suitable organic cations include, but are not limited to, ammonium ion (i.e.
NH4+) and substituted ammonium ions (e.g. NH3R+, NH2R2+, NHR3+, NR4+).
Examples of some suitable substituted ammonium ions are those derived from: ethylamine, diethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethylamine, butylamine, ethylenediamine, ethanolamine, diethanolamine, piperazine, benzylamine, phenylbenzylamine, choline, meglumine, and tromethamine, as well as amino acids, such as lysine and arginine. An example of a common quaternary ammonium ion is N(CH3)4+.
If the compound is cationic, or has a functional group which may be cationic (e.g. -NH2 may be -NH3+), then a salt may be formed with a suitable anion. Examples of suitable inorganic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following inorganic acids:
hydrochloric, hydrobromic, hydroiodic, sulfuric, sulfurous, nitric, nitrous, phosphoric, and phosphorous.
Examples of suitable organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following organic acids: 2-acetyoxybenzoic, acetic, ascorbic, aspartic, benzoic, camphorsulfonic, cinnamic, citric, edetic, ethanedisulfonic, ethanesulfonic, fumaric, glucheptonic, gluconic, glutamic, glycolic, hydroxymaleic, hydroxynaphthalene carboxylic, isethionic, lactic, lactobionic, lauric, maleic, malic, methanesulfonic, mucic, oleic, oxalic, palmitic, pamoic, pantothenic, phenylacetic, phenylsulfonic, propionic, pyruvic, salicylic, stearic, succinic, sulfanilic, tartaric, toluenesulfonic, and valeric.
Examples of suitable polymeric organic anions include, but are not limited to, those derived from the following polymeric acids: tannic acid, carboxymethyl cellulose.
Solvates It may be convenient or desirable to prepare, purify, and/or handle a corresponding solvate of the active compound. The term "solvate" is used herein in the conventional sense to refer to a complex of solute (e.g. active compound, salt of active compound) and solvent. If the solvent is water, the solvate may be conveniently referred to as a hydrate, for example, a mono-hydrate, a di-hydrate, a tri-hydrate, etc.
Carbinolamines The invention includes compounds where a solvent adds across the imine bond of the PBD
moiety, which is illustrated below where the solvent is water or an alcohol (RAOH, where RA
is C14 alkyl):
\ OH \ ORA
N."--cital H20 RAOH
R6 o R6 o R6 o These forms can be called the carbinolamine and carbinolamine ether forms of the PBD.
The balance of these equilibria depend on the conditions in which the compounds are found, as well as the nature of the moiety itself.
These particular compounds may be isolated in solid form, for example, by lyophilisation.
Isomers Certain compounds may exist in one or more particular geometric, optical, enantiomeric, diasteriomeric, epimeric, atropic, stereoisomeric, tautomeric, conformational, or anomeric forms, including but not limited to, cis- and trans-forms; E- and Z-forms; c-, t-, and r- forms;
endo- and exo-forms; R-, S-, and meso-forms; D- and L-forms; d- and I-forms;
(+) and (-) forms; keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms; syn- and anti-forms; synclinal- and anticlinal-forms;
a- and 13-forms; axial and equatorial forms; boat-, chair-, twist-, envelope-, and halfchair-forms; and combinations thereof, hereinafter collectively referred to as "isomers" (or "isomeric forms").
Note that, except as discussed below for tautomeric forms, specifically excluded from the term "isomers", as used herein, are structural (or constitutional) isomers (i.e. isomers which differ in the connections between atoms rather than merely by the position of atoms in space). For example, a reference to a methoxy group, -OCH3, is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, a hydroxymethyl group, -CH2OH. Similarly, a reference to ortho-chlorophenyl is not to be construed as a reference to its structural isomer, meta-chlorophenyl. However, a reference to a class of structures may well include structurally isomeric forms falling within that class (e.g. C17 alkyl includes n-propyl and iso-propyl; butyl includes n-, iso-, sec-, and tert-butyl; methoxyphenyl includes ortho-, meta-, and para-methoxypheny1).
The above exclusion does not pertain to tautomeric forms, for example, keto-, enol-, and enolate-forms, as in, for example, the following tautomeric pairs: keto/enol (illustrated below), imine/enamine, amide/imino alcohol, amidine/amidine, nitroso/oxime, thioketone/enethiol, N-nitroso/hyroxyazo, and nitro/aci-nitro.
,0 ,OH H' \ /CY
¨C¨C C=C
/ \
0=-C
\H /
keto enol enolate Note that specifically included in the term "isomer" are compounds with one or more isotopic substitutions. For example, H may be in any isotopic form, including 1H, 2H (D), and 3H (T); C may be in any isotopic form, including 12C, 13C, and 14C; 0 may be in any isotopic form, including 160 and 180; and the like.
Unless otherwise specified, a reference to a particular compound includes all such isomeric forms, including (wholly or partially) racemic and other mixtures thereof.
Methods for the preparation (e.g. asymmetric synthesis) and separation (e.g. fractional crystallisation and chromatographic means) of such isomeric forms are either known in the art or are readily obtained by adapting the methods taught herein, or known methods, in a known manner.
General synthetic routes The synthesis of PBD compounds is extensively discussed in the following references:
a) WO 00/12508 (pages 14 to 30);
b) WO 2005/023814 (pages 3 to 10);
C) WO 2004/043963 (pages 28 to 29); and d) WO 2005/085251 (pages 30 to 39).
Synthesis route The compounds of the present invention, where R1 and R11 form a nitrogen-carbon double bond between the nitrogen and carbon atoms to which they are bound, can be synthesised from a compound of Formula 2:
Prot" g D= Prot"1 Prot 1 's I Prot Ri2/ 2 R"
Formula 2 e:H
R R R
0 R6' where R2, Rs, R7, R9, Rs', R7', R9', R12, X, X' and R" are as defined for compounds of formula I, Prot" is a nitrogen protecting group for synthesis and Prot is a protected oxygen group for synthesis or an oxo group, by deprotecting the imine bond by standard methods.
The compound produced may be in its carbinolamine or carbinolamine ether form depending on the solvents used. For example if Prot" is Troc and Prot is an oxygen protecting group for synthesis, then the deprotection is carried out using a Cd/Pb couple to yield the compound of formula (I). If Prot" is SEM, or an analogous group, and Prot is an an oxo group, then the oxo group can be removed by reduction, which leads to a protected carbinolamine intermediate, which can then be treated to remove the SEM
protecting group, followed by the elimination of water. The reduction of the compound of Formula 2 can be accomplished by, for example, lithium tetraborohydride, whilst a suitable means for removing the SEM protecting group is treatment with silica gel.
Compounds of formula 2 can be synthesised from a compound of formula 3a:
N
Prot Rg Prot 1 R9 ProtN
NI Prot Formula 3a R7' R7 Tf0 R
0 R6' where R2, R6, R7, R9, R6', RT, R9', X, X' and R" are as defined for compounds of formula 2, by coupling an organometallic derivative comprising R12, such as an organoboron derivative. The organoboron derivative may be a boronate or boronic acid.
Compounds of formula 2 can be synthesised from a compound of formula 3b:
ProtN R9.
Prot 1 R9 ProtN
NI Prot Formula 3b R7' R7 2/e1----Ri OTf 0 Rs.
Rs 0 where R12, R6, R7, R9, R6', R7', R9', X, X' and R" are as defined for compounds of formula 2, by coupling an organometallic derivative comprising R2, or a precursor thereof, such as an organoboron derivative. The organoboron derivative may be a boronate or boronic acid.
Compounds of formulae 3a and 3b can be synthesised from a compound of formula 4:
ProtN R9' Prot Prot R9 Pi rotN
R"
Formula 4 RT
Tf0 OTf 0 Re' R6 0 where R2, R6, R7, R9, R6', R7., R9', X, X' and R" are as defined for compounds of formula 2, by coupling about a single equivalent (e.g. 0.9 or 1 to 1.1 or 1.2) of an organometallic derivative, such as an organoboron derivative, comprising R2 or R12.
The couplings described above are usually carried out in the presence of a palladium catalyst, for example Pd(PPh3)4, Pd(OCOCH3)2, PdC12, Pd2(dba)3. The coupling may be carried out under standard conditions, or may also be carried out under microwave conditions.
The two coupling steps are usually carried out sequentially. They may be carried out with or without purification between the two steps. If no purification is carried out, then the two steps may be carried out in the same reaction vessel. Purification is usually required after the second coupling step. Purification of the compound from the undesired by-products may be carried out by column chromatography or ion-exchange separation.
The synthesis of compounds of formula 4 where Prot is an oxo group and Prot"
is SEM
are described in detail in WO 00/12508. In particular, reference is made to scheme 7 on page 24, where the above compound is designated as intermediate P. This method of synthesis is also described in WO 2004/043963.
The synthesis of compounds of formula 4 where Prot is a protected oxygen group for synthesis are described in WO 2005/085251.
. 66 Compounds of formula I where R1 and R1 ' are H and R11 and R11' are SON, can be synthesised from compounds of formula I where R1 and R11 form a nitrogen-carbon double bond between the nitrogen and carbon atoms to which they are bound, by the addition of the appropriate bisulphite salt or suiphinate salt, followed by an appropriate purification step. Further methods are described in GB 2 053 894.
Nitrogen protecting groups for synthesis Nitrogen protecting groups for synthesis are well known in the art. In the present invention, the protecting groups of particular interest are carbamate nitrogen protecting groups and hemi-aminal nitrogen protecting groups.
Carbamate nitrogen protecting groups have the following structure:
Roo 0 0 wherein R'1 is R as defined above. A large number of suitable groups are described on pages 503 to 549 of Greene, T.W. and Wuts, G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 31d Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
Particularly preferred protecting groups include Troc, Teoc, Fnnoc, BOC, Doc, Hoc, TcB0C, 1-Adoc and 2-Adoc.
Other possible groups are nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl (e.g. 4-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl) and 2-(phenylsulphonyl)ethoxycarbonyl.
Those protecting groups which can be removed with palladium catalysis are not preferred, e.g. Alloc.
Hemi-aminal nitrogen protecting groups have the following structure:
Roo 0 ) wherein R'1 is R as defined above. A large number of suitable groups are described on pages 633 to 647 as amide protecting groups of Greene, T.W. and Wuts, G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999. The groups disclosed herein can be applied to compounds of the present invention. Such groups include, but are not limited to, SEM, MOM, MTM, MEM, BOM, nitro or methoxy substituted BOM, CI3CCH2OCH2-.
Protected oxygen group for synthesis Protected oxygen group for synthesis are well known in the art. A large number of suitable oxygen protecting groups are described on pages 23 to 200 of Greene, T.W. and Wuts, G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 3rd Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1999.
Classes of particular interest include silyl ethers, methyl ethers, alkyl ethers, benzyl ethers, esters, acetates, benzoates, carbonates, and sulfonates.
Preferred oxygen protecting groups include acetates, TBS and THP.
Synthesis of Drug Conjugates Conjugates can be prepared as previously described. Linkers having a maleimidyl group (A), a peptide group (L1) and self-immolative group (L2) can be prepared as described in U.S. Patent No. 6,214,345. Linkers having a maleimidyl group (A) and a peptide group (1_1) can be prepared as described in WO 2009/0117531. Other linkers can be prepared according to the references cited herein or as known to the skilled artisan.
Linker-Drug compounds can be prepared according to methods known in the art.
Linkage of amine-based X substituents (of the PDB dimer Drug unit) to active groups of the Linker units can be performed according to methods generally described in U.S. Patent Nos.
6,214,345 and 7,498,298; and WO 2009-0117531, or as otherwise known to the skilled artisan.
Antibodies can be conjugated to Linker-Drug compounds as described in Doronina et al., Nature Biotechnology, 2003, 21, 778-784). Briefly, antibodies (4-5 mg/mL) in PBS
containing 50 mM sodium borate at pH 7.4 are reduced with tris(carboxyethyl)phosphine hydrochloride (TCEP) at 37 C. The progress of the reaction, which reduces interchain disulfides, is monitored by reaction with 5,5'-dithiobis(2-nitrobenzoic acid) and allowed to proceed until the desired level of thiols/mAb is achieved. The reduced antibody is then cooled to 0 C and alkylated with 1.5 equivalents of maleimide drug-linker per antibody thiol.
After 1 hour, the reaction is quenched by the addition of 5 equivalents of N-acetyl cysteine.
Quenched drug-linker is removed by gel filtration over a PD-10 column. The ADC
is then sterile-filtered through a 0.22 pm syringe filter. Protein concentration can be determined by spectral analysis at 280 nm and 329 nm, respectively, with correction for the contribution of drug absorbance at 280 nm. Size exclusion chromatography can be used to determine the extent of antibody aggregation, and RP-HPLC can be used to determine the levels of remaining NAC-quenched drug-linker.
Antibodies with introduced cysteine residues can be conjugated to Linker-Drug compounds as described in International Patent Publication W02008/070593, or as follows.
Antibodies containing an introduced cysteine residue in the heavy chain are fully reduced by adding 10 equivalents of TCEP and 1 mM EDTA and adjusting the pH to 7.4 with 1M Iris buffer (pH 9.0). Following a 1 hour incubation at 37 C, the reaction is cooled to 22 C and 30 equivalents of dehydroascorbic acid is added to selectively reoxidize the native disulfides, while leaving the introduced cysteine in the reduced state. The pH is adjusted to 6.5 with 1M Tris buffer (pH 3.7) and the reaction is allowed to proceed for 1 hour at 22 C. The pH
of the solution is then raised again to 7.4 by addition of 1 M Iris buffer (pH
9.0). 3.5 equivalents of the PBD drug linker in DMSO is placed in a suitable container for dilution with propylene glycol prior to addition to the reaction. To maintain solubility of the PBD
drug linker, the antibody itself is first diluted with propylene glycol to a final concentration of 33% (e.g., if the antibody solution was in a 60 mL reaction volume, 30 mL of propylene glycol was added). This same volume of propylene glycol (30 mL in this example) is added to the PBD drug linker as a diluent. After mixing, the solution of PBD drug linker in propylene glycol is added to the antibody solution to effect the conjugation;
the final concentration of propylene glycol is 50%. The reaction is allowed to proceed for 30 minutes and then quenched by addition of 5 equivalents of N-acetyl cysteine.
The ADC is purified by ultrafiltration through a 30 kD membrane. (Note that the concentration of propylene glycol used in the reaction can be reduced for any particular PBD, as its sole purpose is to maintain solubility of the drug linker in the aqueous media.) For halo-acetamide-based Linker-Drug compounds, conjugation can be performed generally as follows. To a solution of reduced and reoxidized antibodies (having introduced cysteines in the heavy chain) in 10 mM Tris (pH 7.4), 50 mM NaCI, and 2 mM
DTPA is added 0.5 volumes of propylene glycol. A 10mM solution of acetamide-based Linker-Drug compound in dimethylacetamide is prepared immediately prior to conjugation.
An equivalent amount of propylene glycol as added to the antibody solution is added to a 6-fold molar excess of the Linker-Drug compound. The dilute Linker-Drug solution is added to the antibody solution and the pH is adjusted to 8-8.5 using 1 M Tris (pH 9). The conjugation reaction is allowed to proceed for 45 minutes at 37 C. The conjugation is verified by reducing and denaturing reversed phase PLRP-S chromatography.
Excess Linker-Drug compound is removed with Quadrasil MP resin and the buffer is exchanged into 10 mM Tris (pH 7.4), 50 mM NaCI, and 5% propylene glycol using a PD-10 desalting column.
Illustrative synthesis schemes for Drug linkers The following schemes are illustrative of routes for synthesising drug linkers ¨ the PBD
dimer is shown with specific substituents, and dimer links, but these may be varied within the scope of the present invention.
Scheme A
Me02C 0 ,frnoc H2N "IP OMe Me0 OAc OH
Si 0)diphosgene, pyridine CH2CI,, -78 C to 0 C
HN
0R2 ao_-N rah 0 N OMe Me0 S3 R, = Fmoc, R2 = Ac, R3 = Me (ii) Li0H, Me0H, THF, H20 54 R, = R2 = = H
(iii) MC-0Su, DIPEA, DMF
HO
HN Y11 N N OMe Me0 Nra, The glucuronide linker intermediate Si (reference: Jeffrey et al., Bioconjugate Chemistry, 5 2006, 17, 831-840) can be treated with diphosgene in dichlroromethane at -78 C to afford the glucuronide chloroformate, which is then reacted with the PBD dimer S2 dissolved in CH2Cl2 by dropwise addition. Warming the reaction to 0 C over 2 hours followed by extraction will yield the compound S3. Treating a solution of S3 in an equal solvent mixture of Me0H, tetrahydrofuran, and water (cooled to 0 C) with lithium hydroxide monohydrate 10 for 4 hours, followed by reaction with glacial acetic acid will yield the compound S4.
Adding maleimidocaproyl NHS ester to a solution of S4 in DMF, followed by diisopropylethylamine and stirring at room temperature under nitrogen for 2 hours will yield the desired drug linker S5.
Scheme B
0 Nr + 0 , R12 (i) EEDQ/CH2Cl2 I
R"
The maleimide linker S6, which can be synthesised by reacting maleimidocaproyl N-hydroxysuccinimide and H-Val-Ala-OH, can be linked to the exemplary compounds, S2, in the presence of EEDQ in anhydrous dichloromethane.
Scheme C
I-1 --N OMe Me0 0,.....,....,..0 N-...-_-, +
R \
'0.jc)c1P1J.LOH H2N N N 12 H
1 (i) EEDQ
z_i,r, 0--0N,.a H
_,-0 Hj.L N N OMe Me0 N
IR-0 ...õ."...., 0 (ii) deprotectio:9 I
Ftir"¨N 0.,...õ,-...õ....õ0 N...-,,\Li R1. Me0 J.LN,y1 N OMe S10: RI = H ) (ii) maleimidocaproyl-NHS ester, DIPEA
S11: IR1 = MC
The linker S8 can be linked to the exemplary compounds, S2, in the presence of EEDQ in 5% methanol/dichloromethane. The deprotection of S9 can be carried out with the use of Ph3P, pyrollidine and tetrakis palladium in anhydrous dichloromethane. S10 can be converted to the desired products by adding maleimidocaproyl-NHS ester, in the presence of DIPEA in DMF.
Further Preferences The following preferences may apply to all aspects of the invention as described above, or may relate to a single aspect. The preferences may be combined together in any combination.
In some embodiments, R6', R7', Ruy, K11' and Y' are preferably the same as R6, R7, R9, K R" and Y respectively.
Dimer link Y and Y' are preferably 0.
R" is preferably a 03_7 alkylene group with no substituents. More preferably R" is a 03, 05 or 07 alkylene. Most preferably, R" is a C3 or C5 alkylene.
R6 to R9 R9 is preferably H.
R6 is preferably selected from H, OH, OR, SH, NH2, nitro and halo, and is more preferably H or halo, and most preferably is H.
R7 is preferably selected from H, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH2, NHR, NRR', and halo, and more preferably independently selected from H, OH and OR, where R is preferably selected from optionally substituted 01_7 alkyl, 03_10 heterocyclyl and 05_10 aryl groups. R
may be more preferably a Ci_4 alkyl group, which may or may not be substituted. A
substituent of interest is a C5_6 aryl group (e.g. phenyl). Particularly preferred substituents at the 7-positions are OMe and OCH2Ph. Other substituents of particular interest are dimethylamino (i.e. ¨NMe2); -(0C2H4)q0Me, where q is from 0 to 2; nitrogen-containing 06 heterocyclyls, including morpholino, piperidinyl and N-methyl-piperazinyl.
These preferences apply to R9', R6' and R7' respectively.
RC1, RC2 and ¨C3 are independently selected from H and unsubstituted C1-2 alkyl. In some preferred embodiments, Rcl, RC2 and RC3 are all H. In other embodiments, RC1, RC2 and RC3 are all methyl. In certain embodiments, Rcl, RC2 and Rc3 are independently selected from H and methyl.
X is a group selected from the list comprising: OH, SH, CO2H, COH, N=C=0, NHNH2, * \NH *
CONHNH2, and NHRN, wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C1_4 alkyl. X may preferably be: OH, SH, CO2H, -N=C=O or NHRN, and may more preferably be: OH, SH, CO2H, -N=C=O or NH2. Particularly preferred groups include: OH, SH and NH2, with NH2 being the most preferred group.
R12 is selected from:
(a) C5_10 aryl group, optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising: halo, nitro, cyano, ether, C1_7 alkyl, C3_7 heterocyclyl and bis-oxy-C1-3 alkylene;
(b) C1_5 saturated aliphatic alkyl;
(c) C3-6 saturated cycloalkyl;
(d) R21 , wherein each of R21, R22 and R23 are independently selected from H, C1_3 saturated alkyl, C2_3 alkenyl, C2_3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl, where the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 5;
R25b (e) , wherein one of R25a and R25b is H and the other is selected from:
phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo methyl, methoxy;
pyridyl; and thiophenyl; and (f) , where R24 is selected from: H; C1_3 saturated alkyl; C2_3 alkenyl;
C2_3 alkynyl; cyclopropyl; phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl.
When R12 is a C5-10 aryl group, it may be a C5_7 aryl group. A C5_7 aryl group may be a phenyl group or a C5_7 heteroaryl group, for example furanyl, thiophenyl and pyridyl. In some embodiments, R12 is preferably phenyl. In other embodiments, R12 is preferably thiophenyl, for example, thiophen-2-yland thiophen-3-yl.
When R12 is a C5_10 aryl group, it may be a C8_10 aryl, for example a quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group. The quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl group may be bound to the PBD core through any available ring position. For example, the quinolinyl may be quinolin-2-yl, quinolin-3-yl, quinolin-4y1, quinolin-5-yl, quinolin-6-yl, quinolin-7-yland quinolin-8-yl. Of these quinolin-3-yland quinolin-6-ylmay be preferred. The isoquinolinyl may be isoquinolin-3-yl, isoquinolin-4y1, isoquinolin-5-yl, isoquinolin-6-yl, isoquinolin-7-yland isoquinolin-8-yl. Of these isoquinolin-3-yland isoquinolin-6-ylmay be preferred.
When R12 is a 05_10 aryl group, it may bear any number of substituent groups.
It preferably bears from 1 to 3 substituent groups, with 1 and 2 being more preferred, and singly substituted groups being most preferred. The substituents may be any position.
Where R12 is 05_7 aryl group, a single substituent is preferably on a ring atom that is not adjacent the bond to the remainder of the compound, i.e. it is preferably 13 or y to the bond to the remainder of the compound. Therefore, where the C5_7 aryl group is phenyl, the substituent is preferably in the meta- or para- positions, and more preferably is in the para-position.
Where R12 is a C8_10 aryl group, for example quinolinyl or isoquinolinyl, it may bear any number of substituents at any position of the quinoline or isoquinoline rings.
In some embodiments, it bears one, two or three substituents, and these may be on either the proximal and distal rings or both (if more than one substituent).
/312 substituents, when I312 is a C5_10 aryl group If a substituent on R12 when R12 is a C5_10 aryl group is halo, it is preferably F or Cl, more preferably F.
If a substituent on R12 when R12 is a 05_10 aryl group is ether, it may in some embodiments be an alkoxy group, for example, a C1_7 alkoxy group (e.g. methoxy, ethoxy) or it may in some embodiments be a C5_7 aryloxy group (e.g phenoxy, pyridyloxy, furanyloxy). The alkoxy group may itself be further substituted, for example by an amino group (e.g.
5 dimethylamino).
If a substituent on R12 when R12 is a C5-waryl group is 01_7 alkyl, it may preferably be a C1-4 alkyl group (e.g. methyl, ethyl, propryl, butyl).
10 If a substituent on R12 when R12 is a C5_10 aryl group is 03_7 heterocyclyl, it may in some embodiments be C6 nitrogen containing heterocyclyl group, e.g. morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl. These groups may be bound to the rest of the PBD
moiety via the nitrogen atom. These groups may be further substituted, for example, by Ci_ 4 alkyl groups. If the 06 nitrogen containing heterocyclyl group is piperazinyl, the said 15 further substituent may be on the second nitrogen ring atom.
If a substituent on R12 when R12 is a co aryl group is bis-oxy-01_3 alkylene, this is preferably bis-oxy-methylene or bis-oxy-ethylene.
20 Particularly preferred substituents when R12 is a C5_1oaryl group include methoxy, ethoxy, fluor , chloro, cyano, bis-oxy-methylene, methyl-piperazinyl, morpholino and methyl-thiophenyl. Another particularly preferred substituent for R12 is dimethylaminopropyloxy.
Particularly preferred substituted R12 groups when R12 is a 05_10 aryl group include, but are 25 not limited to, 4-methoxy-phenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 4-ethoxy-phenyl, 3-ethoxy-phenyl, 4-fluoro-phenyl, 4-chloro-phenyl, 3,4-bisoxymethylene-phenyl, 4-methylthiophenyl, 4-cyanophenyl, 4-phenoxyphenyl, quinolin-3-yland quinolin-6-yl, isoquinolin-3-yland isoquinolin-6-yl, 2-thienyl, 2-furanyl, methoxynaphthyl, and naphthyl.
Another possible substituted R12 group is 4-nitrophenyl.
When R12 is 01_5 saturated aliphatic alkyl, it may be methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl or pentyl. In some embodiments, it may be methyl, ethyl or propyl (n-pentyl or isopropyl).
In some of these embodiments, it may be methyl. In other embodiments, it may be butyl or pentyl, which may be linear or branched.
When R12 is 03_6 saturated cycloalkyl, it may be cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. In some embodiments, it may be cyclopropyl.
*R23 When R12 is R , each of R21, R22 and R23 are independently selected from H, 01_3 saturated alkyl, 02_3 alkenyl, 02_3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl, where the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 5. In some embodiments, the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 4 or no more than 3.
In some embodiments, one of R21, R22 and R23 is H, with the other two groups being selected from H, 01_3 saturated alkyl, 02-3 alkenyl, 02-3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl.
In other embodiments, two of R21, R22 and R23 are H, with the other group being selected from H, 01_3 saturated alkyl, 02_3 alkenyl, C2_3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl.
In some embodiments, the groups that are not H are selected from methyl and ethyl. In some of these embodiments, the groups that are not H are methyl.
In some embodiments, R21 is H.
In some embodiments, R22 is H.
In some embodiments, R23 is H.
In some embodiments, R21 and R22 are H.
In some embodiments, R21 and R23 are H.
In some embodiments, R22 and R23 are H.
if...' An R12 group of particular interest is: .
R25b When R12 is *R , one of R25a and R25b is H and the other is selected from: phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy;
pyridyl; and thiophenyl. In some embodiments, the group which is not H is optionally substituted phenyl. If the phenyl optional substituent is halo, it is preferably fluoro. In some embodiment, the phenyl group is unsubstituted.
*
r-,24 When R12 is rµ R24 is selected from: H; C1_3 saturated alkyl; C2-3 alkenyl; C2-3 alkynyl; cyclopropyl; phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl. If the phenyl optional substituent is halo, it is preferably fluoro. In some embodiment, the phenyl group is unsubstituted.
In some embodiments, R24 is selected from H, methyl, ethyl, ethenyl and ethynyl. In some of these embodiments, R24 is selected from H and methyl.
M and z It is preferred that M and M' are monovalent pharmaceutically acceptable cations, and are more preferably Na.
z is preferably 3.
Particularly preferred compounds of the present invention are of formula la:
N, H
Ia R12a where n is 1 or 3;
Rla is methyl or phenyl;
R12 is selected from:
(a) Me0 (b) ;
(c) =
(d) (e) (f) Further groups for R1 2a may be:
<
(9) ;and (h) 3rd aspect The preferences expressed above for the first aspect may apply to the compounds of this aspect, where appropriate.
When R1 is carbamate nitrogen protecting group, it may preferably be Teoc, Fmoc and Troc, and may more preferably be Troc.
When R11 is 0-Prot , wherein Prot is an oxygen protecting group, Prot may preferably be TBS or THP, and may more preferably be TBS.
When R1 is a hemi-aminal nitrogen protecting group, it may preferably be MOM, BOM or SEM, and may more preferably be SEM.
The preferences for compounds of formula I apply as appropriate to D in the sixth aspect of the invention. . For example, in the sixth aspect, the PBD dimer is any of the compounds of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, described herein /--\
*¨N \
NH *¨N * NH
expect that, \--/ is replaced with _______________ / is replaced with , and *¨NHRN is replaced with where the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Linker Unit.
Accordingly, the Conjugates of the present invention include those having the following formula (IV) L - (LU-D)p (IV) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein L is a Ligand unit (i.e., a targeting agent), LU is a Linker unit and the PBD dimer D D is any of the compounds of formula I, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, described herein expect / \ / \ 5 / \
*¨N NH *¨N * __ K NH
that, \--/ _______________________________ is replaced with /
is replaced with /\ *
Ni- *¨N(RN)--¨NHRN is replaced with 15 , and where the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Linker Unit.
(a) Conjugates of the present invention include, for example, those of the formula:
CBA - Al - L1-*
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the PBD dimer (D), CBA
is the Cell Binding Agent, L1 is a Specificity unit that is cleavable by the action of an enzyme, and A1 is a Stretcher unit connecting Ll to the Cell Binding Agent.
(b) Conjugates of the present invention include, for example, those of the formula:
CBA - A1- L1-*
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the PBD dimer (D), CBA
is the Cell Binding Agent, A' is a Stretcher unit connecting Ll to the Cell Binding Agent and Ll is a Specificity unit that is cleavable by the action of cathepsin, li' is a dipeptide, Ll is a dipeptide that is cleavable by the action of cathepsin or Li is a dipeptide selected from -Phe-Lys-, -Val-Ala-, -Val-Lys-, -Ala-Lys-, and -Val-Cit-.
Preferred conjugates of the present invention include any of those described in (a) and (b) wherein A' is where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to Ll, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to CBA, and n is 0 to 6 (preferably n is 5).
Examples General Experimental Methods for Example 1 Optical rotations were measured on an ADP 220 polarimeter (Bellingham Stanley Ltd.) and concentrations (c) are given in g/100mL. Melting points were measured using a digital melting point apparatus (Electrothermal). IR spectra were recorded on a Perkin-Elmer SpectrumTm 1000 FT IR Spectrometer. 1F1 and 13C NMR spectra were acquired at using a Bruker AvanceTM NMR spectrometer at 400 and 100 MHz, respectively.
Chemical shifts are reported relative to TMS (6 = 0.0 ppm), and signals are designated as s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), dt (double triplet), dd (doublet of doublets), ddd (double doublet of doublets) or m (multiplet), with coupling constants given in Hertz (Hz). Mass spectroscopy (MS) data were collected using a Waters MicronnassTm ZQ instrument coupled to a WatersTm 2695 HPLC with a Waters 2996 PDA. Waters Micromass ZQ parameters used were: Capillary (kV), 3.38; Cone (V), 35; Extractor (V), 3.0; Source temperature ( C), 100;
Desolvation Temperature ( C), 200; Cone flow rate (Uh), 50; De-solvation flow rate (Uh), 250. High-resolution mass spectroscopy (HRMS) data were recorded on a Waters Micromass QTOF Global in positive W-mode using metal-coated borosilicate glass tips to introduce the samples into the instrument. Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) was performed on silica gel aluminium plates (Merck 60, F254), and flash chromatography utilised silica gel (Merck 6OTM, 230-400 mesh ASTM). Except for the HOBt (NovaBiochem) and solid-supported reagents (Argonaut), all other chemicals and solvents were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich and were used as supplied without further purification.
Anhydrous solvents were prepared by distillation under a dry nitrogen atmosphere in the presence of an appropriate drying agent, and were stored over 4A molecular sieves or sodium wire.
Petroleum ether refers to the fraction boiling at 40-60 C.
Compound 1 was synthesised as described in WO 2010/043880 (Compound 17).
General LC/MS conditions: The HPLC (Waters Alliance 2695) was run using a mobile phase of water (A) (formic acid 0.1%) and acetonitrile (B) (formic acid 0.1%).
Gradient:
initial composition 5% B over 1.0 min then 5% B to 95%13 within 3 min. The composition was held for 0.5 min at 95% B, and then returned to 5% B in 0.3 minutes. Total gradient run time equals 5 min. Flow rate 3.0 mL/min, 400pL was split via a zero dead volume tee piece which passes into the mass spectrometer. Wavelength detection range: 220 to 400 nm. Function type: diode array (535 scans). Column: Phenomenex Onyx Monolithic C18 50 x 4.60 mm Synthesis of boronate ester I
(a) Methyl-prop-2-ynyl-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trichloro-ethyl ester (12) A solution of Troc chloroformate (10.2 mL, 75.8 mmol, 1.05 eq ) in DCM (100 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of N-methylpropargylamine (I1)(5g, 72.3 mmol, 1 eq) and TEA (12.08 mL, 0.86 mmol, 1.2 eq) in DCM (150 mL) at -78 C. The reaction mixture was allowed to return to stir overnight at room temperature. The solution was washed with water (200 mL), 0.1 N aqueous citric acid (200 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3(100 mL), and brine (50 mL). The organic phase was dried with magnesium sulphate and evaporated in vacua to provide the desired product as a colorless oil (15.5 g, 93 %). Not detected by LC/MS. 111 NMR (400 MHz, CD0I3) 6 4.69 (s, 2H), 4.09 (d, 2H, J = 2.4 Hz), 3.01-2.97 (m, 3H), 2.20 (t, 1H, J = 2.4 Hz).
(b) Methyl-[(E)-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-[1,3,2]dioxaborolan-2-y1)-allyli-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trichloroethyl ester (13) Neat BH3.SMe2 complex (1.7 mL, 16.8 mmol, 1.3 eq) was added dropwise to a solution of alpha (-)pinene (5.4 mL, 33.6 mmol, 2.6 eq) in dry THF (5 mL) at 0 C under argon. The reaction was allowed to stir overnight and a white precipitate was observed. A
solution of Troc protected methylpropargylamine (3 g, 13 mmol, 1 eq) in dry THF (5 mL) was added to the reaction mixture at 0 C and the reaction was allowed to proceed overnight at room temperature. Neat acetaldehyde (22 mL, 387 mmol, 30 eq) was then added at 0 C
and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours. The volatiles were removed under vacuum.
Ether (20 mL) was added, followed by pinacol (2.4 g, 20.1 mmol, 1.2 eq). The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The mixture was taken up in pentane (20 mL), washed with water (2 x 10 mL), then dried over magnesium sulphate. The volatiles were removed by rotoevaporation and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (Gradient: 0/100 to 10/90 ethyl acetate/hexane v/v). The pure fractions were visualised with potassium permanganate and pulled to yield 2.25 g (46%) of pure boronate ester. Not detected by LC/MS. 1H NMR (400 MHz, C0CI3) 6 6.44 (dt, 1H, J= 18.0 Hz, J= 4.9 Hz,), 5.48 (dd, 1H, J
= 18.0 Hz, J= 1.3 Hz), 4.66 (d, 2H, J= 6.3 Hz), 3.95 (dd, 2H, J= 4.9 Hz, J=
1.7 Hz), 2.89 (d, 2H, J= 8.5 Hz), 1.20 (s, 12H).
Example 1 SEM SEM
H
N OMe Me0 OTf Me0 i õ
N OMe Me0 NU,, , \
OTf Me0 +
N.y.0001, 70....13.
/
____N N........
I
N OMe Me0 N
.---- y -=,.--Me0 O
I
N Me Me0 N
\ ./ NH
./
Me0 (a) Compound 2 Compound 1 (Compound 17 of WO 2010/0043880) was dissolved in dry THF (25 mL) and cooled at -78 C (700 mg, 0.65 mmol, 1 eq). A solution of super hydride in THF
(1M, 1.95 mL, 1.95 mmol, 3 eq) was injected slowly in the stirred reaction mixture.
Reaction completion was observed after 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was quenched with water (10 mL) and later extracted with DCM (100 mL). The organics were washed with water (100 mL), then brine (50 mL). The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate and the volatiles removed by rotoevaporation, followed by hard vacuum. The residue was treated with DCM (50 mL), ethanol (140 mL), water (70 mL) and silica gel (100 g). The viscous mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 days. The mixture was filtered slowly through a sinter funnel and the silica residue washed with chloroform/methanol v/v (500mL). The organic phase was washed with water (300 mL), brine (100 mL), dried (magnesium sulphate), filtered, and evaporated in vacuo to provide the crude material which was purified by flash chromatography (gradient methanol /
chloroform, 0/100 up 2.5/97.5, v/v) to yield 150 mg (29 %) of relatively unstable PBD mono triflate (2) which was used directly in the next step.
(b) Compound 3 Solid Pd(PPh3)4(6.6 mg, 5.7 pmol) was added to a stirred solution of the PBD
mono-triflate (2)(150 mg, 0.19 mmol) and Troc-protected boronated ester (13)(114 mg, 0.31 mmol), in toluene (8 mL), Et0H (4 mL), and Na2CO3 (65 mg, 0.61 mmol), in H20 (4 mL) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir under a nitrogen atmosphere for 20 hours, at which point the reaction was deemed complete as judged by LC/MS and TLC
(Et0Ac). The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation under reduced pressure in vacuo and the resulting residue partitioned between Et0Ac (30 mL) and H20 (60 mL).
The aqueous phase was extracted with Et0Ac (2 x 30 mL) and the combined organic layers washed with H20 (30 mL), brine (40 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to provide the crude product (3). The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (gradient methanol / chloroform, 0.5/100 up 2.5197.5, v/v) to yield 60 mg (35.5 %).
LC/MS rt 3.28 min m/z (879.97) M+H.
(c) Compound 4 Finely divided, freshly prepared Cd/Pb couple (150 mg) was added to a solution of Troc protected PBD dimer (3)(55 mg, 0.070 mmol) in THF / 1N aqueous ammonium acetate (1.5 mL /1.5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred vigorously and completion was observed after 1h. The mixture was filtered through celite and the filtrate taken up in 15 % Me0H in chloroform (v/v, 3 x 20 mL) and 1N aqueous sodium carbonate (50 mL). The organics were washed with brine (20 mL), dried on sodium sulphate and the volatiles removed in vacuum.
The crude material was purified by preparative LC/MS to provide compound 4.
LC/MS rt 2.43 min m/z (704.4) M+H.
General Experimental Methods for following examples LCMS data were obtained using an AgilentTM 1200 series LC/MS with an Agilent quadrupole MS, with Electrospray ionisation. Mobile phase A - 0.1% Acetic acid in water.
Mobile Phase B - 0.1% in acetonitrile. Flow rate of 1.00m1/min. Gradient from 5% B rising up to 95% B over 3 minutes, remaining at 95% B for 1 minute and then back down to 5% B
over 6 seconds. The total run time is 5 minutes. Column: Phenomenex Geminirm-NX 3pm C18, 30 x 2.00mm. Chromatograms based on UV detection at 254nm. Mass Spectra were achieved using the MS in positive mode. Proton NMR chemical shift values were measured on the delta scale at 400 MHz using a Bruker AV400. The following abbreviations have been used: s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; q, quartet; m, multiplet; br, broad. Coupling constants are reported in Hz. Unless otherwise stated, column chromatography (by the flash procedure) were performed on Merck KieselgelTM silica (Art. 9385). Mass spectroscopy (MS) data were collected using a Waters Micromass LCT instrument coupled to a Waters 2795 HPLC separations module. Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) was performed on silica gel aluminium plates (Merck 60, F254). All other chemicals and solvents were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich or Fisher Scientific and were used as supplied without further purification.
Optical rotations were measured on an ADP 220 polarimeter (Bellingham Stanley Ltd.) and concentrations (c) are given in g/100mL. Melting points were measured using a digital melting point apparatus (Electrothermal). IR spectra were recorded on a Perkin-Elmer Spectrum 1000 FT IR Spectrometer. 1H and 13C NMR spectra were acquired at 300 K
using a Bruker Avance NMR spectrometer at 400 and 100 MHz, respectively.
Chemical shifts are reported relative to TMS (6 = 0.0 ppm), and signals are designated as s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), dt (double triplet), dd (doublet of doublets), ddd (double doublet of doublets) or m (multiplet), with coupling constants given in Hertz (Hz). Mass spectroscopy (MS) data were collected using a Waters Micromass ZQ instrument coupled to a Waters 2695 HPLC with a Waters 2996 FDA. Waters Micromass ZQ parameters used were:
Capillary (kV), 3.38; Cone (V), 35; Extractor (V), 3.0; Source temperature ( C), 100;
Desolvation Temperature ( C), 200; Cone flow rate (L/h), 50; De-solvation flow rate (Uh), 250. High-resolution mass spectroscopy (HRMS) data were recorded on a Waters Micromass QTOF Global in positive W-mode using metal-coated borosilicate glass tips to introduce the samples into the instrument. Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) was performed on silica gel aluminium plates (Merck 60, F254), and flash chromatography utilised silica gel (Merck 60, 230-400 mesh ASTM). Except for the HOBt (NovaBiochem) and solid-supported reagents (Argonaut), all other chemicals and solvents were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich and were used as supplied without further purification.
Anhydrous solvents were prepared by distillation under a dry nitrogen atmosphere in the presence of an appropriate drying agent, and were stored over 4A molecular sieves or sodium wire.
Petroleum ether refers to the fraction boiling at 40-60 C.
General LC/MS conditions: The HPLC (Waters Alliance 2695) was run using a mobile phase of water (A) (formic acid 0.1%) and acetonitrile (B) (formic acid 0.1%).
Gradient:
initial composition 5% B over 1.0 min then 5% B to 95% B within 3 min. The composition was held for 0.5 min at 95% B, and then returned to 5% B in 0.3 minutes. Total gradient run time equals 5 min. Flow rate 3.0 mUmin, 400pL was split via a zero dead volume tee piece which passes into the mass spectrometer. Wavelength detection range: 220 to 400 nm. Function type: diode array (535 scans). Column: Phenomenee Onyx Monolithic 50 x 4.60 mm Synthesis of Key Intermediates (i) 1,141(Propane-1,3-diy1)dioxypis(llaS)-7-methoxy-2-g(trifluoromethyl)sulfonyljoxy]-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-1,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c1[1,4]-benzodiazepin-5,11-dione] (7) Compound 5 was synthesised as described in WO 2010/043880 (Compound 6a).
SEM SEM
o HO OH
SEM SEM
SEM SEM
Tf0 OTf (a) 1,1 '-[[(Propane-1,3-thyl)dioxy]bis[(11 aS)-11-sulpho-7-methoxy-2-oxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)1,2,3,10,11,11a-hexahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-5,11-dione]] (6) Diol 5 (25.60 g, 29.9 mmol, 1.0 eq.), Na0Ac (6.90 g, 84.1 mmol, 2.8 eq.) and TEMPO
(0.188 g, 1.2 mmol, 0.04 eq.) were dissolved in DCM (326 mL) under nitrogen.
This was cooled to -8 C and TCCA (9.70 g, 41.7 mmol, 1.4 eq.) was added portionwise over 20 minutes during which the solution turned dark brown which lightened as reaction proceeded. After 30 mins cold DCM (200 mL) was added and mixture was filtered through celite and then washed with a solution of saturdated sodium hydrogencarbonate/sodium thiosulphate (1:1 v/v; 200 mL x 2). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to yield the bis ketone 6 as a yellow/orange sponge (25.5 g, 100%). LC/MS (3.173 min (ES)). m/z: 854.20 [M]. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 6 7.32 (s, 2H), 7.25 (s, 2H), 5.50 (d, 2H, J= 10.1 Hz), 4.75 (d, 2H, J= 10.1 Hz), 4.60 (dd, 2H, J= 9.9, 3.1 Hz), 4.31-4.18 (m, 6H), 3.89-3.84 (m, 8H), 3.78-3.62 (m, 4H), 3.55 (dd, 2H, J
= 19.3, 3.0 Hz), 2.76 (dd, 2H, J= 18.6, 10.2 Hz), 2.42 (p, 2H, J= 5.8 Hz), 0.98-0.91 (m, 4H), 0.00 (s, 18H).
(b) 1,1 '-ff(Propane-1,3-diyOdioxylbis(11aS)-7-methoxy-2-gtrifluoromethyl)sulfonylioxy]-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-1,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-5H-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]-benzodiazepin-5,11-dione] (7) Anhydrous 2,6-lutidine (1.984 g, 17.864 mmol, 6.22 eq.) was injected in one portion to a vigorously stirred solution of bis-ketone 6 (2.45 g, 2.977 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in dry DCM (90 mL) at -45 C (dry ice/acetonitrile) under a nitrogen atmosphere. Anhydrous triflic anhydride (5.04 g, 17.86 mmol, 6.0 eq.) taken from a freshly opened ampule was injected rapidly dropwise while maintaining the temperature no higher than -40 C. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at -45 C for 1 hour at which point TLC (50/50 v/v n-hexane/Et0Ac) and LCMS revealed complete consumption of the starting material. The cold reaction mixture was immediately diluted with DCM (100 mL) and, with vigorous shaking, washed with water (1 x 50 mL), 5% citric acid solution (1 x 100 mL), saturated NaHCO3 (100 mL), brine (50 mL) and dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product which was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, gradient elution 90:10 n-hexane/Et0Ac v/v to 60:40 n-hexane/Et0Ac v/v) to afford the bis enol triflate 7 as a yellow foam (2.097 g, 63%). LC/MS (3.916 min (ES')). m/z: 1117.24 [M] . 1H
NMR (400 MHz, 0D013)6 7.33 (s, 2H), 7.26 (s, 2H), 7.14 (t, 2H, J= 2.0 Hz), 5.51 (d, 2H, J = 10.1 Hz), 4.76 (d, 2H, J = 10.1 Hz), 4.62 (dd, 2H, J = 11.0, 3.6 Hz), 4.32 ¨ 4.23 (m, 4H), 3.94¨ 3.90 (m, 8H), 3.81 -3.64 (m, 4H), 3.16 (ddd, 2H, J= 16.4, 11.1, 2.3 Hz), 2.43 (p, 2H, J= 5.9 Hz), 1.23 - 0.92 (m, 4H), 0.02 (s, 18H).
(ii) (E)-(9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl 3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethy1-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)allylcarbamate (10) NH2 NHFmoc oõ.BNHFmoc (a) (9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl prop-2-ynylcarbamate (9) A solution of Fmoc chloride (25.00 g, 96.64 mmol, 1.05 eq.) in DCM (150 mL) was added dropwise to a solution of propargylamine 8 (5.89 mL, 92.04 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and triethylamine (15.4 mL, 110.4 mmol, 1.2 eq.) in DCM (200 mL) at -78 C. The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature, and after 16 hours the solution was washed with water (300 mL), 0.1 N aqueous citric acid (300 mL), saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (300 mL) and brine (200 mL). The organic phase was dried over magnesium sulphate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide an amorphous white powder. Sonication in cold hexane (200 mL) followed by filtration afforded the product as a white solid (24.316 g, 95%). LC/MS (2.758 min (ES)). m/z: 300.0 [M+Na]. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCI3) 6 7.74 (d, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.57 (d, 2H, J= 7.4 Hz), 7.41 - 7.37 (m, 2H), 7.30 (dt, 2H, J= 7.5, 1.2 Hz), 4.93 (br s, 1H), 4.41 (d, 2H, J= 6.9 Hz), 4.21 (t, 1H, J= 6.4 Hz), 3.99 (d, 2H, J= 3.3 Hz), 2.24 (t, 1H, J= 2.5 Hz).
(b) (E)-(9H-fluoren-9-yOmethyl 3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethy1-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)allylcarbamate (10) Neat BH3.SMe2 complex (9.35 mL, 92.47 mmol, 1.3 eq.) was added dropwise to a solution of alpha (-)pinene (25.20 g, 19.72 mmol, 2.6 eq.) in dry THF (40 mL) at 0 C
under nitrogen.
The reaction was allowed to stir overnight and a white precipitate was observed. A solution of Fmoc propargylamine 9 (19.72 g, 71.13 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in dry THF (40 mL) was added to the reaction mixture at 0 C and the reaction was allowed to proceed overnight at room temperature causing the white precipitate to dissolve and form a pale straw suspension.
Neat acetaldehyde (121.32 mL, 2.134 mol, 30.0 eq.) was then added at 0 C and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours. The volatiles where removed under reduced pressure.
Diethyl ether (125 mL) was added, followed by pinacol (10.08 g, 85.36 mmol, 1.2 eq.). The mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The mixture was taken up in DCM (125 mL), washed with water (2 x 75 mL), then dried over magnesium sulphate. The volatiles were removed by concentration under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (0/100 to 60/40 ethyl acetate/hexane v/v).
The product fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a colourless oil which was taken up in a small amount of DCM, cooled to -78 C and hexane added until a white precipitate formed. The suspension was allowed to stir for 5 minutes and filtered to afford the product as a white solid (14.09 g, 49%). LC/MS (min (ES)). m/z:
[M]. 1H NMR
(400 MHz, CDCI3) ) 6 7.76 (d, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.59 (d, 2H, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.40 (t, 2H, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.32 (t, 2H, J= 7.4 Hz), 6.59 (dt, 1H, J= 18.0, 4.7 Hz), 5.60 (d, 2H, J=
18.0 Hz), 4.90-4.83 (m, 1H), 4.40 (d, 2H, J= 7.1 Hz), 4.22 (t, 1H, J = 7.1 Hz), 3.92 (t, 1H, J = 4.7 Hz), 1.27 (s, 12H).
(S)-2-((S)-2-(((9H-fluoren-9-Amethoxy)carbonylamino)-3-methylbutanamido)propanoic acid (HO-Ala-Val-Fmoc) (12) H N H2 H NHFmoc H-Val-Ala-OH 11 (1.0g, 5.313 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and Na2CO3 (1.42 g, 13.282 mmol, 2.5 eq.) were solubilised in distilled H20 (40 mL) and the mixture was cooled to 0 C
before dioxane (40 mL) was added. Partial precipitation of the amino acid salt occurred. A
solution of Fmoc-CI (1.44 g, 5.579 mmol, 1.05 eq.) dissolved in dioxane (40 mL) was added dropwise with vigorous stirring over 10 minutes. The resulting mixture was stirred at 0 C for 2 hours before the ice bath was removed and the stirring maintained for 16 hours. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the solid remaining dissolved in water (450 mL).
The pH was adjusted to 2 with 1N HCI (25 mL) and the aqueous layer was subsequently extracted with Et0Ac (3 x 250 mL). The combined organics were washed with brine (100 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and the volatiles removed under reduced pressure to afford pure HO-Ala-Val-Fmoc 12 as a white solid (2.06 g, 94%). LC/MS (2.758min (ES
)), m/z:
411.0 [M4-H]. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 612.47 (br s, 1H), 8.20 (d, 1H, J =
6.7 Hz), 7.89 (d, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.75 (t, 2H, J = 6.8 Hz), 7.43 - 7.38 (m, 3H), 7.34 -7.30 (m, 2H), 4.31 -4.16 (m, 4H), 3.88 (dd, 1H, J= 8.8, 7.2 Hz), 1.98(m, 1H), 1.26 (d, 3H, J= 7.3 Hz), 0.89 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz), 0.86 (d, 3H, J = 6.8 Hz).
Example 2 SEM SEM
0 / % 0 , Fe 0 C)./''''..C) 0 Ni----/6"- o + 1 1-0----BNHFmoc N OMe Me0 /
Tf0 OTf 10 SEM / SEM
H 0...0 N
-.
OMe Me0 N
/ =/' NHFmoc If ''---SEM SEM
H
N o,........"--,.-- o H
-.
11101 N NHFmoc OMe Me0 N. r"
R
0 14a-e 0 If o----0 I-1 -- 0 c:=-====0 0110 --- H
NHFmoc -. ..--' ====".
R
If 0,,,,,,.,,,, 0 OMe Me0 N NH2 \. ...". 7.
R
16a-e a b c d e R
-A
.7----\ -..A 0 <0 el ,N,..) (a) (S)-8-(3-((S)-2-((E)-3-(((9H-fluoren-9-yOmethoxy)carbonylamino)prop-1-eny1)-7-methoxy-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,11a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-7-methoxy-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-aff1,4]diazepin-2-y1 trifluoromethanesulfonate (13) A suspension of the boronic ester 10 (2.19 g, 5.61 mmol, 0.95 eq.) in toluene (6 mL) was added dropwise over 1 hour to a stirring solution of the bis-enol triflate 7 (6.6 g, 5.91 mmol, 1.0 eq.), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.273 g, 0.236 mmol, 0.04 eq.), sodium carbonate (2.00 g, 18.91 mmol, 3.2 eq.) in methanol (28 mL), toluene (56 mL) and water (34 mL). The reaction mixture was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight, then concentrated to dryness and the residue was taken up in Et0Ac (200 mL) and washed with water (2 x 150 mL), brine (150 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 80:20 hexane/Et0Ac v/v to 10:90 hexane/Et0Ac then neat Et0Ac) to afford recovered 7, product and bis-substituted impurity. 2.49 g (37%) of 13 as a yellow solid.
LC/MS (3.930 min (ES )), m/z: 1247.39 [M+H]t. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 5 7.78 (d, 2H, J =
7.6 Hz), 7.60 (d, 2H, J= 7.4 Hz), 7.41 (t, 2H, J= 7.6 Hz), 7.36 - 7.31 (m, 1H), 7.14 (m, 1H), 6.96 (m, 1H), 6.36 (d, 1H, J= 14.4 Hz), 5.69 - 5.59 (m, 1H), 5.51 (dd, 2H, J =
10.1, 3.0 Hz), 4.87 -4.81 (m, 1H), 4.75 (dd, 2H, J = 10.1, 7.9 Hz), 4.61 (dd, 1H, J = 10.9, 3.6 Hz), 4.54 (dd, 2H, J = 10.6, 3.3 Hz), 4.43 (d, 2H, J = 6.6 Hz), 4.31-4.20 (m, 6H), 3.95 -3.87 (m, 9H), 3.81 - 3.63 (m, 6H), 3.15 (ddd, 1H, J= 16.2, 10.9, 2.3 Hz), 2.93-2.83(m, 1H), 2.43 (hep, 1H, J = 5.8 Hz), 1.00 - 0.92 (m, 4H), 0.01 (s, 18H). 2.06 g (33%) of 7. LC/MS
(3.916 min (ES+)). 0.770 g of bis-substituted impurity as a yellow solid. LC/MS (3.977 min (ES)). m/z:
1376.52 [M+H]t.
(b) Compounds 14a-e (i) (9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl (E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-methy1-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsilyoethoxy)methy0-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]d1azep1n-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5,11 -dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,11 a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,41diazepin-2-yl)allylcarbamate (14a) Triphenylarsine (0.010 g, 0.0321 mmol, 0.8 eq.) was added to a mixture of triflate 13 (0.050 g, 0.0401 mmol, 1.0 eq.), methylboronic acid (0.012 g, 0.20 mmol, 5.0 eq.), silver oxide (0.074 g, 0.321 mmol, 8.0 eq.) and potassium phosphate tribasic (0.102 g, 0.481 mmol, 12.0 eq.) in dry dioxane (2 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was flushed with nitrogen and bis(benzonitrile)palladium(II) chloride (0.003 g, 0.00802 mmol, 0.2 eq.) = 92 was added. The reaction was flushed with nitrogen once more before being warmed to 70 C for 1 hour. The reaction conditions above were repeated on 0.200 g of triflate 13, and the combined reaction mixtures were filtered through a pad of Celite with ethyl acetate washings. The crude material was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by flash chromatography to afford the product as a pale yellow solid (0.010 g, 56%). LC/MS
(3.823 min (ES)), m/z: 1112.92 [M+H].
(9H-fluoren-9-yOrnethyl (E)-34(S)-7-methoxy-8-(34(S)-7-methoxy-5,11-dioxo-2-((E)-prop-1-eny0-104(2-(trimethylsilyOethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzolepyrrolo[1, 2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methy0-5,10,11,11a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzolelpyrrolo[1, 2-al[1 ,4]diazepin-2-yOallylcarbamate (14c) Trans-1-propen-1-ylboronic acid (0.103 g, 1.20 mmol, 3.0 eq.), triethylamine (0.220 ml, 1.60 mmol, 4.0 eq.) and mono triflate 13 (0.500 g, 0.401 mmol, 1.0 eq.) were dissolved in a mixture of ethanol (10 mL), toluene (20 mL) and water (3 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was degassed under nitrogen for 5 minutes and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.018 g, 0.016 mmol, 0.04 eq.) added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60 C for 50 minutes, then concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure and the crude solid was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 50:50 acetate/hexane v/v then 66:33 ethyl acetate/hexane v/v) to afford the product as pale yellow solid.(0.35 g, 77%). LC/MS (3.910 min (ES)), m/z: 1137.86 [M+H].
(9H-fluoren-9-yOmethyl (E)-34(S)-8-(34(S)-2-(benzo[d][1, 3jdioxo1-5-y0-7-methoxy-5,11-dioxo-1042-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methy0-5, 10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1, 2-411, 4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-7-methoxy-5,11-dioxo-1042-(trimethylsilyOethoxy)methy0-5,10,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzolelpyrrolo[1, 2-a][1,4]diazepin-2-yOallylcarbamate (14d) 3,4-(methylenedioxy)phenyl boronic acid (0.027 g, 0.160 mmol, 2.0 eq.), triethylamine (0.065 g, 0.064 mmol, 8.0 eq.) and mono triflate 13 (0.100 g, 0.080 mmol, 1.0 eq.) were dissolved in a mixture of ethanol (1 mL), toluene (2 mL) and water (0.4 mL) under nitrogen.
The reaction vessel was evacuated and flushed with nitrogen three times before the addition of tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium(0) (0.006 g, 0.005 mmol, 0.06 eq.). The flask was then evacuated and flushed with nitrogen three times and heated under microwave irradiation at 80 C for 8 minutes. This reaction was repeated twice on 0.100g scale and once on 0.130g scale. The crude reaction mixtures were combined, diluted with DCM (10 mL) and washed with H20 (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 30/70 to 20/80 v/v hexane/ ethyl acetate) to afford the product as a pale yellow solid (0.199 g, 62%). LC/MS (3.887 min (ES')), m/z: 1217.57 [M+H]. 1H
NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 6 7.77 (d, 2H, J = 7.4 Hz), 7.60 (d, 2H, J = 7.5 Hz), 7.43 ¨ 7.29 (m, 7H), 6.97 ¨ 6.94 (m, 2H), 6.88 (dd, 2H, J = 7.8, 1.7 Hz), 6.78 (d, 2H, J = 8.1 Hz), 6.35 (d, 1H, J= 15.7 Hz), 5.97 (s, 2H), 5.69¨ 5.59 (m, 1H), 5.50 (dd, 2H, J = 10.1, 2.7 Hz), 4.84 (m, 1H), 4.75 (dd, 2H, J = 10.1, 5.8 Hz), 4.61 ¨ 4.52 (m, 3H), 4.44 (d, 1H, J
= 6.9 Hz), 4.32-4.20 (m, 6H), 3.94 ¨ 3.87 (m, 9H), 3.81 ¨ 3.64 (m, 6H), 3.15 (ddd, 1H, J =
16.2, 10.6, 1.9 Hz), 2.88 (m, 1H), 2.43 (m, 1H), 0.99 ¨ 0.95 (m, 4H), 0.01 (s, 18H).
(iv) (9H-fluoren-9-yOmethyl (E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pheny1)-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsilyi)ethoxy)methyl)-5,1 0,1 1,11a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5,11-dioxo-1 0-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,41diazepin-2-yOallylcarbamate (14e) Mono triflate 13 (0.100 g, 0.0802 mmol, 1.0 eq.), (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenylboronic acid, pinacol ester (0.023 g, 0.0762, 0.95 eq.) and triethylamine (0.051 mL, 0.369 mmol, 4.6 eq.) were solubilised in a mixture of Toluene/Ethanol/H20 [6:3:1] (4 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was flushed with nitrogen for 5 minutes and palladium-tetrakistriphenylphosphine (0.9 mg, 0.000802 mmol, 0.01 eq.) was added. The reaction was then subjected to microwave irradiation at 80 C for 5 minutes. The above reaction was repeated 3 times on 0.100g scale. The combined reaction mixtures were concentrated under reduced pressure, and the solid residue was partitioned between H20 (180 mL) and ethyl acetate (180 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 180 mL) before the combined organics were washed with brine (180 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude mixture was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 40:1 v/v DCM/Me0H to 20:1 v/v DCM/Me0H) to afford the desired product as a yellow solid (0.220 g, 54%). LC/MS (2.833 min (ES)), m/z:
1272.53 [M+H]t. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 67.77 (d, 2H, J= 7.5 Hz), 7.60 (d, 2H, J = 7.3 Hz), 7.43 ¨ 7.39 (m, 3H), 7.35 ¨ 7.30 (m, 6H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 6.90 ¨ 6.87 (m, 1H), 6.34 (d, 1H, J= 15.7 Hz), 5.67 ¨ 5.57 (m, 1H), 5.50 (dd, 2H, J= 10.1, 3.3 Hz), 4.86 (m, 1H), 4.75 (dd, 2H, J= 10.1, 5.6 Hz), 4.54 (m, 2H), 4.44 (d, 2H, J= 6.8 Hz), 4.31 ¨4.21 (m, 6H), 3.96 ¨3.87 (m, 9H), 3.81 ¨ 3.73 (m, 3H), 3.71 ¨ 3.62 (m, 3H), 3.31 ¨3.20 (m, 5H), 3.10 (m, 1H), 2.87 (m, 1H), 2.58 (m, 4H), 2.43 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 0.97 (m, 4H), 0.01 (s, 18H).
(c) Compounds 15a-e (i) (9H-fluoren-9-yOmethyl (E)-3-((S)-8-(3-((S)-2-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxo1-5-yI)-7-methoxy-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]d1azep1n-8-yloxy)propoxy)-7-methoxy-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1H-benzo[efpyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-2-yOallylcarbamate (15d) SEM dilactam 14d (0.223 g, 0.183 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was solubilised in THF (10 mL) and cooled to -78 C under a nitrogen atmosphere. Super hydride solution (0.373 mL, 0.373 mmol, 2.04 eq.). was added dropwise over 5 minutes. After 20 minutes an aliquot was washed with water for LCMS and TLC analysis and after 30 minutes water (30 mL) was added and the cold bath removed. The organic layer was extracted with Et0Ac (2 x 30 mL) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine (30 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was dissolved in Me0H (12 mL), DCM (6 mL) and water (2 mL) and enough silica gel to form a thick stirring suspension which was left for 5 days. The suspension was filtered and washed with DCM/Me0H 9:1 (-200 mL) until complete elution of product. The organic layer was washed with brine (2 x 70 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 100/0 to 90/10 v/v 0H0I3/ Me0H) to afford the product as a yellow solid (0.133 g, 79%). LC/MS
(2.916 min (ES)), m/z: 926.33 [M+Hr.
(ii) (9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl (E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)-5-oxo-5,1 1 a-dihydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-aff1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5-oxo-5,1 1 a-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-yl)allylcarbamate (15e) SEM dilactam 14e (0.250 g, 0.196 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was solubilised in THF (13 mL) and cooled to -78 C under a nitrogen atmosphere. Super hydride solution (0.40 mL, 0.401 mmol, 2.04 eq.) was added dropwise over 5 min. After 20 min an aliquot was washed with water for LCMS and TLC analysis. After 30 mins water (30 mL) was added and the cold bath removed. The organic layer was extracted with Et0Ac (2 x 40 mL) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine (40 mL), dried with MgSO4, filtered and removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was dissolved in Me0H (13 mL), DCM (7 mL) and water (1.7 mL) and enough silica gel to form a thick stirring suspension.
After 5 days the suspension was filtered through a sintered funnel and washed with DCM/Me0H 9:1 (-200 mL) until complete elution of product. The organic layer was washed with brine (2 x 70 mL), dried with MgSO4, filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure.
Purification by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0H0I3 100 to 96:4 v/v 0H013/Me0H) afforded the product as a pale yellow solid (0.090 g, 47%). LC/MS (2.112 min (ES)), m/z: 981.0 [M4-H].
(d) Compounds 16a-e 5 (i) (S)-2-((E)-3-aminoprop-1-eny1)-8-(3-((S)-2-(benzo[df[1,3]dioxol-5-y1)-7-methoxy-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1H-benzofe]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-7-methoxy-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,4]d1azep1n-5(1 1 aH)-one (16d) Piperidine (6 drops, excess) was added to a stirring mixture of Fmoc allylamine 15d (0.030 g, 0.0306 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in anhydrous DMF (0.30 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 10 ambient temperature. After 20 minutes, LCMS of the reaction mixture showed reaction completion and the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (30 mL) and washed with water (3 x 30 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in chloroform and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration to afford the product as an orange solid (0.003 g, 15 13%). LC/MS (1.802 min (ES')), m/z: 704.1 [M+H].
(ii) (S)-2-((E)-3-aminoprop-1-eny1)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-Apheny1)-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,41d1azep1n-8-yloxy)propoxy)-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-4[1,4]diazepin-5(11aH)-one (16e) 20 Piperidine (4 drops, excess) was added to a stirring mixture of Fmoc allylamine 15e (0.02 g, 0.0204 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in anhydrous DMF (0.25 mL) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. After 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (30 mL) and washed with water (3 x 30 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in chloroform and 25 the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration to afford the product as an orange solid (0.001 g, 7%). LC/MS (1.495 min (ES)), m/z: 379.5 1/2[M+21-1].
Synthesis of key intermediate 14 y0 0 30 1-iodo-2-oxo-6,9,12,15-tetraoxa-3-azaoctadecan-18-oic acid (15) A solution of iodoacetic anhydride (0.250 g, 0.706 mmol, 1.1 eq) in dry DCM (1 mL) was added to amino-PEGoracid 14 (0.170 g, 0.642 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (1 mL). The mixture was stirred in the dark at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was washed with 0.1 M HCI, water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 3%
Me0H and 0.1% formic acid in chloroform to 10% Me0H and 0.1% formic acid in chloroform) to afford the product as an orange oil (0.118 g, 42%). LC/MS (1.623 min (ES-F)), m/z:
433..98 [M+H]. I H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 6 8.069 (s, 1H), 7.22 (br s, 1H), 3.79 (t, 2H, J = 5.8 Hz), 3.74 (s, 2H), 3.72¨ 3.58 (m, 14H), 3.50 ¨ 3.46 (m, 2H), 2.62 (t, 2H, J = 5.8 Hz).
Example 3 SFM SFM
0 i 1 0 R...e H
411"111 OMe Me0 11111311 / NHFmoc 14a-e \ 0 F.....d\--1, ill, (:)\-----\..,- rilli H
\ 41111111)-" OMe Me0 411111killi 17a-e SEM I SEM
0 / k 0 H. 0,.,.....,..õ..0 H Ii2-....., ,, Ny., NHFmoc OMe Me 18a-e I
H i 0 N' HFmoc R OMe Me0 H
19a-e 0 I
0-.....-------0 io H
Me H !
,..,. ....., N.,....r.......).x.N.,1H, R
0 20a e 0 g H
I
0 0......õ..-....õ,0 al H
OMe Me0 111111" / == r\CC
I
R
0 0 0 H A g 21a -e a R võ,\ A <
(a) Compounds 17a-e (i) (S)-2-((E)-3-aminoprop-1-eny1)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-methyl-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-10-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-aff1,4]diazepine-5,11(10H,11aH)-dione (17a) Piperidine (0.133 mL, 1.35 mmol, 12 eq.) was added to a stirred solution of Fmoc amine 14a (0.125 g, 0.112 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in DMF (1.8 ml). After stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, LCMS analysis indicated consumption of starting material and the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (200 mL) and washed with water (3 x 200 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness to afford the crude product which did not undergo further purification (0.100 g, assumed 100%
yield). This material was used without further characterisation.
(h) (S)-2-((E)-3-aminoprop-1-eny1)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-5,11-dioxo-2-((E)-prop-1-eny1)-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-10-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,4]diazepine-5,11 (10H,11 aH)-dione (17c) Piperidine (0.40 mL, 4.0 mmol, 12 eq.) was added to a stirred solution of Fmoc amine 14c (0.380 g, 0.334 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in DMF (5.0 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 20 minutes, LCMS analysis indicated consumption of starting material and the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (300 mL) and washed with water (3 x 300 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford the crude product which did not undergo further purification (0.306 g, assumed 100% yield).
LC/MS (2.533 min (ES)), m/z: 916.3 [M4-H].
(iii) (S)-2-((E)-3-aminoprop-1-enyI)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pheny1)-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,41d1azep1n-8-yloxy)propoxy)-10-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-4[1,4]diazepine-5,11(10H,11aH)-dione (17e) Piperidine (0.40 mL, 4.0 mmol, 14.2 eq.) was added to a stirred solution of Fmoc amine 14e (0.358 g, 0.282 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in DMF (5.0 mL). The clear solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (300 mL) and washed with water (3 x 300 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product which did not undergo further purification(0.296 g, assumed 100% yield). LC/MS (2.049 min (ES)), m/z: 1051.2 [M+ H].
(b) Compounds 18a-e (i) (9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl (R)-1-((S)-1-((E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-methy1-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11, 1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,41d1azep1n-2-y0allylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1 -oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (18a) 1-Ethyl-3-(3'-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (0.018 g, 0.095 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was added to a solution of allylamine 17a (assumed 100% yield, 0.100 g, 0.095 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and HO-Ala-Val-Fmoc 12 (0.036 g, 0.095 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in dry dichloromethane (6 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 120 minutes at room temperature when the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (10 mL) and washed sequentially with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and excess dichloromethane removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 100:1 v/v DCM/Me0H to 40:1 v/v DCM/Me0H) to afford the product as a yellow solid (0.050 g, 35%). LC/MS (3.677 min (ES)), m/z:
1281.42 [M+H]. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 67.76 (d, 2H, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.40 (t, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.34 (d, 2H, J = 5.7 Hz), 7.31 (m, 3H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.68 (m, 1H), 6.34 (m, 3H), 5.58 (m, 1H), 5.49 (m, 2H), 4.71 (m, 2H), 4.45 (m, 5H), 4.27 (m, 4H), 4.22 (t, 1H, J= 7.0 Hz), 3.97 (m, 2H), 3.89 (m, 7H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.65 (m, 3H), 3.44 (m, 1H), 2.77 (m, 2H), 2.43 (m, 2H), 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.83 (d, 3H, J= 1.0 Hz), 1.40 (d, 3H, J= 6.9 Hz), 0.99 ¨ 0.91 (m, 10H), 0.01 (s, 9H), 0.00 (s, 9H).
(h) (9H-fluoren-9-yOmethyl (S)-1-((S)-1-((E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)- 7-methoxy-5,11-dioxo-2-((E)-prop-1-enyI)-10-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethyIsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-aff1,4]diazepin-2-yOallylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-l-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (18c) 1-Ethyl-3-(3'-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (0.0641 g, 0.334 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was added to a solution of allylamine 17c (assumed 100% yield, 0.306 g, 0.334 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and HO-Ala-Val-Fmoc 12 (0.1367 g, 0.334 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in dry dichloromethane (18 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 95 minutes at room temperature when the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (30 mL) and washed sequentially with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4 filtered and excess dichloromethane removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 100:1 v/v DCM/Me0H to 40:1 v/v DCM/Me0H) to afford the product as a yellow solid (0.220 g, 50%). LC/MS (3.804 min (ES)), m/z:
1307.37 [M+H]t. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 67.76 (d, 2H, J= 7.6 Hz), 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.39 (t, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.34 (d, 2H, J = 3.2 Hz), 7.31 (m, 3H), 7.26 (m, 1H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.85 (m, 1H), 6.36 (m, 2H), 6.24 (d, 1H, J= 14.7 Hz), 5.68 (m, 1H), 5.58 (m, 1H), 5.49 (m, 2H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 4.83 (m, 4H), 4.39 (m, 1H), 4.27 (m, 4H), 4.22 (t, 1H, J= 6.9 Hz), 3.98 (m, 3H), 3.89 (m, 8H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.65 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.43 (m, 2H), 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.82 (dd, 3H, J= 5.8, 0.8 Hz), 1.40 (d, 3H, J= 6.9 Hz), 0.99¨ 0.92 (m, 10H), 0.01 (s, 9H), 0.00 (s, 9H).
(iii) (9H-fluoren-9-yOmethyl (S)-1-((S)-1-((E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yOpheny1)-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,41d1azep1n-2-y1)allylamino)-1 -oxopropan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1 -oxobutan-ylcarbamate (18e) 1-Ethyl-3-(3'-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (0.0541 g, 0.282 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was added to a solution of allylamine 17e (assumed 100% yield, 0.296 g, 0.282 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and HO-Ala-Val-Fmoc 12 (0.116 g, 0.282 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in dry dichloromethane (18 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 80 minutes at room temperature when the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (30 mL) and washed sequentially with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4 filtered and excess dichloromethane removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 40:1 v/v DCM/Me0H to 20:1 v/v DCM/Me0H) to afford the product as a yellow solid (0.245 g, 60%). LC/MS (2.706 min (ES')), m/z:721.5 1/2[M+2H].
(c) Compounds 19a-e (i) (9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl (S)-1 -((S)-1 -((E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-5-oxo-2-((E)-prop-1 -enyl)-5,1 1 a-dihydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolof1 ,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5-oxo-5,1 1 a-dihydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,4]diazepin-2-yOallylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (19c) SEM Fmoc amine 18c (0.212 g, 0.162 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was solubilised in THF (9.2 mL) and cooled to -78 C under a nitrogen atmosphere. Super hydride solution (0.330 mL, 0.330 mmol, 2.04 eq.) was added drop wise over 4 minutes. After 45 minutes an aliquot was diluted with water and Me0H for LCMS After stirring for a further 10 mins, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (27 mL) and the cold bath removed. The organic layer was extracted with Et0Ac (2 x 27 mL) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine (27 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was dissolved in Me0H (11.05 mL), DCM (5.53 mL) and water (1.85 mL) and enough silica gel was added to form a thick suspension which was left stirring for 5 days.
The suspension was filtered and washed with DCM/Me0H 9:1 (-200 mL) until complete elution of product. The organic layer was washed with brine (2 x 70 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 40:1 v/v DCM/Me0H to 20:1 v/v DCM/Me0H) to afford the product as a yellow solid (0.060 g, 36%). LC/MS (2.802 min (ES)), m/z:
1016.15 [M+ H].
(ii) (9H-fluoren-9-yomethyl (R)-1-((S)-1-((E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-Aphenyl)-5-oxo-5,1 1 a-dihydro-1 H-benzo[elpyrrolo[1,2-41 ,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5-oxo-5,1 1 a-dihydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,41d1azep1n-2-Aallylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (19e) SEM Fmoc amine 18e (0.245 g, 0.170 mmol, 1.0 eq) was solubilised in THF (10.6 mL) and cooled to -78 C under a nitrogen atmosphere. Super hydride solution (0.347 mL, 0.347 mmol, 2.04 eq) was added drop wise over 4 minutes. After 45 minutes an aliquot was diluted with water and Me0H for LCMS After stirring for a further 10 minutes, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (35 mL) and the cold bath removed. The organic layer was extracted with Et0Ac (2 x 35 mL) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine (35 mL), dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in Me0H (12.8 mL), DCM (6.4 mL) and water (2.15 mL) and enough silica gel was added to form a thick suspension which was left stirring for 5 days.
The suspension was filtered and washed with DCM/Me0H 9:1 (-200 mL) until complete elution of product. The organic layer was washed with brine (2 x 100 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 40:1 v/v DCM/Me0H to 20:1 v/v DCM/Me0H) to afford the product (0.100 g, 51%). LC/MS (2.117 min (ES )), m/z: 575.7 1/2[M+2H]t.
(a) Compounds 20a-e (i) (S)-2-amino-N-((S)-1-((E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-5-oxo-2-((E)-prop-1-eny1)-5,1 1 a-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5-oxo-5,1 la-dihydro-1 H-benzolelpyrrolop,2-41,41diazepin-2-y0allylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-y1)-methylbutanamide (20c) Piperidine (0.04 mL, 4.1 mmol, 13.7 eq.) was added to a stirring mixture of Fmoc amine 19c (0.030 g, 0.0295 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous DMF (0.5 mL) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. After 20 minutes, LCMS showed reaction was completed so the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (75 mL) and washed with water (3 x 75 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. Co-evaporation with n-hexanes afforded the product as a brown oil, and the material was not subjected to further purification (0.023 g, assumed 100%).
LC/MS (1.868 min (ES )), m/z: 794.2 [M+H]t.
(S)-2-amino-N-((S)-1 -((E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-Apheny1)-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,41diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,4]diazep1n-2-Aallylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)-3-methylbutanamide (20e) Piperidine (0.058 mL, 0.590 mmol, 12.0 eq.) was added to a stirring mixture of Fmoc amine 19e (0.050 g, 0.0492 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in anhydrous DMF (0.8 mL) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. After 20 minutes, LCMS showed reaction was completed so the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (30 mL) and washed with water (3 x 30 mL).
The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. Co-evaporation with n-hexanes afforded the product as a brown oil, and the material was not subjected to further purification (0.040 g, assumed 100%). LC/MS
(1.533 min (ES)), m/z: 928.2 [M+H].
(a) Compounds 21a-e (,) 1-(2-iodoacetamido)-N-((S)-1-((S)-14(E)-34(S)-7-methoxy-8-(34(S)-7-methoxy-5-oxo-2-((E)-prop-1-eny1)-5,11a-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo(I,2-411,4]d1azep1n-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolop ,2-a][1 ,4]diazepin-2-yOallylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-y1)-3,6,9,12-tetraoxapentadecan-15-amide (2/c) 2-Ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbony1-1,2-dihydroquinoline (0.007 g, 0.0290 mmol, 1.0 eq) was added to a solution of amine 20c (assumed 100%, 0.023 g, 0.0290 mmol, 1.0 eq) and 1-iodo-2-oxo-6,9,12,15-tetraoxa-3-azaoctadecan-18-oic acid (15)(0.0126 g, 0.0290 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dry dichloromethane (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 hours, then diluted with DCM (6 mL) and washed with water (2 x 10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica gel; 40:1 v/v DCM/Me0H to 5:1 v/v DCM/Me0H) to afford the product as a pale yellow oil (0.0043 g, 29%). LC/MS (2.380 min (ES)), m/z:
605.0 1/2[M+2H]t Example 4: Determination of In Vitro Cytotoxicity Cells were plated in 150 pL growth media per well into black-sided clear-bottom 96-well plates (Costar, Corning) and allowed to settle for 1 hour in the biological cabinet before placing in the incubator at 37 C, 5% CO2. The following day, 4X concentration of drug stocks were prepared, and then titrated as 10-fold serial dilutions producing 8-point dose curves and added at 50p1 per well in duplicate. Cells were then incubated for 48 hours at 37 C, 5% CO2 Cytotoxicity was measure by incubating with 100pL Cell Titer Glo (Promega) solution for 1 hour, and then luminescence was measured on a Fusion HT plate reader (Perkin Elmer). Data was processed with ExcelTM (Microsoft) and GraphPadTM
(Prism) to produce dose response curves and IC50 values were generated and data collected.
IC50 (nM) 786-0 Caki-1 L428 MCF-7 4 0.2 0.0002 0.06 0.8
(iv) (9H-fluoren-9-yOmethyl (E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pheny1)-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsilyi)ethoxy)methyl)-5,1 0,1 1,11a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5,11-dioxo-1 0-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,41diazepin-2-yOallylcarbamate (14e) Mono triflate 13 (0.100 g, 0.0802 mmol, 1.0 eq.), (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)phenylboronic acid, pinacol ester (0.023 g, 0.0762, 0.95 eq.) and triethylamine (0.051 mL, 0.369 mmol, 4.6 eq.) were solubilised in a mixture of Toluene/Ethanol/H20 [6:3:1] (4 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction was flushed with nitrogen for 5 minutes and palladium-tetrakistriphenylphosphine (0.9 mg, 0.000802 mmol, 0.01 eq.) was added. The reaction was then subjected to microwave irradiation at 80 C for 5 minutes. The above reaction was repeated 3 times on 0.100g scale. The combined reaction mixtures were concentrated under reduced pressure, and the solid residue was partitioned between H20 (180 mL) and ethyl acetate (180 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 180 mL) before the combined organics were washed with brine (180 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting crude mixture was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 40:1 v/v DCM/Me0H to 20:1 v/v DCM/Me0H) to afford the desired product as a yellow solid (0.220 g, 54%). LC/MS (2.833 min (ES)), m/z:
1272.53 [M+H]t. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 67.77 (d, 2H, J= 7.5 Hz), 7.60 (d, 2H, J = 7.3 Hz), 7.43 ¨ 7.39 (m, 3H), 7.35 ¨ 7.30 (m, 6H), 6.95 (m, 1H), 6.90 ¨ 6.87 (m, 1H), 6.34 (d, 1H, J= 15.7 Hz), 5.67 ¨ 5.57 (m, 1H), 5.50 (dd, 2H, J= 10.1, 3.3 Hz), 4.86 (m, 1H), 4.75 (dd, 2H, J= 10.1, 5.6 Hz), 4.54 (m, 2H), 4.44 (d, 2H, J= 6.8 Hz), 4.31 ¨4.21 (m, 6H), 3.96 ¨3.87 (m, 9H), 3.81 ¨ 3.73 (m, 3H), 3.71 ¨ 3.62 (m, 3H), 3.31 ¨3.20 (m, 5H), 3.10 (m, 1H), 2.87 (m, 1H), 2.58 (m, 4H), 2.43 (m, 2H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 0.97 (m, 4H), 0.01 (s, 18H).
(c) Compounds 15a-e (i) (9H-fluoren-9-yOmethyl (E)-3-((S)-8-(3-((S)-2-(benzo[d][1,3]dioxo1-5-yI)-7-methoxy-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]d1azep1n-8-yloxy)propoxy)-7-methoxy-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1H-benzo[efpyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-2-yOallylcarbamate (15d) SEM dilactam 14d (0.223 g, 0.183 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was solubilised in THF (10 mL) and cooled to -78 C under a nitrogen atmosphere. Super hydride solution (0.373 mL, 0.373 mmol, 2.04 eq.). was added dropwise over 5 minutes. After 20 minutes an aliquot was washed with water for LCMS and TLC analysis and after 30 minutes water (30 mL) was added and the cold bath removed. The organic layer was extracted with Et0Ac (2 x 30 mL) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine (30 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was dissolved in Me0H (12 mL), DCM (6 mL) and water (2 mL) and enough silica gel to form a thick stirring suspension which was left for 5 days. The suspension was filtered and washed with DCM/Me0H 9:1 (-200 mL) until complete elution of product. The organic layer was washed with brine (2 x 70 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 100/0 to 90/10 v/v 0H0I3/ Me0H) to afford the product as a yellow solid (0.133 g, 79%). LC/MS
(2.916 min (ES)), m/z: 926.33 [M+Hr.
(ii) (9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl (E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1 -yl)phenyl)-5-oxo-5,1 1 a-dihydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-aff1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5-oxo-5,1 1 a-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-yl)allylcarbamate (15e) SEM dilactam 14e (0.250 g, 0.196 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was solubilised in THF (13 mL) and cooled to -78 C under a nitrogen atmosphere. Super hydride solution (0.40 mL, 0.401 mmol, 2.04 eq.) was added dropwise over 5 min. After 20 min an aliquot was washed with water for LCMS and TLC analysis. After 30 mins water (30 mL) was added and the cold bath removed. The organic layer was extracted with Et0Ac (2 x 40 mL) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine (40 mL), dried with MgSO4, filtered and removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was dissolved in Me0H (13 mL), DCM (7 mL) and water (1.7 mL) and enough silica gel to form a thick stirring suspension.
After 5 days the suspension was filtered through a sintered funnel and washed with DCM/Me0H 9:1 (-200 mL) until complete elution of product. The organic layer was washed with brine (2 x 70 mL), dried with MgSO4, filtered and the solvent removed under reduced pressure.
Purification by flash chromatography (silica gel, 0H0I3 100 to 96:4 v/v 0H013/Me0H) afforded the product as a pale yellow solid (0.090 g, 47%). LC/MS (2.112 min (ES)), m/z: 981.0 [M4-H].
(d) Compounds 16a-e 5 (i) (S)-2-((E)-3-aminoprop-1-eny1)-8-(3-((S)-2-(benzo[df[1,3]dioxol-5-y1)-7-methoxy-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1H-benzofe]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-7-methoxy-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,4]d1azep1n-5(1 1 aH)-one (16d) Piperidine (6 drops, excess) was added to a stirring mixture of Fmoc allylamine 15d (0.030 g, 0.0306 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in anhydrous DMF (0.30 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 10 ambient temperature. After 20 minutes, LCMS of the reaction mixture showed reaction completion and the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (30 mL) and washed with water (3 x 30 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in chloroform and the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration to afford the product as an orange solid (0.003 g, 15 13%). LC/MS (1.802 min (ES')), m/z: 704.1 [M+H].
(ii) (S)-2-((E)-3-aminoprop-1-eny1)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-Apheny1)-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,41d1azep1n-8-yloxy)propoxy)-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-4[1,4]diazepin-5(11aH)-one (16e) 20 Piperidine (4 drops, excess) was added to a stirring mixture of Fmoc allylamine 15e (0.02 g, 0.0204 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in anhydrous DMF (0.25 mL) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. After 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (30 mL) and washed with water (3 x 30 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in chloroform and 25 the resulting precipitate was collected by filtration to afford the product as an orange solid (0.001 g, 7%). LC/MS (1.495 min (ES)), m/z: 379.5 1/2[M+21-1].
Synthesis of key intermediate 14 y0 0 30 1-iodo-2-oxo-6,9,12,15-tetraoxa-3-azaoctadecan-18-oic acid (15) A solution of iodoacetic anhydride (0.250 g, 0.706 mmol, 1.1 eq) in dry DCM (1 mL) was added to amino-PEGoracid 14 (0.170 g, 0.642 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (1 mL). The mixture was stirred in the dark at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was washed with 0.1 M HCI, water, dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, 3%
Me0H and 0.1% formic acid in chloroform to 10% Me0H and 0.1% formic acid in chloroform) to afford the product as an orange oil (0.118 g, 42%). LC/MS (1.623 min (ES-F)), m/z:
433..98 [M+H]. I H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3) 6 8.069 (s, 1H), 7.22 (br s, 1H), 3.79 (t, 2H, J = 5.8 Hz), 3.74 (s, 2H), 3.72¨ 3.58 (m, 14H), 3.50 ¨ 3.46 (m, 2H), 2.62 (t, 2H, J = 5.8 Hz).
Example 3 SFM SFM
0 i 1 0 R...e H
411"111 OMe Me0 11111311 / NHFmoc 14a-e \ 0 F.....d\--1, ill, (:)\-----\..,- rilli H
\ 41111111)-" OMe Me0 411111killi 17a-e SEM I SEM
0 / k 0 H. 0,.,.....,..õ..0 H Ii2-....., ,, Ny., NHFmoc OMe Me 18a-e I
H i 0 N' HFmoc R OMe Me0 H
19a-e 0 I
0-.....-------0 io H
Me H !
,..,. ....., N.,....r.......).x.N.,1H, R
0 20a e 0 g H
I
0 0......õ..-....õ,0 al H
OMe Me0 111111" / == r\CC
I
R
0 0 0 H A g 21a -e a R võ,\ A <
(a) Compounds 17a-e (i) (S)-2-((E)-3-aminoprop-1-eny1)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-methyl-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-10-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-aff1,4]diazepine-5,11(10H,11aH)-dione (17a) Piperidine (0.133 mL, 1.35 mmol, 12 eq.) was added to a stirred solution of Fmoc amine 14a (0.125 g, 0.112 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in DMF (1.8 ml). After stirring at room temperature for 30 minutes, LCMS analysis indicated consumption of starting material and the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (200 mL) and washed with water (3 x 200 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness to afford the crude product which did not undergo further purification (0.100 g, assumed 100%
yield). This material was used without further characterisation.
(h) (S)-2-((E)-3-aminoprop-1-eny1)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-5,11-dioxo-2-((E)-prop-1-eny1)-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-10-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,4]diazepine-5,11 (10H,11 aH)-dione (17c) Piperidine (0.40 mL, 4.0 mmol, 12 eq.) was added to a stirred solution of Fmoc amine 14c (0.380 g, 0.334 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in DMF (5.0 mL). After stirring at room temperature for 20 minutes, LCMS analysis indicated consumption of starting material and the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (300 mL) and washed with water (3 x 300 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure to afford the crude product which did not undergo further purification (0.306 g, assumed 100% yield).
LC/MS (2.533 min (ES)), m/z: 916.3 [M4-H].
(iii) (S)-2-((E)-3-aminoprop-1-enyI)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)pheny1)-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,41d1azep1n-8-yloxy)propoxy)-10-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-4[1,4]diazepine-5,11(10H,11aH)-dione (17e) Piperidine (0.40 mL, 4.0 mmol, 14.2 eq.) was added to a stirred solution of Fmoc amine 14e (0.358 g, 0.282 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in DMF (5.0 mL). The clear solution was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (300 mL) and washed with water (3 x 300 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product which did not undergo further purification(0.296 g, assumed 100% yield). LC/MS (2.049 min (ES)), m/z: 1051.2 [M+ H].
(b) Compounds 18a-e (i) (9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl (R)-1-((S)-1-((E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-methy1-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11, 1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,41d1azep1n-2-y0allylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1 -oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (18a) 1-Ethyl-3-(3'-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (0.018 g, 0.095 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was added to a solution of allylamine 17a (assumed 100% yield, 0.100 g, 0.095 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and HO-Ala-Val-Fmoc 12 (0.036 g, 0.095 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in dry dichloromethane (6 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 120 minutes at room temperature when the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (10 mL) and washed sequentially with water (10 mL) and brine (10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and excess dichloromethane removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 100:1 v/v DCM/Me0H to 40:1 v/v DCM/Me0H) to afford the product as a yellow solid (0.050 g, 35%). LC/MS (3.677 min (ES)), m/z:
1281.42 [M+H]. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 67.76 (d, 2H, J = 7.7 Hz), 7.58 (m, 2H), 7.40 (t, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.34 (d, 2H, J = 5.7 Hz), 7.31 (m, 3H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.68 (m, 1H), 6.34 (m, 3H), 5.58 (m, 1H), 5.49 (m, 2H), 4.71 (m, 2H), 4.45 (m, 5H), 4.27 (m, 4H), 4.22 (t, 1H, J= 7.0 Hz), 3.97 (m, 2H), 3.89 (m, 7H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.65 (m, 3H), 3.44 (m, 1H), 2.77 (m, 2H), 2.43 (m, 2H), 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.83 (d, 3H, J= 1.0 Hz), 1.40 (d, 3H, J= 6.9 Hz), 0.99 ¨ 0.91 (m, 10H), 0.01 (s, 9H), 0.00 (s, 9H).
(h) (9H-fluoren-9-yOmethyl (S)-1-((S)-1-((E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)- 7-methoxy-5,11-dioxo-2-((E)-prop-1-enyI)-10-((2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,11a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethyIsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-aff1,4]diazepin-2-yOallylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-l-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (18c) 1-Ethyl-3-(3'-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (0.0641 g, 0.334 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was added to a solution of allylamine 17c (assumed 100% yield, 0.306 g, 0.334 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and HO-Ala-Val-Fmoc 12 (0.1367 g, 0.334 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in dry dichloromethane (18 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 95 minutes at room temperature when the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (30 mL) and washed sequentially with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4 filtered and excess dichloromethane removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 100:1 v/v DCM/Me0H to 40:1 v/v DCM/Me0H) to afford the product as a yellow solid (0.220 g, 50%). LC/MS (3.804 min (ES)), m/z:
1307.37 [M+H]t. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 67.76 (d, 2H, J= 7.6 Hz), 7.57 (m, 2H), 7.39 (t, 2H, J = 7.6 Hz), 7.34 (d, 2H, J = 3.2 Hz), 7.31 (m, 3H), 7.26 (m, 1H), 6.93 (s, 1H), 6.85 (m, 1H), 6.36 (m, 2H), 6.24 (d, 1H, J= 14.7 Hz), 5.68 (m, 1H), 5.58 (m, 1H), 5.49 (m, 2H), 4.72 (m, 2H), 4.83 (m, 4H), 4.39 (m, 1H), 4.27 (m, 4H), 4.22 (t, 1H, J= 6.9 Hz), 3.98 (m, 3H), 3.89 (m, 8H), 3.75 (m, 2H), 3.65 (m, 4H), 2.85 (m, 2H), 2.43 (m, 2H), 2.14 (m, 1H), 1.82 (dd, 3H, J= 5.8, 0.8 Hz), 1.40 (d, 3H, J= 6.9 Hz), 0.99¨ 0.92 (m, 10H), 0.01 (s, 9H), 0.00 (s, 9H).
(iii) (9H-fluoren-9-yOmethyl (S)-1-((S)-1-((E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yOpheny1)-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5,11-dioxo-10-((2-(trimethylsily0ethoxy)methyl)-5,10,11,1 1 a-tetrahydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,41d1azep1n-2-y1)allylamino)-1 -oxopropan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1 -oxobutan-ylcarbamate (18e) 1-Ethyl-3-(3'-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (0.0541 g, 0.282 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was added to a solution of allylamine 17e (assumed 100% yield, 0.296 g, 0.282 mmol, 1.0 eq.) and HO-Ala-Val-Fmoc 12 (0.116 g, 0.282 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in dry dichloromethane (18 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 80 minutes at room temperature when the reaction mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (30 mL) and washed sequentially with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4 filtered and excess dichloromethane removed under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 40:1 v/v DCM/Me0H to 20:1 v/v DCM/Me0H) to afford the product as a yellow solid (0.245 g, 60%). LC/MS (2.706 min (ES')), m/z:721.5 1/2[M+2H].
(c) Compounds 19a-e (i) (9H-fluoren-9-yl)methyl (S)-1 -((S)-1 -((E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-5-oxo-2-((E)-prop-1 -enyl)-5,1 1 a-dihydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolof1 ,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5-oxo-5,1 1 a-dihydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,4]diazepin-2-yOallylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (19c) SEM Fmoc amine 18c (0.212 g, 0.162 mmol, 1.0 eq.) was solubilised in THF (9.2 mL) and cooled to -78 C under a nitrogen atmosphere. Super hydride solution (0.330 mL, 0.330 mmol, 2.04 eq.) was added drop wise over 4 minutes. After 45 minutes an aliquot was diluted with water and Me0H for LCMS After stirring for a further 10 mins, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (27 mL) and the cold bath removed. The organic layer was extracted with Et0Ac (2 x 27 mL) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine (27 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was dissolved in Me0H (11.05 mL), DCM (5.53 mL) and water (1.85 mL) and enough silica gel was added to form a thick suspension which was left stirring for 5 days.
The suspension was filtered and washed with DCM/Me0H 9:1 (-200 mL) until complete elution of product. The organic layer was washed with brine (2 x 70 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 40:1 v/v DCM/Me0H to 20:1 v/v DCM/Me0H) to afford the product as a yellow solid (0.060 g, 36%). LC/MS (2.802 min (ES)), m/z:
1016.15 [M+ H].
(ii) (9H-fluoren-9-yomethyl (R)-1-((S)-1-((E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-Aphenyl)-5-oxo-5,1 1 a-dihydro-1 H-benzo[elpyrrolo[1,2-41 ,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5-oxo-5,1 1 a-dihydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,41d1azep1n-2-Aallylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-ylcarbamate (19e) SEM Fmoc amine 18e (0.245 g, 0.170 mmol, 1.0 eq) was solubilised in THF (10.6 mL) and cooled to -78 C under a nitrogen atmosphere. Super hydride solution (0.347 mL, 0.347 mmol, 2.04 eq) was added drop wise over 4 minutes. After 45 minutes an aliquot was diluted with water and Me0H for LCMS After stirring for a further 10 minutes, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (35 mL) and the cold bath removed. The organic layer was extracted with Et0Ac (2 x 35 mL) and the combined organic extracts washed with brine (35 mL), dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude material was dissolved in Me0H (12.8 mL), DCM (6.4 mL) and water (2.15 mL) and enough silica gel was added to form a thick suspension which was left stirring for 5 days.
The suspension was filtered and washed with DCM/Me0H 9:1 (-200 mL) until complete elution of product. The organic layer was washed with brine (2 x 100 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel; 40:1 v/v DCM/Me0H to 20:1 v/v DCM/Me0H) to afford the product (0.100 g, 51%). LC/MS (2.117 min (ES )), m/z: 575.7 1/2[M+2H]t.
(a) Compounds 20a-e (i) (S)-2-amino-N-((S)-1-((E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-5-oxo-2-((E)-prop-1-eny1)-5,1 1 a-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-a][1,4]diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5-oxo-5,1 la-dihydro-1 H-benzolelpyrrolop,2-41,41diazepin-2-y0allylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-y1)-methylbutanamide (20c) Piperidine (0.04 mL, 4.1 mmol, 13.7 eq.) was added to a stirring mixture of Fmoc amine 19c (0.030 g, 0.0295 mmol, 1 eq.) in anhydrous DMF (0.5 mL) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. After 20 minutes, LCMS showed reaction was completed so the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (75 mL) and washed with water (3 x 75 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. Co-evaporation with n-hexanes afforded the product as a brown oil, and the material was not subjected to further purification (0.023 g, assumed 100%).
LC/MS (1.868 min (ES )), m/z: 794.2 [M+H]t.
(S)-2-amino-N-((S)-1 -((E)-3-((S)-7-methoxy-8-(3-((S)-7-methoxy-2-(4-(4-methylpiperazin-1-Apheny1)-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1 H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,41diazepin-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo[1,2-41,4]diazep1n-2-Aallylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-yl)-3-methylbutanamide (20e) Piperidine (0.058 mL, 0.590 mmol, 12.0 eq.) was added to a stirring mixture of Fmoc amine 19e (0.050 g, 0.0492 mmol, 1.0 eq.) in anhydrous DMF (0.8 mL) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature. After 20 minutes, LCMS showed reaction was completed so the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM (30 mL) and washed with water (3 x 30 mL).
The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated to dryness under reduced pressure. Co-evaporation with n-hexanes afforded the product as a brown oil, and the material was not subjected to further purification (0.040 g, assumed 100%). LC/MS
(1.533 min (ES)), m/z: 928.2 [M+H].
(a) Compounds 21a-e (,) 1-(2-iodoacetamido)-N-((S)-1-((S)-14(E)-34(S)-7-methoxy-8-(34(S)-7-methoxy-5-oxo-2-((E)-prop-1-eny1)-5,11a-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolo(I,2-411,4]d1azep1n-8-yloxy)propoxy)-5-oxo-5,11a-dihydro-1H-benzo[e]pyrrolop ,2-a][1 ,4]diazepin-2-yOallylamino)-1-oxopropan-2-ylamino)-3-methyl-1-oxobutan-2-y1)-3,6,9,12-tetraoxapentadecan-15-amide (2/c) 2-Ethoxy-1-ethoxycarbony1-1,2-dihydroquinoline (0.007 g, 0.0290 mmol, 1.0 eq) was added to a solution of amine 20c (assumed 100%, 0.023 g, 0.0290 mmol, 1.0 eq) and 1-iodo-2-oxo-6,9,12,15-tetraoxa-3-azaoctadecan-18-oic acid (15)(0.0126 g, 0.0290 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dry dichloromethane (2 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 18 hours, then diluted with DCM (6 mL) and washed with water (2 x 10 mL). The organic layer was dried over MgSO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was subjected to flash chromatography (silica gel; 40:1 v/v DCM/Me0H to 5:1 v/v DCM/Me0H) to afford the product as a pale yellow oil (0.0043 g, 29%). LC/MS (2.380 min (ES)), m/z:
605.0 1/2[M+2H]t Example 4: Determination of In Vitro Cytotoxicity Cells were plated in 150 pL growth media per well into black-sided clear-bottom 96-well plates (Costar, Corning) and allowed to settle for 1 hour in the biological cabinet before placing in the incubator at 37 C, 5% CO2. The following day, 4X concentration of drug stocks were prepared, and then titrated as 10-fold serial dilutions producing 8-point dose curves and added at 50p1 per well in duplicate. Cells were then incubated for 48 hours at 37 C, 5% CO2 Cytotoxicity was measure by incubating with 100pL Cell Titer Glo (Promega) solution for 1 hour, and then luminescence was measured on a Fusion HT plate reader (Perkin Elmer). Data was processed with ExcelTM (Microsoft) and GraphPadTM
(Prism) to produce dose response curves and IC50 values were generated and data collected.
IC50 (nM) 786-0 Caki-1 L428 MCF-7 4 0.2 0.0002 0.06 0.8
Claims (57)
1. A compound with the formula I:
wherein:
R2 is of formula II:
where X is selected from the group comprising: OH, SH, CO 2 H, COH, N=C=O, NHNH 2, CONHNH 2, , and NHR N, wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C1-4 alkyl;
RC1, RC2 and RC3 are independently selected from H and unsubstituted C1-2 alkyl;
and either:
R12 is selected from the group consisting of:
(ia) C5-10 aryl group, optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising: halo, nitro, cyano, C1-7 alkyl, C3-7 heterocyclyl, bis-oxy-C1-3 alkylene, and ORB, wherein RB is C1-7 alkyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl, or C5-20 aryl;
(ib) C1-5 saturated aliphatic alkyl;
(ic) C3-6 saturated cycloalkyl;
, wherein each of R21, R22 and R23 are independently selected from H, C1-3 saturated alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl, where the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 5;
, wherein one of R25a and R25b is H and the other is selected from:
phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl; and , where R24 is selected from: H; C1-3 saturated alkyl; C2-3 alkenyl; C2-3 alkynyl; cyclopropyl; phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl;
R6 and R9 are independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH 2, NHR, NRR', nitro, Me 3 Sn and halo;
where R and R' are independently selected from optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl and C5-20 aryl groups;
R7 is selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH 2, NHR, NHRR', nitro, Me 3 Sn and halo;
either:
(a) R10 is H, and R11 is OH, OR A, where RA is C1-4 alkyl;
(b) R10 and R11 form a nitrogen-carbon double bond between the nitrogen and carbon atoms to which they are bound; or (c) R10 is H and R11 is SO z M, where z is 2 or 3 and M is a monovalent pharmaceutically acceptable cation;
R10 is a C3-12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, and/or aromatic rings;
Y and Y' are selected from O, S, or NH;
R6', R7', R9' are selected from the same groups as R6, R7 and R9 respectively and R10' and R11' are the same as R10 and R11, wherein if R11 and R11' are SO z M, M may represent a divalent pharmaceutically acceptable cation.
wherein:
R2 is of formula II:
where X is selected from the group comprising: OH, SH, CO 2 H, COH, N=C=O, NHNH 2, CONHNH 2, , and NHR N, wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C1-4 alkyl;
RC1, RC2 and RC3 are independently selected from H and unsubstituted C1-2 alkyl;
and either:
R12 is selected from the group consisting of:
(ia) C5-10 aryl group, optionally substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group comprising: halo, nitro, cyano, C1-7 alkyl, C3-7 heterocyclyl, bis-oxy-C1-3 alkylene, and ORB, wherein RB is C1-7 alkyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl, or C5-20 aryl;
(ib) C1-5 saturated aliphatic alkyl;
(ic) C3-6 saturated cycloalkyl;
, wherein each of R21, R22 and R23 are independently selected from H, C1-3 saturated alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl, where the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 5;
, wherein one of R25a and R25b is H and the other is selected from:
phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl; and , where R24 is selected from: H; C1-3 saturated alkyl; C2-3 alkenyl; C2-3 alkynyl; cyclopropyl; phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted by a group selected from halo, methyl, methoxy; pyridyl; and thiophenyl;
R6 and R9 are independently selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH 2, NHR, NRR', nitro, Me 3 Sn and halo;
where R and R' are independently selected from optionally substituted C1-12 alkyl, C3-20 heterocyclyl and C5-20 aryl groups;
R7 is selected from H, R, OH, OR, SH, SR, NH 2, NHR, NHRR', nitro, Me 3 Sn and halo;
either:
(a) R10 is H, and R11 is OH, OR A, where RA is C1-4 alkyl;
(b) R10 and R11 form a nitrogen-carbon double bond between the nitrogen and carbon atoms to which they are bound; or (c) R10 is H and R11 is SO z M, where z is 2 or 3 and M is a monovalent pharmaceutically acceptable cation;
R10 is a C3-12 alkylene group, which chain may be interrupted by one or more heteroatoms, and/or aromatic rings;
Y and Y' are selected from O, S, or NH;
R6', R7', R9' are selected from the same groups as R6, R7 and R9 respectively and R10' and R11' are the same as R10 and R11, wherein if R11 and R11' are SO z M, M may represent a divalent pharmaceutically acceptable cation.
2. A compound according to claim 1, wherein R7 is selected from H, OH and OR.
3. A compound according to claim 2, wherein R7 is a C1-4 alkyloxy group.
4. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein Y is O.
5. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein R" is C3-7 alkylene.
6. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein R9 is H.
7. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein R6 is selected from H
and halo.
and halo.
8. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein RC1, RC2 and RC3 are independently selected from H and methyl.
9. A compound according to claim 8, wherein RC1, RC2 and RC3 are are all H.
10. A compound according to claim 8, wherein RC1, RC2 and RC3 are all methyl.
11. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein X is selected from OH, SH, CO 2 H, -N=C=O and NH 2.
12. A compound according to claim 11, wherein X is NH2.
13. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein R12 is a C5-7 aryl group.
14. A compound according to claim 13, wherein R12 is phenyl.
15. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein R12 is a C8-10 aryl group.
16. A compound according to any one of claims 13 to 15, wherein R12 bears one to three substituent groups.
17. A compound according to any one of claims 13 to 16, wherein the substituents are selected from methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro, cyano, bis-oxy-methylene, methyl-piperazinyl, morpholino and methyl-thiophenyl.
18. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein R12 is a C1-5 saturated aliphatic alkyl group.
19. A compound according to claim 18, wherein R12 is methyl, ethyl or propyl.
20. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein R12 is a C3-6 saturated cycloalkyl group.
21. A compound according to claim 20, wherein R12 is cyclopropyl.
22. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein R12 is a group of formula:
23. A compound according to claim 22, wherein the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 4.
24. A compound according to claim 23, wherein the total number of carbon atoms in the R12 group is no more than 3.
25. A compound according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein one of R21, R22 and R23 is H, with the other two groups being selected from H, C1-3 saturated alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl.
26. A compound according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein two of R21, R22 and R23 are H, with the other group being selected from H, C1-3 saturated alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, C2-3 alkynyl and cyclopropyl.
27. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein R12 is a group of formula:
28. A compound according to claim 27, wherein R12 is the group:
29. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein R12 is a group of formula:
30. A compound according to claim 29, wherein R24 is selected from H, methyl, ethyl, ethenyl and ethynyl.
31. A compound according to claim 30, wherein R24 is selected from H and methyl.
32. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 31, wherein R10 and R11 and form a nitrogen-carbon double bond.
33. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 32, wherein R6', R7', R9', R10', R11.
and Y' are the same as R6, R7, R9, R10, R11 and Y respectively.
and Y' are the same as R6, R7, R9, R10, R11 and Y respectively.
34. The use of a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 33 in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a proliferative disease.
35. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 33 for use in the treatment of a proliferative disease.
36. A compound of formula 11:
wherein:
R2, R6, R7, R9, Y, R'', Y', R12, R6', R7' and R9' are as defined for a compound of formula l in any one of claims 1 to 31;
and either:
(a) R10 is carbamate nitrogen protecting group, and R11 is O-Prot o, wherein Prot o is an oxygen protecting group;
(b) R10 is a hemi-aminal nitrogen protecting group and R11 is an oxo group;
and R10' and R11' are the same as R10 and R11.
wherein:
R2, R6, R7, R9, Y, R'', Y', R12, R6', R7' and R9' are as defined for a compound of formula l in any one of claims 1 to 31;
and either:
(a) R10 is carbamate nitrogen protecting group, and R11 is O-Prot o, wherein Prot o is an oxygen protecting group;
(b) R10 is a hemi-aminal nitrogen protecting group and R11 is an oxo group;
and R10' and R11' are the same as R10 and R11.
37. A compound according to claim 36, wherein R10 is 2,2,2-trichloroethoxycarbonyl.
38. A compound according to either claim 36 or claim 37, wherein R11 is O-tert-butyldimethylsilyl.
39. A compound according to 36, wherein R11 is oxo and R10 is 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxy]methyl acetal.
40. A Conjugate having formula III:
L - (LU-D)p (I) wherein L is a Ligand unit, LU is a Linker unit, p is 1 to 20; and D is a Drug unit which is a PBD dimer according to any one of claims 1 to 33, wherein LU is connected to D via the X substituent of R2.
L - (LU-D)p (I) wherein L is a Ligand unit, LU is a Linker unit, p is 1 to 20; and D is a Drug unit which is a PBD dimer according to any one of claims 1 to 33, wherein LU is connected to D via the X substituent of R2.
41. The Conjugate according to claim 40, wherein the Linker unit (LU) has the formula IIIa or IIlb:
-A1a-L1s-L2y-, (IIIa) wherein:
-A1- is a Stretcher unit, a is 1 or 2, L1- is a Specificity unit, s is an integer ranging from 0 to 12, -L2- is a Spacer unit, and y is 0, 1 or 2, and p is from 1- 20; or wherein:
-A1- is a Stretcher unit linked to a Stretcher unit (L2), a is 1 or 2, L1- is a Specificity unit linked to a Stretcher unit (L2), s is an integer ranging from 1 to 12, -L2- is a Spacer unit, y is 1 or 2, and p is from 1 to 20.
-A1a-L1s-L2y-, (IIIa) wherein:
-A1- is a Stretcher unit, a is 1 or 2, L1- is a Specificity unit, s is an integer ranging from 0 to 12, -L2- is a Spacer unit, and y is 0, 1 or 2, and p is from 1- 20; or wherein:
-A1- is a Stretcher unit linked to a Stretcher unit (L2), a is 1 or 2, L1- is a Specificity unit linked to a Stretcher unit (L2), s is an integer ranging from 1 to 12, -L2- is a Spacer unit, y is 1 or 2, and p is from 1 to 20.
42. The Conjugate of claim 41, wherein the Linker unit (LU) has formula Illa.
43. The Conjugate of claim 42, wherein A1 is selected from:
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6;
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6;
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment L1:, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30; or where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30.
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6;
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6;
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment L1:, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30; or where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, n is 0 or 1, and m is 0 to 30.
44. The Conjugate of claim 42, wherein A1 is:
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6.
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to L1, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the Ligand unit, and n is 0 to 6.
45. The Conjugate of claim 44, wherein n is 5.
46. The Conjugate of any one of claims 41 to 45, wherein L1 comprises an amino acid sequence.
47. The Conjugate of claim 46, wherein L1 is a dipeptide.
48. The Conjugate of claim 47, wherein L1 is selected from the group consisting of valine-alanine, valine-citrulline and phenyalanine-lysine.
49. The Conjugate of any one of claims 41 to 48, wherein y is 0.
50. The Conjugate of any one of claims 41 to 49, wherein y is 1 or 2.
51. The Conjugate of claim 50, wherein L2 is:
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the L1, Y is -N(H)-, -O-, -C(=O)N(H)- or -C(=O)O-, and n is 0 to 3.
where the asterisk indicates the point of attachment to the Drug unit, the wavy line indicates the point of attachment to the L1, Y is -N(H)-, -O-, -C(=O)N(H)- or -C(=O)O-, and n is 0 to 3.
52. The Conjugate of claim 51, wherein L2 is:
53. The use of a Conjugate of according to any one of claims 40 to 52, in the manufacture of a medicament for treating a proliferative disease or an autoimmune disease.
54. The use of a Conjugate according to any one of the claims 40 to 52 for treating a proliferative disease or an autoimmune disease.
55. The use of an effective amount of the Conjugate of any one of claims 40 to 52 to a mammal having a proliferative disease or an autoimmune disease.
56. A drug linker of formula V:
LU-D (V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein LU is a Linker unit and where D is a Drug unit which is a PBD dimer according to any one of claims 1 to 33, but where X is selected from O, S, CO 2, CO, NH(C=O), NHNH, CONHNH, , and NRN, wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C1-4 alkyl.
LU-D (V) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or solvate thereof, wherein LU is a Linker unit and where D is a Drug unit which is a PBD dimer according to any one of claims 1 to 33, but where X is selected from O, S, CO 2, CO, NH(C=O), NHNH, CONHNH, , and NRN, wherein RN is selected from the group comprising H and C1-4 alkyl.
57. A drug linker according to claim 56 of formula:
where G1 is a Stretcher group to form a connection to a Ligand unit, L1 is a Specificity unit, L2 is a covalent bond or together with -OC(=O)- forms a self-immolative group; or (b) where G1 is a Stretcher unit to form a connection to a Ligand unit, L1 is a Specificity unit, L2 is a covalent bond or a self-immolative group;
where L1 and L2 are as defined in any one of claims 41 to 52.
where G1 is a Stretcher group to form a connection to a Ligand unit, L1 is a Specificity unit, L2 is a covalent bond or together with -OC(=O)- forms a self-immolative group; or (b) where G1 is a Stretcher unit to form a connection to a Ligand unit, L1 is a Specificity unit, L2 is a covalent bond or a self-immolative group;
where L1 and L2 are as defined in any one of claims 41 to 52.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US201161547198P | 2011-10-14 | 2011-10-14 | |
| US61/547,198 | 2011-10-14 | ||
| PCT/EP2012/070233 WO2013053873A1 (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2012-10-12 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
Publications (2)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CA2850103A1 CA2850103A1 (en) | 2013-04-18 |
| CA2850103C true CA2850103C (en) | 2019-09-10 |
Family
ID=47019020
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CA2850103A Expired - Fee Related CA2850103C (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2012-10-12 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
Country Status (12)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (1) | US9399073B2 (en) |
| EP (1) | EP2751111B1 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP6170497B2 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR101891859B1 (en) |
| CN (1) | CN103998450B (en) |
| AU (1) | AU2012322934B2 (en) |
| BR (1) | BR112014008888A2 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2850103C (en) |
| EA (1) | EA028457B1 (en) |
| MX (1) | MX341523B (en) |
| SG (1) | SG11201401021TA (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2013053873A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (127)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| GB0819095D0 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2008-11-26 | Spirogen Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| CN107019804A (en) | 2010-04-15 | 2017-08-08 | 西雅图基因公司 | Target the tall and erect conjugate of Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| BR112012026410B8 (en) | 2010-04-15 | 2023-01-31 | Spirogen Dev Sarl | COMPOUND AND CONJUGATE OF PYROLOBENZODIAZEPINE AND USES THEREOF |
| CN103987718A (en) | 2011-09-20 | 2014-08-13 | 斯皮罗根有限公司 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines as unsymmetrical dimeric PBD compounds for inclusion in targeted conjugates |
| AU2012322932B2 (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2016-11-10 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| CN103987384A (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2014-08-13 | 西雅图基因公司 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and targeted conjugates |
| KR101961976B1 (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2019-03-25 | 시애틀 지네틱스, 인크. | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and targeted conjugates |
| CA2850103C (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2019-09-10 | Spirogen Sarl | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| RS57694B1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2018-11-30 | Adc Therapeutics Sa | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine - anti-psma antibody conjugates |
| SMT202100265T1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2021-07-12 | Medimmune Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| PL2906251T3 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2018-02-28 | Adc Therapeutics Sa | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-anti-CD22 antibody conjugates |
| KR101995619B1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2019-07-03 | 에이디씨 테라퓨틱스 에스에이 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| EP2839860B1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2019-05-01 | MedImmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| WO2014057114A1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2014-04-17 | Adc Therapeutics Sàrl | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-anti-psma antibody conjugates |
| SMT201800346T1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2018-09-13 | Medimmune Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| JP6367204B2 (en) * | 2012-10-12 | 2018-08-01 | メドイミューン・リミテッドMedImmune Limited | Synthesis and intermediates of pyrrolobenzodiazepine derivatives for conjugation |
| WO2014057120A1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2014-04-17 | Adc Therapeutics Sàrl | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| CN110452242A (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2019-11-15 | 麦迪穆有限责任公司 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines Zhuo and its conjugate |
| CN110627797A (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2019-12-31 | 麦迪穆有限责任公司 | Asymmetric pyrrolobenzodiazepine dimers for the treatment of proliferative and autoimmune diseases |
| ES2702181T3 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2019-02-27 | Seattle Genetics Inc | Filtration with activated carbon for the purification of benzodiazepine ADC |
| CA2904044C (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2020-03-31 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| KR20210024245A (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2021-03-04 | 시애틀 지네틱스, 인크. | Cyclodextrin and antibody-drug conjugate formulations |
| EA027910B1 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2017-09-29 | Медимьюн Лимитед | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| EP2968593B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2024-11-20 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Biologically active molecules, conjugates thereof, and therapeutic uses |
| KR102252925B1 (en) | 2013-08-26 | 2021-05-18 | 리제너론 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising macrolide diastereomers, methods of their synthesis and therapeutic uses |
| CA2922529A1 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2015-03-05 | Stemcentrx, Inc. | Novel sez6 modulators and methods of use |
| CN105873612A (en) * | 2013-08-28 | 2016-08-17 | 施特姆森特克斯股份有限公司 | Modified anti-DLL3 conjugates and methods of use |
| WO2015031698A1 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2015-03-05 | Stem Centrx, Inc. | Site-specific antibody conjugation methods and compositions |
| GB201317981D0 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2013-11-27 | Spirogen Sarl | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| GB201317982D0 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2013-11-27 | Spirogen Sarl | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| EP3054983B1 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2019-03-20 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| EP3054986B1 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2019-03-20 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| US9950078B2 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2018-04-24 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| AU2014337555C1 (en) | 2013-10-15 | 2021-01-28 | Seagen Inc. | PEGylated drug-linkers for improved Ligand-Drug Conjugate pharmacokinetics |
| CN103641834B (en) * | 2013-12-12 | 2015-12-09 | 沈阳药科大学 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine compounds and their preparation methods and applications |
| WO2015095124A1 (en) * | 2013-12-16 | 2015-06-25 | Genentech Inc. | Peptidomimetic compounds and antibody-drug conjugates thereof |
| TWI727919B (en) | 2013-12-19 | 2021-05-21 | 美商西雅圖遺傳學公司 | Methylene carbamate linkers for use with targeted-drug conjugates |
| KR20170008202A (en) | 2014-02-21 | 2017-01-23 | 애브비 스템센트알엑스 엘엘씨 | Anti-dll3 antibodies and drug conjugates for use in melanoma |
| MY178160A (en) | 2014-03-11 | 2020-10-06 | Regeneron Pharma | Anti-egfrviii antibodies and uses thereof |
| EP3193940A1 (en) | 2014-09-10 | 2017-07-26 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| GB201416112D0 (en) | 2014-09-12 | 2014-10-29 | Medimmune Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| MX2017003126A (en) | 2014-09-12 | 2017-08-28 | Genentech Inc | Anti-her2 antibodies and immunoconjugates. |
| CN107148285B (en) | 2014-11-25 | 2022-01-04 | Adc治疗股份有限公司 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| WO2016115191A1 (en) | 2015-01-14 | 2016-07-21 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Benzodiazepine dimers, conjugates thereof, and methods of making and using |
| TW201632532A (en) | 2015-01-14 | 2016-09-16 | 必治妥美雅史谷比公司 | Heteroarylene-bridged benzodiazepine dimers, conjugates thereof, and methods of making and using |
| CA2978340C (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2024-05-28 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Maytansinoid derivatives, conjugates thereof, and methods of use |
| GB201506402D0 (en) | 2015-04-15 | 2015-05-27 | Berkel Patricius H C Van And Howard Philip W | Site-specific antibody-drug conjugates |
| GB201506411D0 (en) | 2015-04-15 | 2015-05-27 | Bergenbio As | Humanized anti-axl antibodies |
| BR112017027258A2 (en) | 2015-06-23 | 2018-08-28 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | macrocyclic benzodiazepine dimers, conjugates thereof, preparation and uses |
| KR20180025865A (en) | 2015-07-06 | 2018-03-09 | 리제너론 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Multispecific antigen binding molecules and uses thereof |
| MA43345A (en) | 2015-10-02 | 2018-08-08 | Hoffmann La Roche | PYRROLOBENZODIAZEPINE ANTIBODY-DRUG CONJUGATES AND METHODS OF USE |
| US11793880B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2023-10-24 | Seagen Inc. | Conjugates of quaternized tubulysin compounds |
| TWI852735B (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2024-08-11 | 美商思進公司 | Conjugates of quaternized tubulysin compounds |
| MA43416A (en) | 2015-12-11 | 2018-10-17 | Regeneron Pharma | METHODS TO SLOW OR PREVENT THE GROWTH OF TUMORS RESISTANT TO BLOCKING EGFR AND / OR ERBB3 |
| EA039072B9 (en) | 2016-01-25 | 2022-02-04 | Регенерон Фармасьютикалз, Инк. | MAITANZINOID DERIVATIVES, THEIR CONJUGATES AND METHODS OF APPLICATION |
| GB201601431D0 (en) | 2016-01-26 | 2016-03-09 | Medimmune Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| GB201602356D0 (en) | 2016-02-10 | 2016-03-23 | Medimmune Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine Conjugates |
| GB201602359D0 (en) | 2016-02-10 | 2016-03-23 | Medimmune Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine Conjugates |
| EP3433278A4 (en) | 2016-03-25 | 2019-11-06 | Seattle Genetics, Inc. | PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF PEGYLATED MEDICINE LINKS AND INTERMEDIATES THEREOF |
| EP3448891A1 (en) | 2016-04-28 | 2019-03-06 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Methods of making multispecific antigen-binding molecules |
| GB201607478D0 (en) | 2016-04-29 | 2016-06-15 | Medimmune Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine Conjugates |
| TW201808936A (en) | 2016-05-18 | 2018-03-16 | 美商梅爾莎納醫療公司 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| EP3475284B1 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2022-11-02 | Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| JP2019524687A (en) | 2016-07-01 | 2019-09-05 | グラクソスミスクライン、インテレクチュアル、プロパティー、ディベロップメント、リミテッドGlaxosmithkline Intellectual Property Development Limited | Antibody drug conjugate and therapeutic method using the same |
| SMT202300308T1 (en) | 2016-09-23 | 2023-11-13 | Regeneron Pharma | Bi specific anti-muc16-cd3 antibodies and anti-muc16 drug conjugates |
| EA201990781A9 (en) | 2016-09-23 | 2019-11-27 | ANTI-STEAP2 ANTIBODIES, CONJUGATES ANTIBODY MEDICINES AND BISSPECIFIC ANTIGEN BINDING MOLECULES THAT BIND STEAP2 AND CD3, AND THEIR APPLICATION | |
| GB201617466D0 (en) | 2016-10-14 | 2016-11-30 | Medimmune Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates |
| US10711032B2 (en) | 2016-11-08 | 2020-07-14 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Steroids and protein-conjugates thereof |
| TWI782930B (en) | 2016-11-16 | 2022-11-11 | 美商再生元醫藥公司 | Anti-met antibodies, bispecific antigen binding molecules that bind met, and methods of use thereof |
| JP6671555B2 (en) | 2017-02-08 | 2020-03-25 | アーデーセー セラピューティクス ソシエテ アノニム | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine antibody conjugate |
| GB201702031D0 (en) | 2017-02-08 | 2017-03-22 | Medlmmune Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| SG11201908325PA (en) | 2017-03-24 | 2019-10-30 | Seattle Genetics Inc | Process for the preparation of glucuronide drug-linkers and intermediates thereof |
| CN110582505B (en) | 2017-04-18 | 2021-04-02 | 免疫医疗有限公司 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine* conjugates |
| MX2019012464A (en) | 2017-04-20 | 2019-12-11 | Adc Therapeutics Sa | Combination therapy with an anti-axl antibody-drug conjugate. |
| CN111065622A (en) | 2017-05-18 | 2020-04-24 | 里珍纳龙药品有限公司 | Dioctahydrophenanthrene carboxamides and their protein conjugates |
| WO2018213077A1 (en) | 2017-05-18 | 2018-11-22 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Cyclodextrin protein drug conjugates |
| CN110809583A (en) | 2017-06-07 | 2020-02-18 | 瑞泽恩制药公司 | Compositions and methods for internalizing enzymes |
| AU2018285562B2 (en) | 2017-06-14 | 2024-01-18 | Adc Therapeutics Sa | Dosage regimes for the administration of an anti-CD19 ADC |
| ES2906965T3 (en) | 2017-08-18 | 2022-04-21 | Medimmune Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates |
| TWI820044B (en) | 2017-09-29 | 2023-11-01 | 日商第一三共股份有限公司 | Antibody-pyrrolobenzodiazepine derivative complex |
| US12134631B2 (en) | 2017-11-07 | 2024-11-05 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Hydrophilic linkers for antibody drug conjugates |
| EP3710066B1 (en) | 2017-11-14 | 2022-06-08 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates |
| US11638760B2 (en) | 2017-11-27 | 2023-05-02 | Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine antibody conjugates |
| WO2019126691A1 (en) | 2017-12-21 | 2019-06-27 | Mersana Therapeutics, Inc. | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine antibody conjugates |
| CA3086926A1 (en) | 2018-01-08 | 2019-07-11 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Steroids and antibody-conjugates thereof |
| GB201803342D0 (en) | 2018-03-01 | 2018-04-18 | Medimmune Ltd | Methods |
| US12060427B2 (en) | 2018-03-28 | 2024-08-13 | Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporat | Drug conjugates of cMET monoclonal binding agents, and uses thereof |
| GB201806022D0 (en) | 2018-04-12 | 2018-05-30 | Medimmune Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| JP7328990B2 (en) | 2018-04-30 | 2023-08-17 | リジェネロン・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド | Antibodies and bispecific antigen binding molecules that bind to HER2 and/or APLP2, and conjugates and uses thereof |
| MX2020011546A (en) | 2018-05-09 | 2021-01-29 | Regeneron Pharma | Anti-msr1 antibodies and methods of use thereof. |
| CA3100021A1 (en) | 2018-05-17 | 2019-11-21 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Anti-cd63 antibodies, conjugates, and uses thereof |
| IL278973B2 (en) * | 2018-05-29 | 2025-07-01 | Intocell Inc | Novel benzodiazepine derivatives and uses thereof |
| CN112930350A (en) | 2018-10-31 | 2021-06-08 | 尹图赛利有限公司 | Fused heterocyclic benzodiazepine derivatives and uses thereof |
| MA53455B1 (en) | 2018-11-20 | 2022-11-30 | Regeneron Pharma | Bis-octahydrophenanthrene carboxamide derivatives and their protein conjugates for use as lxr agonists |
| US11666658B2 (en) | 2018-12-21 | 2023-06-06 | Regeneran Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Rifamycin analogs and antibody-drug conjugates thereof |
| WO2020132658A2 (en) | 2018-12-21 | 2020-06-25 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tubulysins and protein-tubulysin conjugates |
| KR20250156850A (en) | 2019-01-08 | 2025-11-03 | 리제너론 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Traceless linkers and protein-conjugates thereof |
| KR20210130755A (en) | 2019-02-21 | 2021-11-01 | 리제너론 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Methods of treating eye cancer using an anti-MET antibody and a bispecific antigen binding molecule that binds MET |
| ES2967878T3 (en) | 2019-03-15 | 2024-05-06 | Medimmune Ltd | Azetidobenzodiazepine dimers and conjugates comprising them for use in the treatment of cancer |
| CN110078749B (en) * | 2019-06-04 | 2021-01-01 | 贵州省中国科学院天然产物化学重点实验室(贵州医科大学天然产物化学重点实验室) | 3a, 3a' -difuran [2,3-b ] indoline compound, preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and application |
| CN121015920A (en) | 2019-09-16 | 2025-11-28 | 瑞泽恩制药公司 | Radiolabeled MET binding proteins for use in immunopet imaging |
| US11814428B2 (en) | 2019-09-19 | 2023-11-14 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Anti-PTCRA antibody-drug conjugates and uses thereof |
| WO2021080608A1 (en) | 2019-10-25 | 2021-04-29 | Medimmune, Llc | Branched moiety for use in conjugates |
| US20230310640A1 (en) | 2019-12-31 | 2023-10-05 | Legochem Biosciences, Inc. | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine derivative and ligand-linker conjugate thereof |
| AU2021210987A1 (en) | 2020-01-24 | 2022-08-04 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Protein-antiviral compound conjugates |
| JP7695260B2 (en) | 2020-02-28 | 2025-06-18 | リジェネロン・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド | Bispecific antigen-binding molecules that bind to her2 and methods of use thereof |
| US11701427B2 (en) | 2020-04-16 | 2023-07-18 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Diels-alder conjugation methods |
| CA3185601A1 (en) | 2020-06-24 | 2021-12-30 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tubulysins and protein-tubulysin conjugates |
| KR20230038738A (en) | 2020-07-13 | 2023-03-21 | 리제너론 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Camptothecin analogues conjugated to glutamine residues in proteins and uses thereof |
| CA3191304A1 (en) | 2020-09-14 | 2022-03-17 | Amy Han | Antibody-drug conjugates comprising glp1 peptidomimetics and uses thereof |
| JP7767411B2 (en) | 2020-10-22 | 2025-11-11 | リジェネロン・ファーマシューティカルズ・インコーポレイテッド | Anti-FGFR2 antibodies and methods of use thereof |
| EP4376895A2 (en) | 2021-07-28 | 2024-06-05 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Protein-antiviral compound conjugates |
| WO2023129518A1 (en) | 2021-12-29 | 2023-07-06 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Tubulysins and protein-tubulysin conjugates |
| KR20240134010A (en) | 2022-01-12 | 2024-09-05 | 리제너론 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Camptothecin analogues conjugated to glutamine residues of proteins and uses thereof |
| KR20240135631A (en) | 2022-01-14 | 2024-09-11 | 리제너론 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Verrucarin A derivatives and antibody drug conjugates thereof |
| MX2024011099A (en) | 2022-03-11 | 2024-09-18 | Regeneron Pharma | Anti-glp1r antibody-drug conjugates comprising glp1 peptidomimetics and uses thereof. |
| AU2023298568A1 (en) | 2022-06-30 | 2025-01-09 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Pharmaceutical composition for cancer treatment and/or prevention |
| CA3261366A1 (en) | 2022-07-21 | 2024-01-25 | Firefly Bio, Inc. | Glucocorticoid receptor agonists and conjugates thereof |
| KR20250128394A (en) | 2022-11-30 | 2025-08-27 | 리제너론 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | TLR7 agonists and antibody-drug conjugates thereof |
| JP2026502348A (en) | 2022-12-21 | 2026-01-22 | リジェネロン ファーマシューティカルズ,インク. | Prodrugs of topoisomerase I inhibitors for ADC conjugation and methods of use thereof |
| WO2024168199A1 (en) | 2023-02-09 | 2024-08-15 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Antibody-drug conjugates via inverse electron demand diels-alder reactions |
| CN121240890A (en) | 2023-04-18 | 2025-12-30 | 阿斯利康(瑞典)有限公司 | Conjugates containing pyrolytic joints |
| KR20260007578A (en) | 2023-05-02 | 2026-01-14 | 리제너론 파마슈티칼스 인코포레이티드 | Anti-human M-cadherin (CDH15) antibodies, conjugates, and their use for delivering gene payloads to muscle cells |
| WO2025014533A1 (en) | 2023-07-10 | 2025-01-16 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Anti-human cacng1 antibody-drug conjugates and uses thereof |
| US20250171516A1 (en) | 2023-11-03 | 2025-05-29 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Peptide acids as a glp1r agonist and antibody-drug conjugates thereof |
| WO2025117727A1 (en) | 2023-11-29 | 2025-06-05 | Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Analogs of quinoxaline/quinoline cytotoxins, linker- payloads, protein-drug conjugates, and uses thereof |
| WO2026020031A2 (en) | 2024-07-18 | 2026-01-22 | Novarock Biotherapeutics, Ltd. | Cdh17 antibodies and uses thereof |
Family Cites Families (119)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US3361742A (en) | 1964-12-07 | 1968-01-02 | Hoffmann La Roche | 5-oxo-1h-pyrrolo-[2, 1-c][1, 4]-benzodiazepin-2-crylamides |
| US3523941A (en) | 1967-03-06 | 1970-08-11 | Hoffmann La Roche | Benzodiazepine compounds and process for their preparation |
| US3524849A (en) | 1967-10-27 | 1970-08-18 | Hoffmann La Roche | Process for the preparation of pyrrolo-benzodiazepine acrylamides and intermediates useful therein |
| JPS4843755B1 (en) | 1969-06-26 | 1973-12-20 | ||
| IL33558A (en) | 1968-12-30 | 1973-10-25 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co | Antibiotic pyrrolo-benzodiazepine compound,its derivatives and processes for their production |
| DE1965304A1 (en) | 1968-12-30 | 1970-07-23 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co | Benzdiazepinone compounds and processes for their preparation |
| JPS5382792U (en) | 1976-12-10 | 1978-07-08 | ||
| JPS585916B2 (en) | 1977-12-27 | 1983-02-02 | 株式会社ミドリ十字 | New benzodiazepine compounds |
| JPS5615289A (en) | 1979-07-17 | 1981-02-14 | Green Cross Corp:The | Novel benzodiazepinnbased compound 3 |
| JPH0353356Y2 (en) | 1981-02-06 | 1991-11-21 | ||
| CA1185602A (en) | 1981-02-27 | 1985-04-16 | Emilio Kyburz | Imidazodiazepines |
| CA1184175A (en) | 1981-02-27 | 1985-03-19 | Walter Hunkeler | Imidazodiazepines |
| CA1173441A (en) | 1981-02-27 | 1984-08-28 | Hoffmann-La Roche Limited | Imidazodiazepines |
| JPS58180487A (en) | 1982-04-16 | 1983-10-21 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co Ltd | Antibiotic dc-81 and its preparation |
| JPS58180487U (en) | 1982-05-28 | 1983-12-02 | 松下電工株式会社 | Light beam alarm assembly |
| US4427588A (en) | 1982-11-08 | 1984-01-24 | Bristol-Myers Company | Process for conversion of oxotomaymycin to tomaymycin |
| US4427587A (en) | 1982-11-10 | 1984-01-24 | Bristol-Myers Company | Total synthesis of antitumor antibiotics BBM-2040A and BBM-2040B |
| JPS59152329A (en) | 1983-02-17 | 1984-08-31 | Green Cross Corp:The | Local disorder inhibitor |
| JPS59190992A (en) * | 1983-04-12 | 1984-10-29 | Green Cross Corp:The | Benzodiazepine derivative |
| FR2586683B1 (en) | 1985-08-29 | 1988-07-01 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | NOVEL NEOTHRAMYCIN DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATION AS MEDICAMENTS |
| JP2660201B2 (en) | 1988-08-05 | 1997-10-08 | 塩野義製薬株式会社 | Novel pyrrolo [1,4] benzodiazepine derivatives and senile dementia drugs |
| FR2676230B1 (en) | 1991-05-07 | 1993-08-27 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | NOVEL PYRROLO [1,4] -BENZODIAZEPINES DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND MEDICAMENTS CONTAINING THEM. |
| GB9205051D0 (en) | 1992-03-09 | 1992-04-22 | Cancer Res Campaign Tech | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine derivatives,their preparation,and compositions containing them |
| FR2696176B1 (en) | 1992-09-28 | 1994-11-10 | Synthelabo | Piperidine derivatives, their preparation and their therapeutic application. |
| US6214345B1 (en) | 1993-05-14 | 2001-04-10 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Co. | Lysosomal enzyme-cleavable antitumor drug conjugates |
| GB9316162D0 (en) | 1993-08-04 | 1993-09-22 | Zeneca Ltd | Fungicides |
| EP1754995B1 (en) | 1998-07-08 | 2012-04-04 | E Ink Corporation | Methods for achieving improved color in microencapsulted electrophoretic devices |
| EP1413582B1 (en) | 1998-08-27 | 2006-03-15 | Spirogen Limited | Dimeric pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| GB9818731D0 (en) | 1998-08-27 | 1998-10-21 | Univ Portsmouth | Compounds |
| GB9818732D0 (en) | 1998-08-27 | 1998-10-21 | Univ Portsmouth | Collection of compounds |
| GB9818730D0 (en) | 1998-08-27 | 1998-10-21 | Univ Portsmouth | Collections of compounds |
| US6909006B1 (en) | 1999-08-27 | 2005-06-21 | Spirogen Limited | Cyclopropylindole derivatives |
| JP5010089B2 (en) | 2000-09-19 | 2012-08-29 | スピロジェン リミテッド | Compositions of achiral analogs of CC-1065 and duocarmycin and methods of use thereof |
| US6362331B1 (en) | 2001-03-30 | 2002-03-26 | Council Of Scientific And Industrial Research | Process for the preparation of antitumor agents |
| US6660856B2 (en) | 2002-03-08 | 2003-12-09 | Kaohsiung Medical University | Synthesis of pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepine analogues |
| PT2357006E (en) | 2002-07-31 | 2016-01-22 | Seattle Genetics Inc | Drug conjugates and their use for treating cancer, an autoimmune disease or an infectious disease |
| US20040138269A1 (en) | 2002-10-11 | 2004-07-15 | Sugen, Inc. | Substituted pyrroles as kinase inhibitors |
| GB0226593D0 (en) | 2002-11-14 | 2002-12-24 | Consultants Ltd | Compounds |
| EP1608664B1 (en) | 2003-03-31 | 2009-01-28 | Council of Scientific and Industrial Research | Non-cross-linking pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepines as potential antitumour agents and process thereof |
| GB0321295D0 (en) | 2003-09-11 | 2003-10-15 | Spirogen Ltd | Synthesis of protected pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| WO2005040170A2 (en) | 2003-10-22 | 2005-05-06 | Government Of The United States Of America, Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine derivatives, compositions comprising the same and methods related thereto |
| GB0416511D0 (en) | 2003-10-22 | 2004-08-25 | Spirogen Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| PT1725249E (en) | 2003-11-06 | 2014-04-10 | Seattle Genetics Inc | Monomethylvaline compounds capable of conjugation to ligands |
| WO2005082023A2 (en) | 2004-02-23 | 2005-09-09 | Genentech, Inc. | Heterocyclic self-immolative linkers and conjugates |
| GB0404577D0 (en) | 2004-03-01 | 2004-04-07 | Spirogen Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| JP4909258B2 (en) * | 2004-03-01 | 2012-04-04 | スピロゲン リミティッド | 11-Hydroxy-5H-pyrrolo [2,1-c] [1,4] benzodiazepin-5-one derivatives as key intermediates for preparing C2-substituted pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| GB0404578D0 (en) | 2004-03-01 | 2004-04-07 | Spirogen Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| GB0404574D0 (en) | 2004-03-01 | 2004-04-07 | Spirogen Ltd | Amino acids |
| DE102004010943A1 (en) | 2004-03-03 | 2005-09-29 | Degussa Ag | Process for the preparation of N-protected 4-ketproline derivatives |
| US7528126B2 (en) | 2004-03-09 | 2009-05-05 | Spirogen Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| FR2869231B1 (en) | 2004-04-27 | 2008-03-14 | Sod Conseils Rech Applic | THERAPEUTIC COMPOSITION CONTAINING AT LEAST ONE PYRROLOBENZODIAZEPINE DERIVATIVE AND FLUDARABINE |
| GB0410725D0 (en) | 2004-05-13 | 2004-06-16 | Spirogen Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine therapeutic agents |
| BRPI0516284A (en) | 2004-09-23 | 2008-09-02 | Genentech Inc | cysteine-constructed antibody, method of selecting antibodies, drug-antibody conjugated compounds, pharmaceutical composition, method for killing or inhibiting tumor cell proliferation, methods of inhibiting cell proliferation and tumor cell growth, manufactured article and method to produce a compound |
| JP2006203186A (en) | 2004-12-24 | 2006-08-03 | Showa Denko Kk | Thermoelectric semiconductor alloy manufacturing method, thermoelectric conversion module, and thermoelectric generator |
| CA2605507C (en) | 2005-04-19 | 2016-06-28 | Seattle Genetics, Inc. | Humanized anti-cd70 binding agents and uses thereof |
| AU2006238686B2 (en) | 2005-04-21 | 2011-10-06 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| GB0508084D0 (en) * | 2005-04-21 | 2005-06-01 | Spirogen Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| US20070154906A1 (en) | 2005-10-05 | 2007-07-05 | Spirogen Ltd. | Methods to identify therapeutic candidates |
| EP1931671B1 (en) | 2005-10-05 | 2009-04-08 | Spirogen Limited | Alkyl 4- [4- (5-oxo-2, 3, 5, 11a-tetrahyd0-5h-pyrr0l0 [2, 1-c][1, 4]benzodiazepine-8-yloxy) -butyrylamino]-1h-pyrrole-2-carboxylate derivatives and related compounds for the treatment of a proliferative disease |
| PT1813614E (en) | 2006-01-25 | 2012-01-09 | Sanofi Sa | Cytotoxic agents comprising new tomaymycin derivatives |
| CA2658276A1 (en) | 2006-07-18 | 2008-01-24 | Sanofi-Aventis | Antagonist antibody for the treatment of cancer |
| EP1914242A1 (en) | 2006-10-19 | 2008-04-23 | Sanofi-Aventis | Novel anti-CD38 antibodies for the treatment of cancer |
| WO2008050140A2 (en) | 2006-10-27 | 2008-05-02 | Spirogen Limited | Compounds for treatment of parasitic infection |
| US8455622B2 (en) | 2006-12-01 | 2013-06-04 | Seattle Genetics, Inc. | Variant target binding agents and uses thereof |
| US8465883B2 (en) | 2007-07-11 | 2013-06-18 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Nanostructured polymer membranes for proton conduction |
| ES2435779T3 (en) | 2007-07-19 | 2013-12-23 | Sanofi | Cytotoxic agents comprising new tomaimycin derivatives and their therapeutic use |
| GB0722088D0 (en) | 2007-11-09 | 2007-12-19 | Spirogen Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| GB0722087D0 (en) | 2007-11-09 | 2007-12-19 | Spirogen Ltd | Polyamides |
| US8750407B2 (en) | 2008-06-17 | 2014-06-10 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Transmitter and method for transmitting soft pilot symbols in a digital communication system |
| GB0813432D0 (en) | 2008-07-22 | 2008-08-27 | Spirogen Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| GB0819097D0 (en) | 2008-10-17 | 2008-11-26 | Spirogen Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| GB0819095D0 (en) * | 2008-10-17 | 2008-11-26 | Spirogen Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| CA2750519C (en) | 2009-02-05 | 2018-09-25 | Immunogen, Inc. | Benzodiazepine derivatives |
| FR2949469A1 (en) | 2009-08-25 | 2011-03-04 | Sanofi Aventis | ANTICANCER DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION |
| CA2775350A1 (en) | 2009-09-24 | 2011-03-31 | Seattle Genetics, Inc. | Dr5 ligand drug conjugates |
| US9040526B2 (en) | 2010-02-09 | 2015-05-26 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Benzylpyrrolidinone derivatives as modulators of chemokine receptor activity |
| GB201006340D0 (en) | 2010-04-15 | 2010-06-02 | Spirogen Ltd | Synthesis method and intermediates |
| TWI540136B (en) | 2010-04-15 | 2016-07-01 | 梅迪繆思有限公司 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| BR112012026410B8 (en) | 2010-04-15 | 2023-01-31 | Spirogen Dev Sarl | COMPOUND AND CONJUGATE OF PYROLOBENZODIAZEPINE AND USES THEREOF |
| CN107019804A (en) | 2010-04-15 | 2017-08-08 | 西雅图基因公司 | Target the tall and erect conjugate of Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| SG191965A1 (en) | 2011-02-15 | 2013-08-30 | Immunogen Inc | Methods of preparation of conjugates |
| CN103987718A (en) | 2011-09-20 | 2014-08-13 | 斯皮罗根有限公司 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines as unsymmetrical dimeric PBD compounds for inclusion in targeted conjugates |
| CN103987384A (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2014-08-13 | 西雅图基因公司 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and targeted conjugates |
| BR112014009050B1 (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2022-06-21 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolbenzodiazepine antibody-drug conjugate, pharmaceutical composition comprising the same, as well as pyrrolebenzodiazepine compounds |
| KR101961976B1 (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2019-03-25 | 시애틀 지네틱스, 인크. | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and targeted conjugates |
| AU2012322932B2 (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2016-11-10 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| WO2013053872A1 (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2013-04-18 | Spirogen Sàrl | Synthesis method and intermediates useful in the preparation of pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| CA2850103C (en) | 2011-10-14 | 2019-09-10 | Spirogen Sarl | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| NZ701290A (en) | 2012-04-30 | 2016-08-26 | Medimmune Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines |
| IN2014MN02175A (en) | 2012-04-30 | 2015-08-28 | Ucl Business Plc | |
| US20140030280A1 (en) | 2012-07-09 | 2014-01-30 | Genentech, Inc. | Anti-cd79b antibodies and immunoconjugates |
| IN2014DN10510A (en) | 2012-07-09 | 2015-08-21 | Genentech Inc | |
| US9464141B2 (en) | 2012-08-02 | 2016-10-11 | Genentech, Inc. | Anti-ETBR antibodies and immunoconjugates |
| WO2014057118A1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2014-04-17 | Adc Therapeutics Sarl | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-anti-cd22 antibody conjugates |
| RS57694B1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2018-11-30 | Adc Therapeutics Sa | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine - anti-psma antibody conjugates |
| WO2014057120A1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2014-04-17 | Adc Therapeutics Sàrl | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| SMT201800346T1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2018-09-13 | Medimmune Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| WO2014057114A1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2014-04-17 | Adc Therapeutics Sàrl | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-anti-psma antibody conjugates |
| JP6367204B2 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2018-08-01 | メドイミューン・リミテッドMedImmune Limited | Synthesis and intermediates of pyrrolobenzodiazepine derivatives for conjugation |
| PL2906251T3 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2018-02-28 | Adc Therapeutics Sa | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-anti-CD22 antibody conjugates |
| EP2839860B1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2019-05-01 | MedImmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| SMT202100265T1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2021-07-12 | Medimmune Ltd | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| KR101995619B1 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2019-07-03 | 에이디씨 테라퓨틱스 에스에이 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| PL2906252T3 (en) | 2012-10-12 | 2017-11-30 | Adc Therapeutics Sa | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-anti-her2 antibody conjugates |
| CN110452242A (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2019-11-15 | 麦迪穆有限责任公司 | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines Zhuo and its conjugate |
| CN110627797A (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2019-12-31 | 麦迪穆有限责任公司 | Asymmetric pyrrolobenzodiazepine dimers for the treatment of proliferative and autoimmune diseases |
| SMT201900339T1 (en) | 2013-02-22 | 2019-07-11 | Medimmune Ltd | Antidll3-antibody-pbd conjugates and uses thereof |
| WO2014140174A1 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2014-09-18 | Spirogen Sàrl | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| CA2904044C (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2020-03-31 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| EA027910B1 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2017-09-29 | Медимьюн Лимитед | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| JP2016518382A (en) | 2013-04-26 | 2016-06-23 | ピエール、ファーブル、メディカマン | Axl antibody drug conjugate and use thereof for the treatment of cancer |
| US9950078B2 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2018-04-24 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| EP3054983B1 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2019-03-20 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| EP3054984A1 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2016-08-17 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| GB201317981D0 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2013-11-27 | Spirogen Sarl | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| EP3054986B1 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2019-03-20 | Medimmune Limited | Pyrrolobenzodiazepine-antibody conjugates |
| GB201317982D0 (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2013-11-27 | Spirogen Sarl | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and conjugates thereof |
| WO2015095124A1 (en) | 2013-12-16 | 2015-06-25 | Genentech Inc. | Peptidomimetic compounds and antibody-drug conjugates thereof |
| GB201406767D0 (en) | 2014-04-15 | 2014-05-28 | Cancer Rec Tech Ltd | Humanized anti-Tn-MUC1 antibodies anf their conjugates |
-
2012
- 2012-10-12 CA CA2850103A patent/CA2850103C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-10-12 BR BR112014008888A patent/BR112014008888A2/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2012-10-12 SG SG11201401021TA patent/SG11201401021TA/en unknown
- 2012-10-12 AU AU2012322934A patent/AU2012322934B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2012-10-12 EP EP12772782.4A patent/EP2751111B1/en not_active Not-in-force
- 2012-10-12 KR KR1020147012411A patent/KR101891859B1/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-10-12 EA EA201490535A patent/EA028457B1/en unknown
- 2012-10-12 US US14/351,173 patent/US9399073B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-10-12 WO PCT/EP2012/070233 patent/WO2013053873A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2012-10-12 MX MX2014004557A patent/MX341523B/en active IP Right Grant
- 2012-10-12 CN CN201280062290.1A patent/CN103998450B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2012-10-12 JP JP2014535097A patent/JP6170497B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| EA201490535A1 (en) | 2014-09-30 |
| WO2013053873A1 (en) | 2013-04-18 |
| MX2014004557A (en) | 2015-02-12 |
| EP2751111B1 (en) | 2017-04-26 |
| KR20140099449A (en) | 2014-08-12 |
| SG11201401021TA (en) | 2014-08-28 |
| JP6170497B2 (en) | 2017-07-26 |
| CA2850103A1 (en) | 2013-04-18 |
| BR112014008888A2 (en) | 2017-04-18 |
| AU2012322934A1 (en) | 2014-05-29 |
| US20140274907A1 (en) | 2014-09-18 |
| CN103998450A (en) | 2014-08-20 |
| JP2014528467A (en) | 2014-10-27 |
| CN103998450B (en) | 2017-03-08 |
| KR101891859B1 (en) | 2018-08-24 |
| AU2012322934B2 (en) | 2016-09-08 |
| US9399073B2 (en) | 2016-07-26 |
| MX341523B (en) | 2016-08-24 |
| EP2751111A1 (en) | 2014-07-09 |
| EA028457B1 (en) | 2017-11-30 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CA2850103C (en) | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines | |
| CA2850264C (en) | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines | |
| CA2849039C (en) | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines as unsymmetrical dimeric pbd compounds for inclusion in targeted conjugates | |
| CA2795353C (en) | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines used to treat proliferative diseases | |
| CA2850373C (en) | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and targeted conjugates | |
| CA2795349C (en) | Targeted pyrrolobenzodiazepine conjugates | |
| EP3309162A1 (en) | Targeted conjugates of pyrrolobenzodiazepines | |
| HK1195071B (en) | Asymmetrical bis-(5h-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-5-one) derivatives for the treatment of proliferative or autoimmune diseases | |
| HK1195071A (en) | Asymmetrical bis-(5h-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-5-one) derivatives for the treatment of proliferative or autoimmune diseases | |
| HK1195070A (en) | Asymmetrical bis-(5h-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-5-one) derivatives for the treatment of proliferative and autoimmune diseases | |
| HK1195070B (en) | Asymmetrical bis-(5h-pyrrolo[2,1-c][1,4]benzodiazepin-5-one) derivatives for the treatment of proliferative and autoimmune diseases | |
| HK1195073B (en) | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines as unsymmetrical dimeric pbd compounds for inclusion in targeted conjugates | |
| HK1195073A (en) | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines as unsymmetrical dimeric pbd compounds for inclusion in targeted conjugates | |
| NZ623216B2 (en) | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and targeted conjugates | |
| HK1200091B (en) | Pyrrolobenzodiazepines and targeted conjugates |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| EEER | Examination request |
Effective date: 20170918 |
|
| MKLA | Lapsed |
Effective date: 20211012 |